IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L P III
SC 14D1, 1996-07-02
PUBLIC WAREHOUSING & STORAGE
Previous: IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L P III, SC 13E3, 1996-07-02
Next: IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L P III, SC 14D9, 1996-07-02



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                 SCHEDULE 14D-1
              TENDER OFFER STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(D)(1)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                            ------------------------
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
                           (Name of Subject Company)
                            ------------------------
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                                    (Bidder)
 
                           LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS
                         (Title of Class of Securities)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   448933-200
                     (CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)
                            ------------------------
                             KRISTIN H. STRED, ESQ.
              SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, SECRETARY AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                               1201 THIRD AVENUE
                                   SUITE 2200
                           SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101
                                 (206) 624-8100
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized
           to Receive Notices and Communications on Behalf of Bidder)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
                             JEFFERY T. PERO, ESQ.
                            WILLIAM J. CERNIUS, ESQ.
                                LATHAM & WATKINS
                             650 TOWN CENTER DRIVE
                                TWENTIETH FLOOR
                          COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626
                                 (714) 540-1235
 
                           CALCULATION OF FILING FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TRANSACTION VALUATION*                                                   AMOUNT OF FILING FEE
<S>                                                                  <C>
$16,016,000........................................................             $5,523
</TABLE>
 
 *  For purposes of calculating  amount of filing fee  only. This amount assumes
    the purchase of 52,000 Units (the "Units"),  at a price per Unit of $308  in
    cash.  Pursuant to, and as provided by,  Rule 0-11(d), the amount being paid
    with the filing of this Schedule 14D-1 is $5,523.
 
/ /  Check box if any part of  the fee is offset as provided by Rule  0-11(a)(2)
    and  identify the filing with which  the offsetting fee was previously paid.
    Identify the previous filing by  registration statement number, or the  Form
    or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Amount Previously Paid: None    Filing Party: N/A
Form or Registration No.: N/A   Date Filed: N/A
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     14D-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    CUSIP NO.
<S>                <C>                                                                                 <C>
            1      NAME OF REPORTING PERSON AND S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON
                   SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC. (91-1603837)
            2      CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP                                    (a) / /
                                                                                                       (b) / /
            3      SEC USE ONLY
            4      SOURCES OF FUNDS
                   BK
            5      CHECK IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(e) OR      / /
                   2(f)
            6      CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
                   DELAWARE
            7      AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
                   APPROXIMATELY 1,603 UNITS
            8      CHECK IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (7) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES                    / /
            9      PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (7) APPROXIMATELY 1.3%
           10      TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON -- CO
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
    This Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 14D-1 (the "Statement") relates to a
tender  offer by  Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Purchaser"), to purchase  up to  52,000 units of  limited partnership  interest
(the  "Units") of  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners, L.P.  III, a Washington
limited partnership (the "Partnership"), at $308 per Unit, net to the seller  in
cash  and without interest, upon the terms  of and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Offer to  Purchase, dated July 2,  1996 (the "Offer to  Purchase"),
and  in the related Letter of Transmittal,  copies of which are attached hereto,
respectively, as  Exhibits 99.1  and  99.2 (and  which together  constitute  the
"Offer"). This Statement is being filed by the Purchaser.
 
ITEM 1.  SECURITY AND SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)  The name of the subject  Company is IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners
L.P. III. The address of its  principal executive offices is 1201 Third  Avenue,
Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101.
 
    (b)  The exact title of  the class of equity  securities being sought in the
Offer is Limited Partnership Units. The information set forth in the SUMMARY  of
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (c)  The information set  forth in "MARKET  PRICE OF UNITS"  of the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 2.  IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND.
 
    (a)-(d), (g) This Statement is being filed by the Purchaser. The information
set forth in  the SUMMARY, "BACKGROUND  AND PURPOSES OF  THE TRANSACTION --  The
Purchaser"  and Schedule I  of the Offer  to Purchase is  incorporated herein by
reference.
 
    (e)-(f) Neither  the Purchaser  nor, to  the of  its knowledge,  any of  the
persons  listed in Schedule I of the Offer  to Purchase has during the last five
years (i) been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic  violations
or  similar  misdemeanors) or  (ii)  been a  party to  a  civil proceeding  of a
judicial or administrative  body of competent  jurisdiction and as  a result  of
such proceeding was or is subject to a judgment, decree or final order enjoining
future  violations of,  or prohibiting activities  subject to,  federal or state
securities laws or finding any violation of such laws.
 
ITEM 3.  PAST CONTACTS, TRANSACTIONS OR NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)-(b) The  information  set  forth  in "BACKGROUND  AND  PURPOSES  OF  THE
TRANSACTION  -- The Purchaser,"  "BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION --
Background of the Transaction" and "INTERESTS  OF CERTAIN PERSONS" of the  Offer
to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 4.  SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION.
 
    (a)-(b)  The information  set forth  in the  SUMMARY, "SOURCE  AND AMOUNT OF
FUNDS" and "THE  OFFER" --  Section 10  ("Fees and  Expenses") of  the Offer  to
Purchase  and  in  Exhibits  10.1  and 10.2  hereto  is  incorporated  herein by
reference.
 
    (c) Not applicable.
 
ITEM 5.  PURPOSE OF THE TENDER OFFER AND PLANS OR PROPOSALS OF THE BIDDER.
 
    (a)-(g) The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND  AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION  -- Background of the Transactions"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION  -- Purposes and  Structure of  the
Offer," "FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER -- Factors
Considered  by the General Partner," "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS" and "EFFECTS
OF THE TRANSACTION  ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS"  of the Offer  to Purchase  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)-(b)  The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE  TRANSACTION -- Background of the  Transactions"
and  "INTERESTS OF  CERTAIN PERSONS"  of the  Offer to  Purchase is incorporated
herein by reference.
 
ITEM 7.  CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT
         TO THE SUBJECT COMPANY'S SECURITIES.
 
    The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS --  Voting
Power,"  "BACKGROUND  AND  PURPOSES  OF THE  TRANSACTION  --  Background  of the
Transactions," "THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT" and "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS" of
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8.  PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED.
 
    The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF  FINANCIAL
ADVISORS"  and "THE OFFER" --  Section 10 ("Fees and  Expenses") of the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CERTAIN BIDDERS.
 
    The information set forth in "BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION  --
The  Purchaser" and  Schedule VII  of the  Offer to  Purchase and  the financial
information of  the  Purchaser  incorporated  by reference  into  the  Offer  to
Purchase are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
 
    (a)  The  information set  forth in  the SUMMARY,  "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE  TRANSACTION -- The Purchaser," "BACKGROUND  AND
PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION -- Background of the Transaction" and "INTERESTS OF
CERTAIN PERSONS" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (b)-(d) The information  set forth  in "THE  OFFER" --  Section 8  ("Certain
Legal   Matters  and  Regulatory  Approvals")  of   the  Offer  to  Purchase  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (e) None.
 
    (f) The  information set  forth in  the  Offer to  Purchase, the  Letter  of
Transmittal  and the press release  by the Purchaser of  July 2, 1996, copies of
which are attached  hereto as  Exhibits 99.1,  99.2 and  99.3, respectively,  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.  MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
2.1        Acquisition Agreement dated July 1, 1996, by and among Shurgard Storage Centers,
            Inc., IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P., IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
            Partners L.P. II and IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III.
10.1       Loan Agreement among Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., Seattle-First National
            Bank, Key Bank of Washington and West One Bank dated August 19, 1994
            (incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Purchaser's Registration
            Statement on Form S-4, Amendment No. 2, filed with the Securities and Exchange
            Commission on March 31, 1995).
10.2       Revolving Loan Agreement among Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., SSC Acquisitions,
            Inc. and Nomora Asset Capital Corp. dated as of December 23, 1994 (incorporated
            by reference to exhibit filed with the Purchaser's Registration Statement on
            Form S-4, Amendment No. 2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
            March 31, 1995).
99.1       Offer to Purchase dated July 2, 1996.
99.2       Letter of Transmittal.
99.3       Text of Press Release dated July 2, 1996.
99.4       Letter to Unitholders.
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
99.5       Guidelines of the Internal Revenue Service for Certification of Taxpayer
            Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.
99.6       Letter to Financial Advisors.
99.7       Management Services Agreement between IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
            III and Shurgard Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to
            the Partnership's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File No. 33-25729-01)).
99.8       General Partner Undertaking dated July 1, 1996, by and among Shurgard Storage
            Centers, Inc., Shurgard Associates L.P., Shurgard Associates L.P. II and
            Shurgard Associates L.P. III (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.1).
</TABLE>
 
    After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that
the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
 
Dated: July 1, 1996
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By:  /s/  HARRELL L. BECK
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name: Harrell L. Beck
                                              Title: Senior Vice President,
                                                  Chief Financial Officer and
                                             Treasurer
 
                                       5

<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
                                  BY AND AMONG
 
                   IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.,
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
 
                                      AND
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
 
                         (TOGETHER, THE "PARTNERSHIPS")
 
                                      AND
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                (THE "COMPANY")
 
                                  JULY 1, 1996
<PAGE>
                                    CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS..................................................................          1
      1.1  The Offers...................................................................          1
      1.2  Conditions to Commencement of the Offers.....................................          1
      1.3  Actions and Agreements of the Partnerships and the Company...................          2
      1.4  Offer Documents..............................................................          2
      1.5  General Partner Recommendation...............................................          3
 
                                                                                                  3
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGER.................................................................
      2.1  The Merger...................................................................          3
      2.2  Effective Time of the Merger.................................................          3
      2.3  Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation....................          3
      2.4  Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation..........................................          4
      2.5  Board of Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation.................          4
 
                                                                                                  4
ARTICLE III.  CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THE MERGER.......................
      3.1  Merger Consideration.........................................................          4
      3.2  Certain Definitions..........................................................          4
      3.3  Distribution of Merger Consideration.........................................          5
      3.4  No Fractional Shares.........................................................          5
      3.5  Dissenting Units.............................................................          5
      3.6  Issuance of Certificates for REIT Shares.....................................          6
      3.7  Transfer of Units............................................................          6
 
                                                                                                  6
ARTICLE IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................
      4.1  Representations and Warranties of the Partnerships...........................          6
      4.2  Representations and Warranties of the Company................................          9
 
                                                                                                 11
ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS....................................................
      5.1  Ordinary Course; No Acquisitions or Dispositions.............................         11
      5.2  Distributions................................................................         11
      5.3  Amendment of Governing Documents.............................................         12
      5.4  Exclusivity..................................................................         12
      5.5  Other Actions................................................................         12
      5.6  Advise of Changes............................................................         13
      5.7  Meetings of Limited Partner..................................................         13
      5.8  Registration and Listing of REIT Shares......................................         13
      5.9  S-4 Registration Statement and Proxy Statement/Prospectus....................         13
      5.10 Consents and Approvals.......................................................         13
      5.11 Limitation on Number of REIT Shares Issued...................................         14
 
                                                                                                 14
ARTICLE VI.  CLOSING....................................................................
      6.1  Closing Date.................................................................         14
      6.2  Additional Closings..........................................................         14
      6.3  Further Acts.................................................................         14
 
                                                                                                 14
ARTICLE VII.  CONDITIONS................................................................
      7.1  Conditions to Each Party's Obligations.......................................         14
      7.2  Conditions to the Obligations of the Company.................................         15
      7.3  Conditions to the Obligations of the Partnerships............................         15
 
                                                                                                 16
ARTICLE VIII.  TERMINATION AND WAIVER...................................................
      8.1  Termination..................................................................         16
      8.2  Effect of Termination........................................................         17
      8.3  Fees and Expenses............................................................         17
      8.4  Extension; Waiver............................................................         19
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                            <C>
      8.5  No Survival of Representations and Warranties................................         19
 
                                                                                                 19
ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................
      9.1  Assignment of Contract.......................................................         19
      9.2  Risk of Loss.................................................................         19
      9.3  Entire Agreement; Modifications..............................................         19
      9.4  Notices......................................................................         19
      9.5  Interpretation...............................................................         20
      9.6  Captions.....................................................................         20
      9.7  Multiple Counterparts........................................................         20
      9.8  Binding Effect...............................................................         20
      9.9  Attorneys' Fees..............................................................         20
      9.10 No Waiver; Severability......................................................         21
      9.11 No Joint and Several Liability...............................................         21
      9.12 Applicable Law...............................................................         21
</TABLE>
 
Exhibit A  General Partner Undertaking
Exhibit B  Opinion of Counsel to the Partnerships
Exhibit C  Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                                    GLOSSARY
 
    The  following is a list of the defined terms used in this Agreement and the
Sections in which such terms are defined:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     TERM                                          SECTION
<S>                                             <C>
Additional Consideration                        Section 3.2(c)
Agreement                                       Preamble
Alternative Transaction                         Section 8.3(c)
Appraised Value                                 Section 3.2(a)
Appraiser                                       Section 3.2(a)
Assets                                          Recital A
Balance Sheet                                   Section 4.1(i)
Closing                                         Section 6.1
Closing Balance Sheet                           Not defined therein
Closing Date                                    Section 6.1
Closing Net Asset Value                         Section 5.2
Commission                                      Section 1.4
Company                                         Preamble
Company SEC Documents                           Section 4.2(f)
Constituent Entities                            Section 2.1
DGCL                                            Section 2.1
Dissenting Units                                Section 3.5
Dissolution                                     Section 3.1(a)
Effective Time                                  Section 2.2
Exchange Act                                    Section 1.1
Exchange Agent                                  Section 3.3
Exchange Fund                                   Section 3.3
General Partner                                 Recital B
General Partner Recommendation                  Section 1.5
General Partner Undertaking                     Recital C
Governmental Regulations                        Section 4.1(l)
GP Interest                                     Section 3.1(b)
Hazardous Materials                             Section 4.1(l)
IDS1                                            Preamble
IDS2                                            Preamble
IDS3                                            Preamble
Individual Transaction Expenses                 Section 8.3(a)
LP Units                                        Section 1.1
Merger                                          Section 2.1
Merger Consideration                            Section 3.1
Net Asset Value                                 Section 3.2(a)
NYSE                                            Section 3.2(b)
Offer                                           Section 1.1
Offer Documents                                 Section 1.4
Offer Price                                     Section 1.1
Participating Partnership                       Section 2.1
Partnership                                     Preamble
Partnership Agreement                           Section 4.1(a)
Partnership Financial Statements                Section 4.1(e)
Partnership SEC Documents                       Section 4.1(d)
Property                                        Recital A
Proxy Statement/Prospectus                      Section 5.9
REIT Share Price                                Section 3.2(b)
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     TERM                                          SECTION
REIT Share Price Range                          Section 3.2(b)
<S>                                             <C>
REIT Shares                                     Section 3.1(a)
S-4 Registration Statement                      Section 4.1(f)
Schedules                                       Section 1.4
Schedules 13E-3                                 Section 1.4
Schedules 14D-1                                 Section 1.4
Schedules 14D-9                                 Section 1.4
Securities Act                                  Section 4.1(d)
Share Consideration                             Not defined therein
Shared Transaction Expenses                     Section 8.3(a)
Special Committee                               Section 1.2
Standstill                                      Section 1.3(d)
Surviving Corporation                           Section 2.1
Terminating Breach                              Section 8.1(f)
Third Party                                     Section 8.3(c)
WULPA                                           Section 2.1
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    This ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of July  1,
1996  by IDS/ Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. ("IDS1"), IDS/Shurgard Income
Growth Partners L.P. II  ("IDS2") and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners  L.P.
III   ("IDS3"),  each   a  Washington   limited  partnership   (individually,  a
"Partnership" and together, the  "Partnerships"), and Shurgard Storage  Centers,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A.    The Partnerships  are the  owners  of certain  self storage  and other
properties (which  properties,  including  any buildings,  structures  or  other
improvements  situated thereon  are herein  referred to  as the  "Property") and
related personal  property and  other assets  (together with  the Property,  the
"Assets").
 
    B.    Shurgard Associates  L.P., Shurgard  Associates  L.P. II  and Shurgard
Associates L.P.  III  (each, a  "General  Partner" and  together,  the  "General
Partners")  and the Board of Directors of the  Company believe that it is in the
best interests  of the  Partnerships and  the Company,  respectively, and  their
respective  limited partners and stockholders to  enter into and consummate this
Agreement.
 
    C.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the General  Partners
and  the Company are  entering into a  General Partner Undertaking,  dated as of
July 1, 1996 (the "General Partner Undertaking"), in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A.
 
                                   AGREEMENTS
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations,  warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS
 
    1.1  THE OFFERS
 
    As  soon as  practicable after the  date hereof, the  Company shall commence
(within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended  (the "Exchange Act")), a tender offer for up to 65,000 units of limited
partner interests (the "LP Units") of IDS1,  49,000 LP Units of IDS2 and  52,000
LP  Units of IDS3  (each, an "Offer" and  together the "Offers"),  at a net cash
price per LP Unit  equal to the  Net Asset Value (as  defined in Section  3.2(a)
hereof)  of the applicable Partnership that would be allocated to one LP Unit if
the Partnership's Net  Asset Value  were distributed  in a  dissolution of  such
Partnership  in accordance with its Partnership Agreement (as defined in Section
4.1(a) hereof). The parties hereto acknowledge  that the Net Asset Value per  LP
Unit  is equal  to $257,  $222 and  $308 for  IDS1, IDS2  and IDS3, respectively
(each, the "Offer Price" and together  the "Offer Prices"). The Company may  not
change  the form of consideration, reduce the  Offer Price or amend any material
term of an Offer in a manner adverse to the interests of the limited partners of
the applicable  Partnership without  the prior  written consent  of the  General
Partner  of  such Partnership.  The Company  agrees to  use its  reasonable best
efforts to consummate the Offers as soon as legally permissible and, subject  to
the terms and conditions of the Offers, to accept for payment and pay for all LP
Units  tendered pursuant to the Offers  promptly following the expiration of the
Offers.
 
    1.2  CONDITIONS TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERS
 
    The commencement of the Offers is conditioned upon:
 
    (a) the receipt by the  Special Committee of the  Board of Directors of  the
Company appointed to review the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the
"Special  Committee") of an opinion  from Alex. Brown &  Sons Incorporated as to
the fairness  to the  Company, from  a financial  point of  view, of  the  Offer
Prices;
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    (b)  the receipt by  each of the  Partnerships of an  opinion from Robert A.
Stanger &  Co.,  Inc., as  to  the fairness  to  the limited  partners  of  such
Partnership, from a financial point of view, of the applicable Offer Price; and
 
    (c)  the General Partners  shall have executed and  delivered to the Company
the General  Partner  Undertaking and  shall  have performed  their  obligations
thereunder  that are  capable of  being performed  prior to  commencement of the
Offers.
 
    1.3  ACTIONS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS AND THE COMPANY
 
    (a) The Partnerships hereby consent to the making of the Offers.
 
    (b) The Partnerships shall promptly cause  to be furnished to the Company  a
list  containing the  names and addresses  of all record  holders and beneficial
owners known to them of LP Units as of a recent date, and shall promptly furnish
the Company with such  additional information and such  other assistance as  the
Company or its agents may reasonably request in connection with the Offers.
 
    (c)  The Partnerships and the Company will take such actions as are required
under the  applicable  Partnership Agreement  to  effect the  admission  of  the
Company  as a limited  partner of the  Partnership with respect  to all LP Units
acquired by it pursuant to the applicable Offer in accordance with the terms  of
the Partnership Agreement.
 
    (d)  The  Company agrees  that if  it  is admitted  as a  substitute limited
partner in a Partnership and except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement,
it will not,  directly or  indirectly, without the  prior written  consent of  a
majority  of the general partners of the General Partner of that Partnership (i)
acquire any additional LP Units of that Partnership, (ii) propose any merger  or
other  business  combination involving  that Partnership,  or (iii)  propose any
other transaction  pursuant to  which it  would control  or acquire  any of  the
assets   of  that  Partnership   (this  agreement  being   referred  to  as  the
"Standstill").
 
    1.4  OFFER DOCUMENTS
 
    On the date of commencement of the  Offers, (a) the Company shall file  with
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  with respect to the
Offers, (i) a Tender Offer Statement on  Schedule 14D-1 with respect to each  of
the  Partnerships  (together with  any  supplements or  amendments  thereto, the
"Schedules 14D-1") and (ii) jointly with  each of the Partnerships (if  required
by  the Exchange Act), a Transaction  Statement on Schedule 13E-3 (together with
any supplements  or amendments  thereto,  the "Schedules  13E-3") and  (b)  each
Partnership  shall  file  with  the  Commission  with  respect  to  the  Offer a
Solicitation/Recommendation Statement  on  Schedule  14D-9  (together  with  any
supplements  or amendments thereto, the  "Schedules 14D-9"; the Schedules 14D-1,
the Schedules 13E-3 and the Schedules 14D-9 are referred to collectively as  the
"Schedules")  and, jointly with  the Company (if required  by the Exchange Act),
shall file  with the  Commission the  applicable Schedule  13E-3. The  Schedules
14D-1  and the Schedules  13E-3 will contain  (including as an  exhibit) or will
incorporate by reference an offer to  purchase (or portions thereof) and a  form
of  the  related  letter  of transmittal  (which  documents,  together  with any
supplements or  amendments  thereto  and  any other  documents  filed  with  the
Commission  or disseminated to  holders of LP  Units by the  Company pursuant to
which  the  Offers  are  made,  are  referred  to  collectively  as  the  "Offer
Documents").
 
    The  Partnerships and the Company shall  cooperate with each other and shall
supply each other with any assistance that the other shall reasonably request in
preparing and  filing  the  Schedules  and  distributing  the  Offer  Documents,
including, without limitation, supplying each other with any and all information
that  is required to be  furnished in the Schedules.  The Company may include in
the Offer Documents any  information with respect to  the Partnerships that  the
Company  shall reasonably determine  is required under the  Exchange Act and the
rules promulgated thereunder to  be included in the  Offer Documents, with  such
qualifications   and   disclaimers   as  are   reasonably   acceptable   to  the
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
applicable Partnership. The Company represents and warrants to the Partnerships,
and  each  Partnership  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Company,  that   the
information  provided by it, and to be provided  by it for use in the Schedules,
shall not, on the date the Schedules  are filed with the Commission, and on  the
date  the Offer Documents  are first published,  sent or given  to holders of LP
Units, as the case may  be, contain any untrue statement  of a material fact  or
omit  to state any material  fact required to be  stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under  which
they   were  made,  not  misleading.  The  Company  shall  promptly  notify  the
Partnerships of, and shall promptly correct, and the Partnerships shall promptly
notify the Company of, and shall  promptly correct, any information provided  by
it  for use in the Schedules that shall  have become untrue or misleading in any
material respect and shall take all steps necessary to cause the Schedules as so
corrected to be  filed with  the Commission and  disseminated to  holders of  LP
Units,  in each  case to  the extent  required by  applicable federal securities
laws.
 
    1.5  GENERAL PARTNER RECOMMENDATION
 
    The Offer  Documents, the  Schedules  14D-9 and  the Schedules  13E-3  shall
contain,  to the extent  applicable, at all  times from the  commencement of the
Offers through the consummation of the Offers the recommendation of the  General
Partner  set  forth  in Section  1.2  of  the General  Partner  Undertaking (the
"General Partner Recommendation"), unless the  General Partner has withdrawn  or
changed  such recommendation  in accordance with  the exercise  of its fiduciary
duties or as otherwise required by law.
 
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGER
 
    2.1  THE MERGER
 
    Upon the terms and subject to  the conditions hereof, at the Effective  Time
(as  defined in Section 2.2 hereof), each Partnership as to which the conditions
to closing set forth in Article VII hereof have been met (each such Partnership,
a "Participating Partnership") shall be merged (the "Merger") with and into  the
Company  in accordance  with the applicable  provisions of  the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") and the Washington Uniform Limited Partnership  Act
(the  "WULPA"). When the Merger has been effected the Participating Partnerships
and the  Company  (together,  the  "Constituent  Entities")  will  be  a  single
corporation;  the separate existence  of each of  the Participating Partnerships
will cease; the Company, as the corporation surviving the Merger (the "Surviving
Corporation"), will continue its corporate existence under the DGCL; all  Assets
and  every other interest of or belonging to or due to each of the Participating
Partnerships will be  deemed to be  transferred to and  vested in the  Surviving
Corporation  without further  act or  deed; the  title to  the Property,  or any
interest therein, vested in any of  the Constituent Entities will not revert  or
be  in any way impaired  by reason of the  Merger; and the Surviving Corporation
will  thenceforth  be  responsible  and  liable  for  all  the  liabilities  and
obligations of each of the Constituent Entities.
 
    2.2  EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER
 
    The  Merger will  become effective when  a properly  executed Certificate of
Merger is duly filed with the Secretary  of State of Delaware and the  Secretary
of  State of Washington, which filing will  be made as soon as practicable after
the closing of  the transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement in  accordance
with  Section 6.1 hereof. When used in this Agreement, the term "Effective Time"
means the date and time on which such Certificate is so filed.
 
    2.3  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At the Effective Time,  and without any  further action on  the part of  the
Constituent  Entities,  the Certificate  of  Incorporation of  the  Company will
continue in effect and will be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving
Corporation and thereafter may  be amended in accordance  with its terms and  as
provided by law.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    2.4  BYLAWS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At  the Effective Time,  and without any  further action on  the part of the
Constituent Entities, the Bylaws of the Company will continue in effect  without
amendment and will be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and thereafter may
be  amended or repealed  in accordance with  their terms and  the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and as provided by law.
 
    2.5  BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At the Effective Time, the persons serving as directors of the Company  will
be  the directors of the  Surviving Corporation, each of  such directors to hold
office, subject to the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws of  the Surviving Corporation,  until the expiration  of the  current
term  for which they  are serving as  a director and  until their successors are
duly elected or appointed and qualified. The officers of the Company immediately
prior to the Effective  Time will be the  officers of the Surviving  Corporation
until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.
 
ARTICLE III.  CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THE MERGER
 
    3.1  MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    At the Effective Time, and subject to Sections 3.4 and 3.5 hereof, by virtue
of  the Merger and without any further action by the limited partners or General
Partners of the Participating Partnerships,
 
    (a) each LP Unit (other than LP Units  owned by the Company) of each of  the
Participating  Partnerships will be converted into the right to receive (i) that
number of shares of  Class A Common  Stock of the Company,  par value $.001  per
share  (the "REIT Shares"), derived by dividing  the Net Asset Value (as defined
in Section 3.2(a) hereof) of the applicable Participating Partnership that would
be allocated  to  one  LP  Unit  if such  Partnership's  Net  Asset  Value  were
distributed  in  a  dissolution  of  such  Partnership  in  accordance  with its
Partnership Agreement, taking into account  all outstanding LP Units,  including
those  owned  by the  Company (a  "Dissolution"),  by the  REIT Share  Price (as
defined in Section 3.2(b) hereof) and (ii) if any is payable, the amount of  the
Additional  Consideration (as  defined in Section  3.2(c) hereof)  that would be
allocated to one LP Unit if  the Additional Consideration were distributed in  a
Dissolution;
 
    (b)  the  General  Partner  interest  (the "GP  Interest")  of  each  of the
Participating Partnerships will be converted into the right to receive (i)  that
number  of REIT Shares derived by dividing the Net Asset Value of the applicable
Participating Partnership that  would be allocated  to the GP  Interest if  such
Partnership's Net Asset Value was distributed in a Dissolution by the REIT Share
Price  and (ii) if  any is payable,  the amount of  the Additional Consideration
that would be allocated to the GP Interest if the Additional Consideration  were
distributed in a Dissolution; and
 
    (c) the LP Units owned by the Company shall be canceled.
 
(The  REIT Shares issuable  pursuant to the  Merger, together with  cash paid in
lieu of  fractional  REIT Shares  as  provided in  Section  3.4 hereof  and  any
Additional Consideration, if any, that is payable, are referred to herein as the
"Merger  Consideration.") If,  prior to the  Effective Time,  the Company should
split or combine the REIT  Shares, or pay a stock  dividend, the number of  REIT
Shares  issuable in  the Merger will  be appropriately adjusted  to reflect such
action.
 
    3.2  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    (a) As used herein,  "Net Asset Value"  means, with respect  to each of  the
Partnerships,  (i) the sum of  (A) the appraised fair  market values of the real
estate assets  of the  Partnership as  of December  31, 1995  set forth  in  the
Portfolio Appraisal Reports dated June 26, 1996 (the "Appraised Value") prepared
by  Robert  A. Stanger  &  Co., Inc.  (the  "Appraiser"), which  Appraised Value
reflected the value of in-progress unit  conversions and buildouts, and (B)  the
book values of the non-real estate assets, except for amortizable assets, of the
Partnership  as of March 31,  1996, less (ii) the  sum of (X) such Partnership's
liabilities as  of  March 31,  1996,  (Y) the  estimated  cost remaining  to  be
incurred
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
as of March 31, 1996 to complete in-progress unit conversions and buildouts, the
value  of which was included in the  Appraised Value and (Z) the estimated costs
of the Offer and the Merger that would be borne by the Partnership in accordance
with Article VIII hereof, assuming the Merger is consummated.
 
    (b) As used herein, "REIT  Share Price" means, with  respect to each of  the
Partnerships,  the average of the per share closing prices on the New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. (the  "NYSE") of REIT  Shares during the  20 consecutive  trading
days  ending on the fifth trading day prior to the day of the meeting of limited
partners of the  applicable Partnership  on which the  General Partner  actually
calls  for  the  vote  of  the  limited  partners  to  approve  of  the  Merger.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the REIT Share Price exceeds $27.75,
then for purposes of calculating the number of REIT Shares to be issued pursuant
to Section 3.1 hereof the REIT Share Price shall be deemed to equal $27.75; and,
in the event  the REIT Share  Price is less  than $22.25, then  for purposes  of
calculating  the number of REIT Shares to be issued pursuant to this Section 3.2
the REIT Share Price shall be deemed  to equal $22.25 (the range of prices  from
the upper to the lower limit on the REIT Share Price is referred to as the "REIT
Share  Price Range"). The parties hereto acknowledge  that in the event the REIT
Share Price exceeds $28.50, the Company may terminate this Agreement as provided
in Section 8.1(e)(iv) hereof, and in the event the REIT Share Price is less than
$21.50, the  Partnership may  terminate this  Agreement as  provided in  Section
8.1(h) hereof unless the Company agrees to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
    (c)  As used herein, "Additional Consideration"  means, with respect to each
of the Partnerships,  that amount of  cash equal to  the difference between  the
REIT  Share Price calculated  without regard to  the REIT Share  Price Range and
$21.50, multiplied by the number of REIT Shares issuable pursuant to the Merger.
 
    3.3  DISTRIBUTION OF MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    Prior to  the Effective  Time, the  Company shall  deposit (or  cause to  be
deposited)  with Gemisys Corporation, as  exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent"),
for the  benefit  of  the General  Partners  and  the limited  partners  of  the
Participating  Partnerships for exchange in accordance  with this Article III, a
number of REIT Shares and that amount of cash as is sufficient to pay the Merger
Consideration (such REIT Shares  and cash being hereinafter  referred to as  the
"Exchange  Fund"). The REIT Shares into which LP Units and GP Interests shall be
converted in the Merger  shall be deemed  to have been  issued at the  Effective
Time.
 
    3.4  NO FRACTIONAL SHARES
 
    No  fractional REIT Shares will be issued  in the Merger. In the event that,
as a result of the  conversion of LP Units or  GP Interests into REIT Shares,  a
limited  partner or General  Partner, as the  case may be,  would be entitled to
receive a fractional REIT Share, a cash  adjustment will be paid in lieu of  any
fractional  REIT Share that would otherwise be  issuable, and the amount of such
cash adjustment shall equal the product  of such fractional amount and the  REIT
Share  Price. The determination under  this Section 3.4 as  to whether a limited
partner would otherwise be entitled to  receive a fractional REIT Share will  be
based  on the  aggregate number of  LP Units  such limited partner  holds in the
applicable Partnership, not on a per LP Unit basis.
 
    3.5  DISSENTING UNITS
 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, LP Units held by
a limited partner  who has  properly exercised dissenters'  rights with  respect
thereto ("Dissenting Units") in accordance with Section 25.10.900 ET SEQ. of the
WULPA  will not be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration,
but the holder thereof will instead be  entitled to receive payment of the  fair
value of such LP Units in accordance with the provisions of the WULPA unless and
until  such holder fails  to perfect or  has effectively withdrawn  or lost such
holder's rights to receive fair value  under the WULPA. If, after the  Effective
Time,  any holder of Dissenting  Units withdraws or loses  (through a failure to
perfect or otherwise) such holder's right to receive fair value with respect  to
the Dissenting Units, such Dissenting Units will automatically be converted into
the right to receive the Merger
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
Consideration  pursuant to Section  3.1 hereof. The  Partnerships shall give the
Company prompt notice of any  demands received by them  for the receipt of  fair
value  for LP Units and, prior to the  Effective Time, the Company will have the
right to participate in  all negotiations and proceedings  with respect to  such
demands.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Partnerships may not, except with the
Company's prior written consent, make any payment with respect to, or settle  or
offer to settle, any such demands.
 
    3.6  ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES FOR REIT SHARES
 
    As  soon as  practicable after the  Effective Time, the  Exchange Agent will
advise the beneficial owners of LP  Units of a Participating Partnership of  the
effectiveness  of the  Merger and  will distribute  the Merger  Consideration in
accordance with  instructions  given by  such  beneficial owners.  None  of  the
Company,  the Partnerships, the Surviving Corporation, the Exchange Agent or any
other person shall be liable  to any former holder of  LP Units or GP  Interests
for  any amount properly  delivered to a public  official pursuant to applicable
abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.
 
    Any  portion  of  the  Exchange  Fund  (including  the  proceeds  from   any
investments  thereof and any  REIT Shares) that remains  unclaimed by the former
partners of the Participating Partnerships  six months after the Effective  Time
shall  be  delivered to  the Surviving  Corporation. Any  former partner  of the
Participating Partnerships who  has not theretofore  complied with this  Article
III  shall thereafter look only to the  Surviving Corporation for payment of the
applicable Merger Consideration and  unpaid dividends and distributions  payable
with respect thereto, in each case without any interest thereon.
 
    3.7  TRANSFER OF UNITS
 
    There  will  be no  further registration  of  transfers of  LP Units  on the
Partnerships' records after the commencement of the Offers and until the Closing
(as defined in Section 6.1 hereof) or termination of this Agreement, except  for
the  transfer of LP  Units to the  Company pursuant to  the Offers and custodial
transfers, intrafamily  transfers,  including  transfers  to  trusts,  transfers
pursuant  to divorce decrees and transfers  relating to deaths or settlements of
estates.
 
ARTICLE IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    4.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTNERSHIPS
 
    For the purposes of inducing the Company to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the  Merger,  each  of  the  Partnerships  severally  represents  and
warrants to the Company as follows with respect to itself and its Assets:
 
    (a)   ORGANIZATION.  The Partnership is a limited partnership duly organized
and validly existing under the laws of the state of Washington. The  Partnership
has  provided  the Company  with a  true and  complete copy  of its  Amended and
Restated Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  and  all  amendments  thereto  (as
amended, the "Partnership Agreement"). The Partnership has no direct or indirect
equitable or beneficial ownership interest in any other entity, except as may be
disclosed in the Partnership SEC Documents (as defined hereof).
 
    (b)   POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Partnership (i) has the authority to conduct
its business as currently conducted and  to own and operate the properties  that
it  now owns and operates, (ii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions
in which such  qualification is  necessary, except where  the failure  to be  so
qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Partnership, and (iii)
has  all requisite power, authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement
and to consummate the  Merger. The execution and  delivery of this Agreement  by
the  Partnership and, subject to  the approval of this  Agreement by the limited
partners of the Partnership, the consummation  by the Partnership of the  Merger
have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on the part of the
Partnership,  and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    (c)   NO VIOLATIONS.   Except  to the  extent that  lender consents  may  be
required  from mortgagees having liens against  the Property and except for such
other consents as have been obtained or  will be obtained prior to the  Closing,
and  assuming  approval  of  this  Agreement  by  the  limited  partners  of the
Partnership, the  execution and  delivery  of this  Agreement  do not,  and  the
consummation  of the Merger and compliance  with the provisions hereof will not,
result in any breach or violation of any (i) agreement to which the  Partnership
is  a party  or by  which it  or any of  its Assets  may be  bound, (ii) permit,
license or other governmental authorization applicable to the Partnership or its
Assets, or (iii)  judgment, order,  law, rule  or regulation  applicable to  the
Partnership  or its Assets, other  than any such items  that in the aggregate do
not have a material adverse effect  on the Partnership's ability to perform  its
obligations  under this Agreement or a  material adverse effect on the financial
condition of the Partnership.
 
    (d)  SEC  DOCUMENTS.   The Partnership has  furnished and  will continue  to
furnish  the Company  with a  true and complete  copy of  each report, schedule,
registration statement and definitive proxy  statement filed by the  Partnership
with the Commission since January 1, 1994 (the "Partnership SEC Documents"). The
Partnership  SEC  Documents furnished  to the  Company  as of  the date  of this
Agreement are  all the  documents  (other than  preliminary material)  that  the
Partnership has been required to file with the Commission since such date. As of
their respective dates, the Partnership SEC Documents complied as to form in all
material  respects  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, as
amended (the "Securities  Act"), and the  Exchange Act, as  applicable, and  the
applicable  rules and regulations of the  Commission thereunder, and none of the
Partnership SEC Documents contained any untrue  statement of a material fact  or
omitted  to state a material fact required  to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under  which
they were made, not misleading.
 
    (e)   FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.   The financial  statements of  the Partnership
included  in  the   Partnership  SEC  Documents   (the  "Partnership   Financial
Statements")  complied, as of the date of the applicable document, as to form in
all material  respects with  applicable  accounting requirements  and  published
rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto, have been prepared
in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a basis
consistent with prior periods (except  as otherwise noted therein), and  present
fairly the financial position and results of operations of the Partnership as of
their  respective dates and  for the periods presented  therein (subject, in the
case of unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
    (f)   FULL  DISCLOSURE;  NO  MISSTATEMENTS.    The  representations  of  the
Partnership contained in this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a
material  fact  or  omit  to  state any  material  fact  necessary  to  make the
statements made herein not misleading, and  none of the information supplied  or
to  be  supplied by  the Partnership  for  inclusion in  the Offer  Documents or
registration statement on Form S-4 provided for in Section 5.9 hereof (the  "S-4
Registration  Statement")  or  the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  (as  defined in
Section 5.9 hereof) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state any material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary in order  to
make  the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading. If at any time  prior to the termination of the Offer  or,
with    respect   to   the    S-4   Registration   Statement    or   the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, prior  to the  Closing  Date (as  defined in  Section  6.1
hereof),  any event relating to the Partnership should occur that is required to
be described  in an  amendment of  or  supplement to  the Offer  Documents,  S-4
Registration  Statement  or  the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus,  the  Partnership
promptly shall inform the Company and assist in the preparation, filing and,  if
necessary, dissemination of such amendment or supplement.
 
    (g)   NO DEFAULTS.   The Partnership is  not in default  or violation of any
term, condition or  provision of  any agreement to  which the  Partnership is  a
party  or by which  it or any of  its Assets may be  bound that would materially
interfere with  the Partnership's  participation  in the  Merger or  that  would
result  in  a  material liability  not  reflected in  the  Partnership Financial
Statements.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    (h)  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  There is no suit, action or proceeding  pending
or,  to  the Partnership's  knowledge, threatened  against the  Partnership that
might materially  adversely affect  the Partnership's  ability to  perform  this
Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (i)   NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE CHANGES.   Except as disclosed  in writing to the
Special Committee concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, there  have
been no material adverse changes in the business, operations, properties, assets
or  condition, financial or otherwise, of the Partnership from that set forth in
the Partnership's Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the  year ended December  31,
1995, as supplemented by the Partnership's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1996, both as filed with the Commission.
 
    (j)   TITLE TO ASSETS.  The Partnership has good and marketable title to the
assets reflected in the most recent balance sheet (the "Balance Sheet") included
in the Partnership Financial Statements and reflected in its Net Asset Value and
will hold good and marketable title to  such assets, and any assets acquired  by
the  Partnership prior to the  Effective Time, except for  assets disposed of in
the ordinary  course  of  business (which  assets  do  not include  any  of  the
Property)  and except as  the failure of  the Partnership to  have such good and
marketable title is  not, in  the aggregate,  material to  the Partnership.  The
assets  reflected on the Balance Sheet include the Property. Except as otherwise
disclosed in the Balance Sheet or related notes accompanying it, all the  assets
referred  to in the preceding  sentence are owned free and  clear of any and all
material adverse claims,  security interests, charges  or other encumbrances  or
restrictions  of every nature,  except liens for  current taxes not  yet due and
payable or  landlords' liens  as provided  for  in the  relevant leases,  or  by
applicable law.
 
    (k)    LIABILITIES OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP.   The  Partnership has  no material
liabilities, contingent or otherwise, except  to the extent reflected,  reserved
against  or  provided for  in the  Balance  Sheet, and  except for  any material
liabilities disclosed in writing to the Special Committee concurrently with  the
execution  of this Agreement or any other obligations incurred after the date of
the Balance  Sheet  in  the  ordinary course  of  business,  which  subsequently
incurred  obligations are  of an  amount and  nature as  to be  capable of being
discharged from the operations of  the Partnership without requiring  additional
equity or borrowing.
 
    (l)  PROPERTY.
 
        (i)   Materially complete and correct legal descriptions of the Property
    have been delivered to the Company  concurrently with the execution of  this
    Agreement.
 
        (ii)   All information provided by the Partnership to the Appraiser with
    respect to the Property for use in preparing the appraisals of the  Property
    was true and correct in all material respects as of the date given.
 
        (iii)    Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Special  Committee
    concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge  of
    those  representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice should
    have been given, there is no material violation of any law, ordinance, rule,
    requirement, resolution, policy statement or regulation (including,  without
    limitation,  those relating to land use, subdivision, zoning, environmental,
    occupational health and safety, water, and  building and fire codes) of  any
    governmental authority (collectively, "Governmental Regulations") applicable
    to the construction, alteration, rehabilitation, maintenance, use, operation
    or  sale  of any  of the  Property,  which violation  would have  a material
    adverse effect  on the  use of  the Property.  The Partnership  has  neither
    received  notice nor has  knowledge that any  governmental authority, or any
    employee or agent thereof, considers the operations, use or ownership of any
    of the  Property  to violate  or  have violated  in  a material  manner  any
    Governmental Regulations, or that any investigation has been commenced or is
    contemplated regarding such possible violation.
 
        (iv)   To the best knowledge of  those representatives and agents of the
    Partnership to  whom notice  should  have been  given, the  Partnership  has
    neither  received  notice nor  has knowledge  of  any plan  or study  of any
    governmental authority that  would materially  adversely affect  the use  of
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    the  Property for  its intended uses,  or result in  any public improvements
    that will  result  in any  material  charge  being levied  against,  or  any
    material lien assessed upon, all or any portion of such Property.
 
        (v)     Except  as  disclosed  in   writing  to  the  Special  Committee
    concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge  of
    those  representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice should
    have been given, there are no delinquent taxes, assessments, charges, debts,
    liabilities, claims or  obligations arising from  the construction,  design,
    development,  ownership, maintenance or operation  of, or otherwise relating
    to, the  Property,  which matters  could  give  rise to  any  mechanics'  or
    materialmen's or other statutory or common-law lien against such Property or
    any  party  thereof that,  individually or  in the  aggregate, would  have a
    material adverse effect on the value of the Property, taken as a whole.
 
        (vi)    Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Special   Committee
    concurrently  with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge of
    those representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice  should
    have  been given or who, by virtue of his or her position, could be expected
    to have knowledge of any of the following matters, (A) none of the Property,
    which for  purposes of  this paragraph  shall include,  without  limitation,
    subsurface soil and ground water, contains any substance, including, without
    limitation, any asbestos, formaldehyde, radioactive substance, hydrocarbons,
    industrial  solvents, flammables, explosives and  any hazardous substance or
    toxic material (collectively, "Hazardous  Materials"), that could  presently
    or  at any time  in the future  cause a material  detriment to or materially
    impair the value or beneficial use of the Property or constitute or cause  a
    health,  safety or environmental hazard on or relating to the Property or to
    any person who  may enter onto  the Property or  require remediation at  the
    behest  of any  governmental agency,  which health,  safety or environmental
    hazard  or  remediation  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on   the
    Partnership;  (B) there are  no environmental conditions  relating to any of
    the Property  giving rise  to material  liability, and  the Property  is  in
    compliance  in all material respects with existing applicable federal, state
    and local environmental laws  and regulations; and  (C) the Partnership  has
    not  received notice that the ownership, operation, use and condition of any
    of the  Property  is  in violation  of  any  federal, state  or  local  law,
    ordinance   or  regulation  pertaining   to  industrial  hygiene,  Hazardous
    Materials  or  environmental  protection.  To  the  best  knowledge  of  the
    Partnership,  there is  no proceeding  or action  pending or,  to its actual
    knowledge, threatened by  any person  or governmental  agency regarding  the
    environmental condition of any of the Property.
 
        (vii)   The Partnership has not entered  into any contracts for the sale
    of all or any portion of the Property.
 
    (m)  TAXES.   The Partnership  has filed  all federal, state  and local  tax
returns  that it is required  to file, has provided  to its limited partners all
required Forms K-1 and such other tax forms as may be required by federal, state
or local authorities, and has no outstanding material liability for any federal,
state or local taxes or interest or penalties thereon, whether disputed or  not,
except  taxes  disputed  or not  yet  payable  that have  been  provided  for in
accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles  and are disclosed  in
the   Partnership  Financial  Statements;  the   Partnership  is  taxable  as  a
partnership (and not as an association taxable as a corporation) for federal and
applicable state income tax purposes.
 
    4.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
 
    For the purposes  of inducing each  of the Partnerships  to enter into  this
Agreement  and to consummate the Merger,  the Company represents and warrants to
each Partnership as follows:
 
    (a)  ORGANIZATION;  POWER AND  AUTHORITY.   The Company  is duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under  the laws of the state of Delaware.
The Company (i) has the authority to conduct its business as currently conducted
and to own and  operate the properties  that it now owns  and operates, (ii)  is
qualified  to do  business in all  jurisdictions in which  such qualification is
necessary,
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
except where the failure to  be so qualified would  not have a material  adverse
effect  on the Company, and  (iii) has all requisite  power, authority and legal
right to enter into this Agreement  and to consummate the Merger. The  execution
and  delivery  of this  Agreement by  the  Company and  the consummation  by the
Company of  the Merger  have been  duly authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action  on the  part of the  Company, and this  Agreement is a  legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms.
 
    (b)  CONSENTS.  Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, no other
action is required to be taken by the Company to permit the execution,  delivery
and  performance  of  this  Agreement,  all  other  documents  and  certificates
expressly contemplated hereby, and the Merger, and no consent or approval of any
third party  or governmental  authority is  or was  required or  appropriate  in
connection   with  the  execution  of  this  Agreement,  or  to  consummate  the
transactions expressly contemplated hereunder, except such as have been obtained
or will be obtained prior to the Closing.
 
    (c)  NO VIOLATIONS.   The execution and delivery  of this Agreement do  not,
and  the consummation  of the Merger  and compliance with  the provisions hereof
will not, result  in any breach  or violation of  any (i) agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  the organizational  documents under  which the  Company is
organized) to  which the  Company  is a  party or  by  which it  or any  of  its
properties   may  be   bound,  (ii)   permit,  license   or  other  governmental
authorization applicable to the  Company or its  properties, or (iii)  judgment,
order,  law, rule or regulation  applicable to the Company,  other than any such
items that  in the  aggregate  do not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the
Company's  ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a material
adverse effect on the value of the Merger Consideration.
 
    (d)  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists
of  (i) 120,000,000 REIT  Shares, (ii) 500,000  shares of Class  B Common Stock,
$.001 par value per share, (iii)  160,000,000 shares of Excess Stock, $.001  par
value  per share, and (iv) 80,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value
per share.  All outstanding  REIT Shares  are duly  authorized, validly  issued,
fully  paid and nonassessable, and  no class of capital  stock of the Company is
entitled to  preemptive or  cumulative  voting rights.  As  of March  31,  1996,
23,046,517  REIT Shares, 154,605  shares of Class  B Common Stock,  no shares of
Excess Stock, and no shares of Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.
 
    (e)  AUTHORIZATION OF REIT SHARES.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company
will have taken all necessary  action to permit it to  issue the number of  REIT
Shares  required to be issued  pursuant to Article III  hereof. Such REIT Shares
will, when  issued  pursuant to  this  Agreement, be  duly  authorized,  validly
issued,  fully paid  and nonassessable, and  no stockholder of  the Company will
have any preemptive right  of subscription or purchase  in respect thereof.  The
REIT  Shares will, when  issued pursuant to this  Agreement, be registered under
the Securities  Act and  the Exchange  Act, will  be registered  or exempt  from
registration  under all applicable state securities  laws and will be listed for
quotation on the NYSE.
 
    (f)  SEC DOCUMENTS.  The Company has furnished and will continue to  furnish
the  Partnerships  with  a true  and  complete  copy of  each  report, schedule,
registration statement and definitive proxy statement filed by the Company  with
the  Commission since January 1, 1994 (the "Company SEC Documents"). The Company
SEC Documents furnished to the Partnerships as of the date of this Agreement are
all the documents (other  than preliminary material) that  the Company has  been
required  to file with  the Commission since  such date. As  of their respective
dates, the Company SEC  Documents complied as to  form in all material  respects
with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable,
and  the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and none
of the Company SEC Documents contained  any untrue statement of a material  fact
or  omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to  make the statements  therein, in light  of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.
 
    (g)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The financial statements of the Company included
in  the  Company  SEC Documents  complied,  as  of the  date  of  the applicable
document, as  to  form  in  all material  respects  with  applicable  accounting
requirements  and  published  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission  with
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
respect thereto,  have  been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles, applied on a basis consistent with prior periods (except
as otherwise  noted therein),  and  present fairly  the financial  position  and
results  of operations of the  Company as of their  respective dates and for the
periods presented therein (subject, in  the case of unaudited interim  financial
statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
    (h)   FULL DISCLOSURE; NO MISSTATEMENTS.  The representations of the Company
contained in this Agreement  do not contain any  untrue statement of a  material
fact  or omit  to state a  material fact  necessary to make  the statements made
herein not misleading, and none of the information supplied or to be supplied by
the Company for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the S-4  Registration
Statement, the Offer Documents or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus relating to the
Company  contains any untrue statement of a  material fact or omits to state any
material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  in order to make  the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.  If  at any  time prior  to the  termination of  the Offer  or, with
respect to the S-4 Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the
Closing Date, any event relating to the Company should occur that is required to
be described in  an amendment of  or supplement  to the Offer  Documents or  the
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus, the Company promptly  shall inform the Partnerships
and prepare, file and, if necessary, disseminate such amendment or supplement.
 
    (i)  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  There is no suit, action or proceeding  pending
or,  to  the  Company's knowledge,  threatened  against the  Company  that might
materially adversely affect the Company's  ability to perform this Agreement  or
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (j)   NO  MATERIAL ADVERSE  CHANGES.   There have  been no  material adverse
changes in the business, operations, properties, assets or condition,  financial
or  otherwise, of the Company from that set forth in the Company's Annual Report
on Form  10-K for  the year  ended December  31, 1995,  as supplemented  by  the
Company's  Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q for the quarter  ended March 31, 1996,
both as filed with the Commission.
 
ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
 
    During the period from the date  of this Agreement and continuing until  the
Closing  Date or the termination of this  Agreement, the Company and each of the
Partnerships agree to act in accordance with the following covenants:
 
    5.1  ORDINARY COURSE; NO ACQUISITIONS OR DISPOSITIONS
 
    Except as provided in  Section 5.2 hereof, each  Partnership shall carry  on
its  business  in  the  ordinary  course in  substantially  the  same  manner as
heretofore conducted and use all reasonable  efforts to (a) preserve intact  its
present  business, organization and goodwill, (b) maintain all permits, licenses
and  authorizations  required   by  applicable  laws,   and  (c)  preserve   its
relationships with customers, suppliers, lenders, lessors, governmental entities
and  others having business or regulatory dealings with it. No Partnership shall
acquire or agree to acquire by any manner any business or business  organization
or division thereof or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are
material,  individually or  in the  aggregate, to  such Partnership,  other than
high-quality, short-term investments made in the ordinary course of business. No
Partnership shall sell, lease or otherwise  dispose of, or agree to sell,  lease
or  otherwise dispose of,  any of its  Assets, except in  the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice, and except as required by law.  Each
Partnership  shall promptly notify the Company of any event or occurrence not in
the ordinary course of business  or that may have  a material adverse effect  on
such Partnership's financial condition.
 
    5.2  DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Each  Partnership  shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  manage  its business,
including, but not limited to, suspending cash distributions to its partners  if
the  General Partner deems it  advisable to do so,  such that such Partnership's
Closing Net  Asset Value  (as defined  in Section  5.2 hereof)  will equal  such
Partnership's   Net  Asset  Value.  Immediately   prior  to  the  Closing,  each
Partnership will declare a cash
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
distribution payable to those who are  partners of the Partnership at such  time
in  an aggregate amount equal to the amount, if any, by which such Partnership's
Closing Net  Asset Value  exceeds its  Net Asset  Value. As  soon as  reasonably
practicable  following the Closing,  the Company, as  the Surviving Corporation,
will take all  actions necessary to  transfer the amount  necessary to pay  such
distribution to Gemisys Corporation, the transfer and distribution agent for the
Partnership,  for distribution in  accordance with the  terms of the Partnership
Agreement.
 
    As used herein, "Closing Net Asset Value" means, with respect to each of the
Partnerships, (i) the sum of  (a) the Appraised Value  (b) the cost incurred  to
the  Closing  Date of  buildouts and  unit  conversions, if  any, that  were not
reflected in the Appraised Value and (c) the book values of the non-real  estate
assets,  except for  amortizable assets,  of the  Partnership as  of the Closing
Date, less (ii) the sum of (x) such Partnership's liabilities as of the  Closing
Date, (y) the estimated cost remaining to be incurred, if any, as of the Closing
Date  to complete the buildouts  and unit conversions that  were included in the
Appraised Value, and (z) such Partnership's Individual Transaction Expenses  and
pro  rata share  of Shared  Transaction Expenses (as  such terms  are defined in
Section 8.3(a) hereof).
 
    5.3  AMENDMENT OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
    The IDS2 and  IDS3 Partnerships shall  take all actions  necessary to  amend
their  respective  Partnership Agreements  to  add the  following  subsection to
Section 13.3(c) of those  agreements, it being understood  that the approval  of
such  amendment by  limited partners will  be a  part of their  approval of this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby:
 
       (iii) Notwithstanding any  provision of this  Agreement, the  Partnership
       may  merge with and  into Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc. (the "Company")
       pursuant to, and consummate all  other transactions contemplated by,  the
       terms  of  the  Acquisition Agreement  dated  July 1,  1996,  between the
       Company, the  Partnership,  IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,
       IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners L.P.  II  and  IDS/Shurgard Income
       Growth Partners L.P. III.
 
    Except as provided above, no Partnership shall amend or propose to amend any
of  its  organizational   documents,  including  its   Certificate  of   Limited
Partnership  or Partnership Agreement, without the  prior written consent of the
Company.
 
    5.4  EXCLUSIVITY
 
    No Partnership will, nor will it permit its partners (including any  general
or  limited partner  of its  General Partner),  agents or  other representatives
(including, without limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or  accountant
retained  by it) to, directly or  indirectly, initiate, solicit or encourage or,
except as  required  by law,  including  fiduciary  duties required  by  law  as
determined  by  the General  Partner  in good  faith,  engage in  discussions or
negotiations with or provide any information to any entity or group (other  than
the Company or an affiliate of the Company) concerning any acquisition proposal,
tender  offer,  exchange offer,  merger,  consolidation, sale  of  a substantial
amount of assets, or  sale of securities or  equity interests, or in  connection
with   a  liquidation,   dissolution  or  similar   transaction  involving  such
Partnership. Each Partnership will  notify the Company  immediately if any  such
inquiries  or proposals are received by, any such information is requested from,
or any such negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or  continued
with,  the Partnership,  and will  keep the Company  informed of  the status and
terms of any such proposals and any such negotiations or discussions.
 
    5.5  OTHER ACTIONS
 
    The Partnerships and the Company shall not  take or omit to take any  action
that  would  result  in  any  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  the
Partnerships or the Company, respectively, made in or pursuant to this Agreement
becoming untrue or  incomplete, in any  of the covenants  and agreements of  the
Partnerships  or the  Company, respectively,  being breached,  or in  any of the
conditions to the Closing not being satisfied.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    5.6  ADVISE OF CHANGES
 
    Each Partnership  promptly shall  advise  the Company  in writing,  and  the
Company  promptly shall  advise the  Partnerships in  writing, of  any change or
event that  has  made,  or could  be  reasonably  expected to  make,  untrue  or
inaccurate  any representation or warranty made by  such party in or pursuant to
this Agreement or  that has  prevented or may  prevent the  performance by  such
party of any covenant or agreement made in or pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    5.7  MEETINGS OF LIMITED PARTNER
 
    Each   Partnership  will  take  all  action  necessary  in  accordance  with
applicable law and its Partnership Agreement to convene a meeting of its limited
partners as promptly as practicable to  consider and vote upon approval of  this
Agreement and the consummation of the Merger.
 
    5.8  REGISTRATION AND LISTING OF REIT SHARES
 
    The  Company will use its best efforts to register the REIT Shares under the
Securities Act and to cause the REIT Shares to be listed for trading on the NYSE
upon official notice of issuance.
 
    5.9  S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
 
    The Company and  the Partnerships will  promptly prepare and  file with  the
Commission  a preliminary proxy statement/prospectus in connection with the vote
of the limited partners  of the Partnerships on  the approval of this  Agreement
and  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (such proxy
statement/prospectus,  together  with  any  amendments  thereof  or  supplements
thereto,  in each case in the form or forms to be mailed to the limited partners
of the Partnerships, being called herein the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus").  The
Company  will, as promptly as practicable,  prepare and file with the Commission
the S-4 Registration  Statement, containing the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus,  in
connection  with the registration under the Securities Act of the REIT Shares to
be issued in the Merger.  The Company and the  Partnerships will each use  their
best  efforts to have  the S-4 Registration Statement  declared effective by the
Commission as  promptly as  practicable, and  also will  take any  other  action
required  to be taken  under federal or  state securities laws,  and each of the
Partnerships will use its best  efforts to cause the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus
to  be mailed to  the record and beneficial  owners of LP  Units at the earliest
practicable date.  The Company  agrees that  (a) if  at any  time prior  to  the
Effective  Time  any event  with respect  to  the Company  should occur  that is
required to be  described in  an amendment  of, or  a supplement  to, the  Proxy
Statement/  Prospectus or the S-4 Registration Statement, such event shall be so
described, and such  amendment or supplement  shall be promptly  filed with  the
Commission  and, as required by law, the Partnership will cause the amendment or
supplement to be disseminated  to the record and  beneficial owners of LP  Units
and  (b) the S-4 Registration Statement  and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will
(with respect to the Company)  comply as to form  in all material respects  with
the requirements of the federal securities laws. Each of the Partnerships agrees
that  (i) if at any time  prior to the Effective Time  any event with respect to
the Partnership should occur  that is required to  be described in an  amendment
of,  or a supplement to, the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the S-4 Registration
Statement, such event shall  be so described, and  such amendment or  supplement
shall   be  promptly  filed  with  the  Commission  and,  as  required  by  law,
disseminated to the record and beneficial owners of LP Units and (ii) the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus will (with respect to the Partnership) comply as to form in
all  material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws. The
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  shall  include   the  recommendation  and   consent
described in Section 2.1 of the General Partner Undertaking.
 
    5.10  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS
 
    The  Company and the  Partnerships shall each use  all reasonable efforts to
take, or cause to  be taken, all  actions and to  do, or cause  to be done,  all
other  things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as
promptly as  practicable the  transactions contemplated  by this  Agreement,  to
obtain   in  a  timely  manner   all  necessary  consents,  waivers,  approvals,
authorizations and orders and to  make all necessary registrations and  filings,
and  otherwise to satisfy or  cause to be satisfied  all conditions precedent to
its obligations under this Agreement.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    5.11  LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF REIT SHARES ISSUED
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the
payment  of Merger Consideration in  the Merger would result  in the issuance by
the Company  of  more  than  20%  of  the  total  number  of  REIT  Shares  then
outstanding,  then the Company may elect to pay cash in lieu of such REIT Shares
in excess of 20% of the total  number of REIT Shares then outstanding (with  the
cash amount to be paid in lieu of such REIT Shares to be based on the REIT Share
Price),  and such cash  in lieu of  REIT Shares shall,  to the extent reasonably
practicable, be allocated  proportionately to all  partners in the  Partnerships
receiving Merger Consideration.
 
ARTICLE VI.  CLOSING
 
    6.1  CLOSING DATE
 
    The  consummation of  the transactions  contemplated hereby  (the "Closing")
shall be held within  five business days  of the satisfaction  or waiver of  the
conditions to closing set forth in Article VII hereof. The Closing shall be held
at  the  offices  of  Perkins  Coie, 1201  Third  Avenue,  40th  Floor, Seattle,
Washington, or at  such other  place as  may be agreed  upon in  writing by  the
Participating Partnerships and the Company. The date and hour of the Closing are
referred to as the "Closing Date." At the Closing each of the parties shall take
all  such action and  deliver all such  documents, instruments, certificates and
other items as may  be required under  this Agreement or  otherwise in order  to
perform  or fulfill all covenants,  conditions and agreements on  its part to be
performed or  fulfilled  on or  prior  to the  Closing  Date and  to  cause  all
conditions  precedent to the other parties'  obligations under this Agreement to
be satisfied in full.
 
    6.2  ADDITIONAL CLOSINGS
 
    Notwithstanding any other  provision of  this Agreement,  if the  conditions
precedent  to Closing  set forth  in Article VII  hereof have  been satisfied or
waived with  respect  to  the  Closing  of this  Agreement  as  to  one  or  two
Participating  Partnerships, this Agreement  may be closed  with respect to such
Participating Partnership(s)  and,  in the  event  the conditions  precedent  to
Closing  set forth  in Article VII  hereof are subsequently  satisfied or waived
with respect to  any additional  Participating Partnership(s), there  may be  an
additional   Closing   or   Closings   with   respect   to   such  Participating
Partnership(s). All references herein to the Closing and the Closing Date  shall
mean  the original Closing or such additional Closing(s), as applicable, and all
references herein to Effective Time shall mean the Effective Time of the  Merger
of  the  applicable  Participating  Partnership;  provided,  however,  that  the
determination of the amount of  Shared Transaction Expenses pursuant to  Section
8.3  hereof shall be made prior to the  initial Closing and shall not be further
adjusted at any subsequent Closing.
 
    6.3  FURTHER ACTS
 
    If at any  time after  the Closing  Date any further  action by  any of  the
parties to this Agreement is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of
this Agreement and/or to vest in the Company full title to all Assets and rights
of  the Participating Partnerships, such party  shall take all such necessary or
desirable action or use its best efforts to cause such action to be taken.
 
ARTICLE VII.  CONDITIONS
 
    The respective obligations of  the parties hereto  to consummate the  Merger
pursuant  to the  terms of  this Agreement  are subject  to satisfaction  of the
following conditions precedent  on or prior  to the Closing  Date. In the  event
that  one or  more of  these conditions  are not  satisfied on  or prior  to the
Closing Date, the party  or parties whose obligations  hereunder are subject  to
the  satisfaction of such condition or  conditions may either elect to terminate
this Agreement or waive the satisfaction of such condition. The consummation  of
the Merger as to any Partnership is not conditioned upon the consummation of the
Merger as to any other Partnership.
 
    7.1  CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS
 
    The  respective  obligations of  each party  to  consummate the  Mergers are
subject to the  fulfillment on or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions:
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    (a)   APPROVAL OF LIMITED PARTNERS.   This Agreement and the consummation of
the Merger shall have been  duly approved by the  requisite vote of the  limited
partners  of the Partnership in accordance with the applicable provisions of its
Partnership Agreement and the WULPA.
 
    (b)  ABSENCE OF  INJUNCTIONS.  No injunctions  relating to the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement or  any of the parties  hereto that would have a
material adverse effect on  the Company or  on the business  or Property of  the
Partnerships,   taken  as  a  whole  or  individually,  or  that  would  prevent
consummation of the Merger, shall have been issued and remain outstanding.
 
    (c)   EFFECTIVENESS OF  S-4 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.   The S-4  Registration
Statement  shall  have  been  declared effective  by  the  Commission  under the
Securities  Act.  No  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the   S-4
Registration  Statement  shall  have  been  issued  by  the  Commission  and  no
proceeding for that purpose  and no similar proceeding  in respect of the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission.
 
    (d)   LISTING OF REIT SHARES.  The  REIT Shares issuable in the Merger shall
have been authorized for listing on the NYSE upon official notice of issuance.
 
    7.2  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  obligation  of  the  Company  to  consummate  the  Merger  as  to  each
Partnership  shall be subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date
of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Company:
 
    (a)  FAIRNESS  OPINION.   The Company shall  have received  an opinion  from
Alex.  Brown  & Sons  Incorporated as  to the  fairness to  the Company,  from a
financial point of view, of the Offer Prices and the Merger Consideration.
 
    (b)  CLOSING NET ASSET VALUE.  The Company shall have received a certificate
from the General Partner dated the Closing Date certifying that the Closing  Net
Asset  Value of  each Partnership  is no less  than its  Net Asset  Value of the
Partnership.
 
    (c)  ABSENCE OF ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Subsequent to  the date hereof, there  has
not  been any material adverse change in the Partnership's ability to consummate
the Merger, or in the Partnership's business, operations, properties, assets  or
condition, financial or otherwise.
 
    (d)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE AS OF BOTH PRESENT DATE AND CLOSING
DATE.   The representations  and warranties of  the Partnership contained herein
shall be true in all material respects as  of the date of this Agreement and  on
the Closing Date.
 
    (e)   COMPLIANCE  WITH COVENANTS.   The Partnership shall  have performed or
complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants
contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or  prior
to the Closing Date.
 
    (f)   THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  All necessary consents and approvals from third
parties to the transfers,  conveyances and transactions  set forth herein  shall
have been obtained.
 
    (g)   OPINION.  The  Company shall have received  an opinion from counsel to
the Partnership in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
 
    (h)  ACCOUNTANT'S LETTER.   The Special Committee  shall have received  from
Deloitte  &  Touche LLP  a letter,  in  form and  substance satisfactory  to the
Special Committee, acting in good faith, applying certain agreed-upon procedures
to designated information contained  in the S-4  Registration Statement and  the
Offer Documents.
 
    7.3  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS
 
    The  obligation  of each  of the  Partnerships to  consummate the  Merger is
subject to the  fulfillment on or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions, unless waived in writing by the applicable Partnership:
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    (a)   FAIRNESS OPINION.   The Partnership shall  have received opinions from
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc. as to the fairness to the limited partners of  the
Partnership,  from a financial point of view,  of the Offer Price and the Merger
Consideration.
 
    (b)  ABSENCE OF ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Subsequent to  the date hereof, there  has
not  been any material adverse change in the Company's ability to pay the Merger
Consideration, or in the Company's  business, operations, properties, assets  or
condition, financial or otherwise.
 
    (c)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE AS OF BOTH PRESENT DATE AND CLOSING
DATE.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall
be true in all  material respects as of  the date of this  Agreement and on  the
Closing Date.
 
    (d)    COMPLIANCE  WITH COVENANTS.    The  Company shall  have  performed or
complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants
contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or  prior
to the Closing Date.
 
    (e)   THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  All necessary consents and approvals from third
parties to the transfers,  conveyances and transactions  set forth herein  shall
have been obtained.
 
    (f)   OPINION.  The Partnership shall  have received an opinion from special
counsel to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
 
ARTICLE VIII.  TERMINATION AND WAIVER
 
    8.1  TERMINATION
 
    With respect to  any Partnership, this  Agreement may be  terminated at  any
time  prior  to  the Effective  Time,  notwithstanding approval  thereof  by the
limited partners of such Partnership:
 
    (a) by  mutual consent  duly authorized  by the  Board of  Directors of  the
Company and the General Partner of the Partnership; or
 
    (b)  by either  the Company or  the Partnership  if the Merger  has not been
consummated by March 31, 1997, or such later date as mutually agreed upon by the
parties; provided, however,  that the  right to terminate  this Agreement  under
this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill
any  obligation under this  Agreement has been  the cause of  or resulted in the
failure of such Merger to occur on or before such date; or
 
    (c) by  either  the Company  or  the Partnership  if  a court  of  competent
jurisdiction  or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission
shall have issued  a nonappealable final  order, decree or  ruling or taken  any
other  action  having  the  effect  of  permanently  restraining,  enjoining  or
otherwise prohibiting  the  Merger  between the  Company  and  the  Partnership;
provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section
8.1(c)  shall  not be  available  to any  party who  has  not complied  with its
obligations under Sections 5.9 and 5.10 hereof and such noncompliance materially
contributed to the issuance of any such order, decree or ruling or the taking of
such action; or
 
    (d) by either the Company  or the Partnership if  the requisite vote of  the
limited  partners of the Partnership  shall not have been  obtained by March 31,
1997; or
 
    (e) by  the Company  if (i)  the General  Partner of  the Partnership  shall
withdraw  or  change  its approval  of  this  Agreement or  the  General Partner
Recommendation in a manner determined by the Company in good faith to be adverse
to the Company or shall have resolved to  do so; or (ii) the General Partner  of
the  Partnership,  shall  have  recommended  to  the  limited  partners  of  the
Partnership an Alternative Transaction (as defined in Section 8.3(c) hereof); or
(iii) any person (other than the Company  or an affiliate of the Company)  shall
have acquired voting rights to, or the right to acquire voting rights to, or any
"group"  (as such term is  defined in Section 14(d) of  the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder)  shall have been formed which  has
voting rights to, or
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
the  right to acquire voting  rights to, 20% or  more of the then-outstanding LP
Units of such Partnership; or (iv) if the REIT Share Price, without taking  into
account the application of the REIT Share Price Range, exceeds $28.50; or
 
    (f)  by the Company or the Partnership if (i) any representation or warranty
of the Partnership  or the Company,  respectively, set forth  in this  Agreement
shall  be materially untrue when made or  shall become materially untrue or (ii)
upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Partnership or the
Company, respectively, set forth in this Agreement, such that the conditions set
forth in Section  7.2(e) or  7.3(d) hereof,  as the case  may be,  would not  be
satisfied  (either (i)  or (ii) above  being a  "Terminating Breach"); provided,
however, that if such Terminating Breach is  curable prior to March 31, 1997  by
the  Company or the Partnership, as the case may be, through the exercise of its
reasonable best efforts and for  so long as the  Company or the Partnership,  as
the case may be, continues to exercise such reasonable best efforts, neither the
Partnership  nor the Company,  respectively, may terminate  this Agreement under
this Section 8.1(f); or
 
    (g) by  the Partnership  or the  Company if  the Partnership  enters into  a
definitive agreement accepting an Alternative Transaction; or
 
    (h)  by the Partnership if the REIT Share Price, without taking into account
the application  of the  REIT Share  Price Range,  is less  the $21.50  and  the
Company  has not agreed  to pay the Additional  Consideration in accordance with
Section 2.2 of the General Partner Undertaking.
 
    The right of any party hereto  to terminate this Agreement pursuant to  this
Section  8.1 shall remain operative  and in full force  and effect regardless of
any investigation  made  by  or  on  behalf of  any  party  hereto,  any  person
controlling  any  such party  or any  of  their respective  officers, directors,
partners or  stockholders, whether  prior  to or  after  the execution  of  this
Agreement.
 
    8.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION
 
    In  the event of  termination of this  Agreement as provided  in Section 8.1
hereof, this Agreement  shall become  void and there  shall be  no liability  or
obligation  on  the  part of  any  party  hereto or  its  respective affiliates,
partners, officers, directors or stockholders  except (a) for the provisions  of
Section  1.3(d) (if, and only if, an  Offer has been consummated and the Company
has been  admitted as  a  limited partner  of  the applicable  Partnership  with
respect  to the LP Units  purchased in the Offer)  and Section 8.3 hereof, which
provisions shall  survive the  termination of  this Agreement,  and (b)  to  the
extent  that such termination results from the  willful breach of a party hereto
of any of its  representations, warranties, covenants or  agreements made in  or
pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    8.3  FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    (a)  The  costs and  expenses that  have been  and will  be incurred  by the
Partnerships and the Company in connection with the preparation and  negotiation
of this Agreement, the making of the Offers and the solicitation of the approval
of  the limited partners of each of the Partnerships to the Merger, except those
costs and expenses identified below as "Individual Transaction Expenses" will be
shared by the Partnerships and the Company (the "Shared Transaction  Expenses").
The Shared Transaction Expenses include, without limitation, accounting fees and
expenses,  filing, printing  and mailing costs  of the Offer  Documents, the S-4
Registration Statement,  the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  and  other  soliciting
materials, proxy solicitation fees, depositary fees and closing costs. Except as
otherwise  provided in this Section 8.3, the Shared Transaction Expenses will be
shared by the Company  and the Partnerships  as follows: (a)  50% of the  Shared
Transaction  Expenses will  be borne by  the Company  and (b) 50%  of the Shared
Transaction Expenses  will be  borne by  the Partnerships,  with the  amount  of
Shared  Transaction Expenses to be borne by  the Partnerships to be allocated to
each Partnership pro  rata based on  its relative Net  Asset Value.  "Individual
Transaction  Expenses" consist  of (i)  legal fees  and expenses;  (ii) fees and
expenses of investment bankers and other  financial advisors; (iii) the cost  of
the  Partnerships' real estate  portfolio appraisals and  (iv) the transfer fees
payable by the Company for the LP Units acquired through the Offers.  Individual
Transaction
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Expenses  that  are  incurred by  the  Company  will be  borne  by  the Company.
Individual Transaction Expenses that  are incurred by  the Partnerships will  be
allocated  to each Partnership pro rata based on the relative Net Asset Value of
each Partnership.
 
    The Partnerships and  the Company  agree to  contribute their  share of  the
Shared  Transaction  Expenses  to  the  party  that  has  incurred  such  Shared
Transaction Expenses as they  are incurred if requested  by the Other Party.  In
the  event that the  amount of such  Shared Transaction Expenses  is not finally
determined prior to the Closing, the  parties hereto will agree on a  reasonable
estimate  of  the final  amount of  such Shared  Transaction Expenses,  and such
estimated amount, together with the amount of expenses already incurred, will be
the total Shared  Transaction Expenses.  The Company shall  pay to  each of  the
Partnerships,  or each  of the  Partnerships shall pay  to the  Company or shall
accrue to the extent not already accrued as of the Closing Date, as the case may
be, its allocated portion of Shared  Transaction Expenses that have not  already
been  paid, in full satisfaction  of its obligations under  this Section 8.3. No
adjustments will be made following the Closing if the total amount of the Shared
Transaction Expenses estimated  by the parties  hereto prior to  the Closing  is
different from the amount actually incurred.
 
    (b)  Except for IDS1,  as to whom  this Section 8.3(b)  is not applicable, a
Partnership  shall  pay  the  Company  a   pro  rata  portion  (based  on   such
Partnership's   relative  Net  Asset  Value,   taking  into  account  all  three
Partnerships) of  the Shared  Transaction  Expenses and  Individual  Transaction
Expenses that would otherwise be borne by the Company pursuant to Section 8.3(a)
hereof, upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
        (i)  the termination of this Agreement by the Company or the Partnership
    pursuant to Section 8.1(d)  hereof or the termination  of this Agreement  by
    the  Company pursuant to Section 8.1(f) hereof and, in either such case, the
    Partnership has furnished  information to,  or entered  into discussions  or
    negotiations  with,  any person  or entity  with  respect to  an Alternative
    Transaction and  the  General Partner  Recommendation  shall not  have  been
    reaffirmed  to the limited  partners of the  Partnership by the  date of the
    meeting of limited partners and remain effective on that date; or
 
        (ii) the  termination  of this  Agreement  by the  Company  pursuant  to
    Section 8.1(e)(i), (ii), or (iii) hereof; or
 
        (iii)  the  termination  of this  Agreement  by the  Partnership  or the
    Company pursuant to Section 8.1(g) hereof.
 
    (c) "Alternative Transaction"  means any (i)  transaction pursuant to  which
any  person or group of  persons other than the Company  or any affiliate of the
Company (a  "Third  Party") acquires  or  would acquire  more  than 25%  of  the
outstanding  LP  Units  of  the Partnership,  whether  from  the  Partnership or
pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise, (ii) merger or  other
business combination involving the Partnership pursuant to which any Third Party
acquires  more  than 25%  of  the LP  Units or  other  equity securities  of the
Partnership or  the entity  surviving such  merger or  business combination,  or
(iii)  any other transaction pursuant to which any Third Party acquires or would
acquire control of the assets of the Partnership having a fair market value  (as
determined  by the General  Partner of the  Partnership in good  faith) equal to
more than 25%  of the fair  market value of  all the assets  of the  Partnership
immediately prior to such transaction.
 
    (d)  In the event of the termination of this Agreement by the Company or the
Partnership pursuant  to Section  8.1(d) hereof  following the  vote of  limited
partners  of the Partnership and if  Section 8.3(b)(i) hereof is not applicable,
then the Partnership shall bear a percentage of the Shared Merger Expenses  that
the  Partnership would  otherwise have borne  pursuant to  Section 8.3(a) hereof
equal to the  percentage of outstanding  LP Units of  the Partnership that  were
voted  in  favor  of  the Merger.  Any  Shared  Merger Expenses  not  paid  by a
Partnership pursuant to  this paragraph shall  be paid by  the Company (and  not
paid by the other Partnerships).
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    8.4  EXTENSION; WAIVER
 
    At  any time  prior to the  Closing, the  parties hereto may,  to the extent
legally allowed,  (a)  extend  the  time  for the  performance  of  any  of  the
obligations   or  other  acts  of  the  other  parties  hereto,  (b)  waive  any
inaccuracies in the representations and  warranties of the other parties  hereto
contained  herein or made in connection  herewith, and (c) waive compliance with
any of  the  agreements  of  the other  parties  hereto  contained  herein.  Any
agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be
valid  only if set  forth in an instrument  in writing signed  on behalf of such
party.
 
    8.5  NO SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    None of the representations and  warranties in this Agreement shall  survive
the Closing Date.
 
ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
    9.1  ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
 
    The  Company  may not  assign its  rights under  this Agreement  without the
consent of the applicable Partnership. None of the Partnerships may assign their
rights under this Agreement.
 
    9.2  RISK OF LOSS
 
    (a) Risk of loss or damage to the Assets by condemnation, eminent domain  or
similar proceedings (or deed in lieu thereof), or by fire or any other casualty,
from  the date  hereof through  the Effective  Time will  be on  the Partnership
owning such Assets and thereafter will be on the Company.
 
    (b) In the event of  loss or damage to the  Assets that occurs prior to  the
Effective Time, if the Partnership elects not to or is unable to effect a timely
cure of such loss or damage prior to Closing, the monetary value of such loss or
damage  shall  be reflected  on  the Closing  Balance Sheet  and  if, as  of the
Effective Time,  the reduction  in  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset  Value
resulting  from such loss or damage is not offset by an increase in other Assets
of the Partnership (including  insurance proceeds payable  with respect to  such
loss  or  damage or  condemnation awards  received) to  the extent  necessary to
satisfy the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.2(b) hereof, the Company
may, at its option, elect to terminate this Agreement as to such Partnership, or
the Company may elect  to extend the  term of this  Agreement and resolicit  the
limited partners of such Partnership with respect to participation in the Merger
with  the  Net Asset  Value of  the  Partnership suffering  such loss  or damage
adjusted to reflect such loss or damage.
 
    9.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS
 
    This Agreement, together with the General Partner Undertaking, embodies  and
constitutes  the entire  understanding between the  parties with  respect to the
transactions contemplated herein, and  all prior or contemporaneous  agreements,
understandings, representations and statements, oral or written, are merged into
this  Agreement. Neither this Agreement, the General Partner Undertaking nor any
provision hereof  or thereof  may be  waived, modified,  amended, discharged  or
terminated  except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which
the  enforcement  of   such  waiver,  modification,   amendment,  discharge   or
termination is sought, and then only to the extent set forth in such instrument.
 
    9.4  NOTICES
 
    All  notices, demands  or other  writings in  this Agreement  provided to be
given or made or sent, or  which may be given or  made or sent, by either  party
hereto  to the other may  be given personally or  may be delivered by depositing
the same in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage  prepaid
or  by delivering the same to an  air courier service, postage prepaid, properly
addressed and sent  to the address  of such party  as set forth  below, or  such
other address as either party may from
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
time  to time  designate by written  notice to  the other. Notice  given by mail
shall be considered effective  upon the expiration of  five business days  after
deposit.  Notice given in any  other manner shall be  effective only if and when
received by the addressee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
To the Company:                                 Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
                                                Attn: Harrell Beck
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Latham & Watkins
                                                Attn: Scott R. Haber
                                                505 Montgomery Street, 19th Floor
                                                San Francisco, California 94111
 
To the Partnerships:                            Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                                Attn: Charles K. Barbo
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Perkins Coie
                                                Attn: Linda A. Schoemaker
                                                1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
</TABLE>
 
    9.5  INTERPRETATION
 
    Words of any gender used  in this Agreement shall  be held and construed  to
include  any  other gender,  and words  of a  singular number  shall be  held to
include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
    9.6  CAPTIONS
 
    The captions used in this Agreement  are for convenience only and shall  not
be deemed to construe or to limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.
 
    9.7  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
 
    This  Agreement may be executed in  any number of identical counterparts. If
so executed, each  of such  counterparts is  to be  deemed an  original for  all
purposes, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement,
but  in making proof of  this Agreement it shall not  be necessary to produce or
account for more than one such counterpart.
 
    9.8  BINDING EFFECT
 
    Subject to the restrictions on  assignment contained in Section 9.1  hereof,
this  Agreement shall be  binding upon and  inure to the  benefit of the parties
hereto  and  their  respective  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns.
 
    9.9  ATTORNEYS' FEES
 
    Subject  to the requirements of Section 9.11 hereof, should any party hereto
employ an attorney or attorneys  to enforce any of  the provisions hereof or  to
protect  its interest in any manner arising  under this Agreement, or to recover
damages for the breach hereof, the nonprevailing party or parties in any  action
pursued in courts of competent jurisdiction (the finality of which action is not
legally  contested)  agrees  to  pay  to the  prevailing  party  or  parties all
reasonable costs, damages and expenses,  including attorneys' fees, expended  or
incurred  in connection therewith; provided, however, that if more than one item
is disputed and the final  decision is against each party  as to one or more  of
the  disputed  items, then  such costs,  expenses and  attorneys' fees  shall be
apportioned in accordance with the monetary values of the items decided  against
each party.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    9.10  NO WAIVER; SEVERABILITY
 
    The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any of the provisions
of  this Agreement  shall in  no way  be construed  to be  a waiver  of any such
provision, and shall in no way affect the validity of this Agreement or any part
hereof or the  right of  any party  thereafter to  enforce each  and every  such
provision.  No waiver  of any  breach of this  Agreement shall  be held  to be a
waiver of any other or subsequent breach. If any provision of this Agreement, or
the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, for any reason and
to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, but the extent of the invalidity  or
unenforceability  does not destroy the basis  of the bargain between the parties
as contained herein, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such
provision to other persons  or circumstances shall not  be affected thereby  but
rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
 
    9.11  NO JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
 
    If  one of the Partnerships  defaults under, or is in  breach of, any of its
representations, warranties  or  covenants  contained in  this  Agreement,  such
Partnership  shall be  accountable to  the Company and  shall be  liable for the
damages caused by  such default or  breach as provided  in this Agreement.  Each
Partnership  hereunder  has  undertaken  obligations  and  made representations,
warranties, disclosures and covenants herein and in and pursuant to the exhibits
hereto solely  with respect  to itself  and the  Property owned  by it.  Nothing
contained  herein, however, is intended to  make any of the Partnerships jointly
and severally liable for the default or breach by any of the other Partnerships,
and with  respect to  any  such default  and breach  such  shall be  solely  the
obligation  and responsibility of the Partnership responsible for the default or
breach.
 
    9.12  APPLICABLE LAW
 
    This Agreement shall  be governed by  and construed in  accordance with  the
laws of the state of Washington.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the parties
as of the date first set forth above.
 
                                          COMPANY:
 
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By /s/_HARRELL BECK___________________
                                             Harrell Beck, Chief Financial
                                             Officer
 
                                          PARTNERSHIPS:
 
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P.
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                          General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P. II
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_Charles K. Barbo_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P. III
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A
                          GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING
 
    This GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING  (this "Agreement") is  entered into as  of
July  1,  1996  by Shurgard  Associates  L.P.  ("GP1"), the  general  partner of
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.  ("IDS1"), Shurgard Associates L.P.  II
("GP2"),  the general  partner of  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P. II
("IDS2"), and  Shurgard Associates  L.P.  III ("GP3"),  the general  partner  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth Partners  L.P. III  ("IDS3"), and  Shurgard Storage
Centers, Inc., a  Delaware corporation  (the "Company").  GP1, GP2  and GP3  are
individually  referred to herein as a  "General Partner" and collectively as the
"General Partners." IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 are individually referred to herein as a
"Partnership" and collectively as the "Partnerships."
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Partnerships  and
the Company are entering into an Acquisition Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1996
(the "Acquisition Agreement"), pursuant to which (i) the Company will commence a
tender offer to purchase up to a specified percentage of the limited partnership
units  of each of the Partnerships (each,  an "Offer" and together the "Offers")
and (ii)  the  Partnerships  will merge  with  and  into the  Company  upon  the
satisfaction  or waiver of the conditions  to closing contained therein (each, a
"Merger" and together, the "Mergers").
 
    B.  The General  Partners believe that  it is in the  best interests of  the
Partnerships  and their limited partners for  the Partnerships to enter into and
consummate  the  Acquisition  Agreement  and  the  General  Partners  intend  to
recommend  to  the  limited partners  of  the  Partnerships that  they  vote for
approval of the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    C.   Capitalized terms  used but  not  defined in  this Agreement  have  the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
                                   AGREEMENTS
 
    NOW,  THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS
 
    1.1  CONSENT TO OFFERS
 
    The General Partners hereby consent to the making of the Offers.
 
    1.2  GENERAL PARTNER FAIRNESS DETERMINATION AND RECOMMENDATION
 
    With respect to each Offer, the  Offer Documents and the Schedules 14D-9  or
the  Schedules 13E-3 shall contain, to  the extent applicable, (a) the statement
by the General Partner that the terms of  the Offers and the Merger are fair  to
limited  partners and (b) the recommendation by the General Partner that holders
of LP Units who desire immediate liquidity tender their LP Units pursuant to the
Offer and  that  all  other holders  of  LP  Units retain  their  LP  Units  and
participate in the Merger.
 
    1.3  ADMISSION OF COMPANY AS SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER
 
    Each  of the General  Partners agrees to  take such actions  as are required
under the  applicable  Partnership Agreement  to  effect the  admission  of  the
Company  as a limited  partner of the  Partnership with respect  to all LP Units
acquired by  it pursuant  to  the Offer  in accordance  with  the terms  of  the
Partnership Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGERS
 
    2.1  MEETINGS OF LIMITED PARTNERS; RECOMMENDATION OF GENERAL PARTNERS
 
    Each  General  Partner will  take all  action  necessary in  accordance with
applicable law and its Partnership's Partnership Agreement to convene a  meeting
of its limited partners as promptly as
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
practicable  to consider and vote upon approval of the Acquisition Agreement and
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. Except as may be required
for the discharge of their fiduciary duties or as otherwise required by law, (a)
the General Partner shall recommend that  the limited partners vote in favor  of
approval  of  the Acquisition  Agreement  and consummation  of  the transactions
contemplated thereby and shall solicit the vote of the limited partners of  such
Partnership  in favor of  such approval and  take all other  action necessary or
advisable to secure the vote of such limited partners in favor of such  approval
and  (b)  IDS  Partnership Services  Corporation  ("IPSC") will  consent  to the
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    2.2  WITHDRAWAL OF RECOMMENDATION IF REIT SHARE PRICE IS LESS THAN $21.50
 
    It is understood that the General  Partner of each Partnership may elect  to
withdraw  or change  its recommendation that  limited partners vote  in favor of
this Agreement if  the REIT Share  Price calculated without  regard to the  REIT
Share  Price Range in  respect of the  meeting (the "Meeting")  at which limited
partners are expected to vote on the Merger is less than $21.50. Before it  does
so,  however, the  General Partner  shall notify  the Company  of its  intent to
withdraw its recommendation not  later than the end  of the second business  day
following  the day the REIT  Share Price is determined,  and the General Partner
shall postpone or adjourn the meeting for such period or periods of time, not to
exceed ten business  days, as the  Company may reasonably  request. The  General
Partner  shall not withdraw its recommendation if  the Company agrees to pay the
Additional Consideration at least  two business days prior  to the date of  such
postponed or adjourned meeting.
 
ARTICLE III.  OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
    3.1  STANDSTILL
 
    The Company agrees that if it is admitted as a substitute limited partner in
a  Partnership and except  as otherwise contemplated by  this Agreement, it will
not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of a majority  of
the  general partners of the General Partner of that Partnership (a) acquire any
additional LP  Units  of that  Partnership,  (b)  propose any  merger  or  other
business  combination  involving  that  Partnership, or  (c)  propose  any other
transaction pursuant to which it would control  or acquire any of the assets  of
that Partnership.
 
    3.2  EXCLUSIVITY
 
    Until  the termination  of the Acquisition  Agreement or the  Closing of the
Merger, no General Partner will, nor will it permit its partners (including  any
general or limited partner), agents or other representatives (including, without
limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or accountant  retained by it) to,
directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit or encourage or, except as required by
law, including fiduciary  duties required by  law as determined  by the  General
Partner in good faith, engage in discussions or negotiations with or provide any
information  to any entity or  group (other than the  Company or an affiliate of
the Company) concerning any acquisition proposal, tender offer, exchange  offer,
merger,  consolidation,  sale of  a  substantial amount  of  assets, or  sale of
securities or equity interests, or in connection with a liquidation, dissolution
or similar transaction  involving such  Partnership. Each  General Partner  will
notify  the Company immediately if any  such inquiries or proposals are received
by, any  such  information  is  requested from,  or  any  such  negotiations  or
discussions  are sought to be initiated  or continued with, the Partnership, and
will keep the Company informed of the status and terms of any such proposals and
any such negotiations or discussions.
 
    3.3  INDEMNIFICATION
 
    From and  after the  Effective Time,  the Company  will indemnify  and  hold
harmless the General Partner of each of the Partnerships, that shall have merged
with  and into  the Company  pursuant to  a Merger  and its  general and limited
partners to the same extent that such persons are entitled to be indemnified  by
the Partnership under its Partnership Agreement.
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
    4.1  NOTICES
 
    All  notices, demands  or other  writings in  this Agreement  provided to be
given or made or sent, or  which may be given or  made or sent, by either  party
hereto  to the other may  be given personally or  may be delivered by depositing
the same in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage  prepaid
or  by delivering the same to an  air courier service, postage prepaid, properly
addressed and sent  to the address  of such party  as set forth  below, or  such
other  address as either party may from time to time designate by written notice
to the  other. Notice  given by  mail  shall be  considered effective  upon  the
expiration of five business days after deposit. Notice given in any other manner
shall be effective only if and when received by the addressee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
To the Company:                                 Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
                                                Attn: Harrell Beck
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Latham & Watkins
                                                Attn: Scott R. Haber
                                                505 Montgomery Street, 19th Floor
                                                San Francisco, California 94111
 
To the General Partners:                        Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                                Attn: Charles K. Barbo
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Perkins Coie
                                                Attn: Linda A. Schoemaker
                                                1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
</TABLE>
 
    4.2  INTERPRETATION
 
    Words  of any gender used  in this Agreement shall  be held and construed to
include any  other gender,  and words  of a  singular number  shall be  held  to
include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
    4.3  CAPTIONS
 
    The  captions used in this Agreement are  for convenience only and shall not
be deemed to construe or to limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.
 
    4.4  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
 
    This Agreement may be executed in  any number of identical counterparts.  If
so  executed, each  of such  counterparts is  to be  deemed an  original for all
purposes, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement,
but in making proof of  this Agreement it shall not  be necessary to produce  or
account for more than one such counterpart.
 
    4.5  APPLICABLE LAW
 
    This  Agreement shall  be governed by  and construed in  accordance with the
laws of the state of Washington.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the  parties
as of the date first set forth above.
 
                                          COMPANY:
 
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By /s/_HARRELL BECK___________________
                                             Harrell Beck, Chief Financial
                                             Officer
 
                                          GENERAL PARTNERS:
 
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                          General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P. II
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P. III
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                      A-5

<PAGE>
                           OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
               UP TO 52,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTEREST
                                       OF
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
                                       AT
                               $308 NET PER UNIT
                                       BY
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 31, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED.
                            ------------------------
 
    SHURGARD  STORAGE CENTERS, INC. (THE "PURCHASER") IS OFFERING TO PURCHASE UP
TO 52,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST (THE "UNITS") IN IDS/  SHURGARD
INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III (THE "PARTNERSHIP") AT A NET CASH PRICE PER UNIT
OF $308 (THE "OFFER PRICE"). THIS OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED UPON A MINIMUM NUMBER
OF  UNITS  BEING  VALIDLY TENDERED,  BUT  IT  IS SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN  TERMS AND
CONDITIONS DESCRIBED IN  THIS OFFER TO  PURCHASE. See "The  Offer" -- Section  7
("Certain  Conditions of the  Offer"). IF MORE  THAN 52,000 UNITS (APPROXIMATELY
44% OF THE OUTSTANDING  UNITS) ARE VALIDLY TENDERED,  THE PURCHASER WILL  ACCEPT
ONLY  52,000 UNITS AND WILL  PURCHASE UNITS FROM TENDERING  UNITHOLDERS ON A PRO
RATA BASIS AS DESCRIBED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
    PURSUANT TO AN  ACQUISITION AGREEMENT DATED  JULY 1, 1996  BY AND AMONG  THE
PURCHASER,  THE PARTNERSHIP  AND TWO  AFFILIATED PARTNERSHIPS  (THE "ACQUISITION
AGREEMENT"), FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF THE PURCHASE OF UNITS PURSUANT TO  THIS
OFFER,  THE  REMAINING UNITHOLDERS  WILL  BE NOTIFIED  OF  A SPECIAL  MEETING OF
UNITHOLDERS TO BE HELD TO CONSIDER AND  VOTE UPON APPROVAL OF THE MERGER OF  THE
PARTNERSHIP  WITH  AND  INTO THE  PURCHASER  (THE  "MERGER"). IF  THE  MERGER IS
APPROVED BY THE REQUISITE VOTE OF  THE UNITHOLDERS AND CERTAIN OTHER  CONDITIONS
TO  THE MERGER  ARE SATISFIED  OR WAIVED,  THE PARTNERSHIP  WILL MERGE  INTO THE
PURCHASER  AND  CEASE  TO  EXIST   AS  A  SEPARATE  LEGAL  ENTITY.   UNITHOLDERS
PARTICIPATING IN THE MERGER WILL RECEIVE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE PURCHASER
IN EXCHANGE FOR THEIR UNITS. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    THE  GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP IS SHURGARD ASSOCIATES L.P. III (THE
"GENERAL PARTNER"). THE GENERAL PARTNER HAS  APPROVED THIS OFFER AND THE  MERGER
AND  HAS DETERMINED THAT THE TERMS OF THIS  OFFER AND THE MERGER ARE FAIR TO THE
UNITHOLDERS. THE GENERAL  PARTNER RECOMMENDS THAT  THOSE UNITHOLDERS WHO  DESIRE
IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY TENDER THEIR UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER AND THAT ALL OTHER
UNITHOLDERS  RETAIN THEIR UNITS  AND, INSTEAD, PARTICIPATE  IN THE MERGER. THERE
CAN BE NO ASSURANCE, HOWEVER, THAT  THE MERGER WILL BE CONSUMMATED. THE  GENERAL
PARTNER  HAS SIGNIFICANT CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THIS OFFER AND THE MERGER. See
"Special Considerations."
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
    ANY UNITHOLDER DESIRING TO  TENDER ALL OR  ANY PORTION OF  HIS OR HER  UNITS
SHOULD  COMPLETE AND SIGN  THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, AND MAIL OR DELIVER IT  WITH
ANY  OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITARY  AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH ON THE
BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
    QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS OFFER  TO
PURCHASE  AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION AGENT
AT ITS ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SET FORTH ON THE BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO
PURCHASE. UNITHOLDERS MAY  ALSO CONTACT BROKERS,  DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS  AND
TRUST COMPANIES FOR ASSISTANCE CONCERNING THIS OFFER.
 
    THIS  TRANSACTION HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE "COMMISSION")  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE
FAIRNESS  OR MERITS OF THIS TRANSACTION OR  UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS  DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY  IS
UNLAWFUL.
 
JULY 2, 1996
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The   Purchaser  and  the  Partnership  are  subject  to  the  informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange
Act"),  and in  accordance therewith  file reports,  proxy statements  and other
information with the Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information
filed by the Purchaser and  the Partnership may be  inspected and copied at  the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as at the regional offices of the
Commission at 7 World Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New  York, New York 10048,  and
Citicorp  Center,  500  West  Madison  Street,  Suite  1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511. Copies of  such information can  also be obtained  by mail from  the
Public   Reference  Section  of  the  Commission  at  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed  rates. Such information for the  Purchaser
can  also be inspected at  the New York Stock  Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE"), 20 Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    The Purchaser  has filed  with  the Commission  a Transaction  Statement  on
Schedule  13E-3 (the "Schedule 13E-3") pursuant to Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange
Act and  a Tender  Offer  Statement on  Schedule  14D-1 (the  "Schedule  14D-1")
pursuant  to Rule  14d-3 under the  Exchange Act  furnishing certain information
with respect to this Offer. The General Partner has filed with the Commission  a
statement  on Schedule 14D-9 furnishing certain  information with respect to its
position concerning  this Offer  pursuant to  Rules 14d-9  and 14e-2  under  the
Exchange  Act. Those  Schedules and  any amendments  to the  Schedules should be
available for inspection and copying as  set forth above (except that they  will
not be available at the regional offices of the Commission).
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The  following  documents filed  with the  Commission  by the  Purchaser are
incorporated by reference in this Offer to Purchase:
 
        (i) the Purchaser's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended
    March 31, 1996;
 
        (ii)  the  Purchaser's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K  for the  year ended
    December 31, 1995;
 
       (iii) the description of the Purchaser's Class A Common Stock, par  value
    $.001 per share, contained in the Purchaser's Registration Statement on Form
    8-A, as amended, dated April 19, 1995; and
 
       (iv)  the description of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights contained in
    the Purchaser's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, as amended, dated  April
    19, 1995.
 
    All documents filed by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d)  of the Exchange Act subsequent to the  date of this Offer to Purchase and
prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in "The Offer" -- Section 1 ("Terms  of
the  Offer")) shall be  deemed to be  incorporated by reference  herein from the
date of filing such documents. Any statement contained herein or incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that
a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is
incorporated by  reference herein  modifies or  supersedes that  statement.  Any
statement  so modified or superseded shall not  be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Offer to Purchase.
 
    THIS OFFER TO  PURCHASE INCORPORATES  DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE  WHICH ARE  NOT
PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. COPIES OF THESE DOCUMENTS (NOT INCLUDING
EXHIBITS  TO THE DOCUMENTS, UNLESS THE EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE INTO THE INFORMATION THAT THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE INCORPORATES) WILL BE
PROVIDED WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON, INCLUDING ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER, TO  WHOM
THIS  OFFER TO  PURCHASE IS  DELIVERED, UPON  WRITTEN OR  ORAL REQUEST. REQUESTS
SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO SHURGARD  STORAGE CENTERS, INC., INVESTOR RELATIONS,  1201
THIRD  AVENUE, SUITE  2200, SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 98101  (TELEPHONE NUMBER: (206)
624-8100).
 
                              CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
 
    Statements contained  in  this Offer  to  Purchase  that are  not  based  on
historical  fact  are "forward-looking  statements"  within the  meaning  of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may
be identified by the use of  forward-looking terminology such as "may,"  "will,"
"expect,"  "anticipate," "continue" or similar  terms, variations of those terms
or the negative  of those  terms. Cautionary  statements set  forth in  "Special
Considerations"  and  elsewhere in  this  Offer to  Purchase  identify important
factors that could cause actual results  to differ materially from those in  the
forward-looking statements.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           1
  The Partnership and the Purchaser........................................................................           1
  Purposes of the Transaction..............................................................................           1
  The Offer................................................................................................           1
  The Merger...............................................................................................           1
  Conflicts of Interest....................................................................................           2
  Determination of the Offer Price.........................................................................           2
  Fairness of the Transaction; Recommendations to Unitholders..............................................           3
  IPSC Consent.............................................................................................           3
  Appraisal................................................................................................           3
  Stanger Fairness Opinions................................................................................           3
  The Special Meeting......................................................................................           3
  Related Transactions.....................................................................................           3
  Source and Amount of Funds...............................................................................           4
  Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations................................................................           4
  Special Considerations...................................................................................           4
 
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................................................           5
  Conflicts of Interest....................................................................................           5
  No Arms' Length Negotiation..............................................................................           5
  Investment Objectives of the Purchaser...................................................................           5
  Voting Power.............................................................................................           5
  Lack of Trading Market...................................................................................           5
  Alternatives to Tendering Units..........................................................................           6
 
BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION.................................................................           6
  The Partnership..........................................................................................           6
  The Purchaser............................................................................................           7
  Background of the Transaction............................................................................           9
  Relationships............................................................................................          13
  Purposes and Structure of the Transaction................................................................          13
 
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER...............................................          15
  Recommendation of the General Partner....................................................................          15
  Factors Considered by the General Partner................................................................          15
    Determination of Offer Price...........................................................................          15
    Determination of Merger Consideration..................................................................          15
    Real Estate Portfolio Appraisal........................................................................          16
    Stanger Fairness Opinions..............................................................................          16
    Fairness in View of Conflicts of Interest..............................................................          16
    IPSC Consent...........................................................................................          16
    Potential Influence of the Purchaser Over the Partnership..............................................          16
    Allocation of Transaction Expenses.....................................................................          17
    Impact of Merger on Expected Distributions to Unitholders Who Become Stockholders of the Purchaser.....          17
    Impact of Merger on Timing of Partnership Distributions................................................          17
    Comparison of Certain Benefits and Detriments of Alternatives to the Transaction.......................          18
      Liquidation of the Partnership.......................................................................          18
      Continuation of Partnership..........................................................................          19
      Support of Secondary Market..........................................................................          19
      Reorganization of the Partnership as a Separate REIT.................................................          19
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Comparison of Transaction Consideration to Alternatives..................................................          20
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
    General................................................................................................          20
    Secondary Market Prices of Units.......................................................................          21
    Going Concern Value....................................................................................          21
    Liquidation Value......................................................................................          22
  The Special Committee....................................................................................          23
    Recommendation of the General Partner..................................................................          23
    Consent of IPSC........................................................................................          23
    Appraisal..............................................................................................          23
    Fairness Opinions......................................................................................          23
    Premium Over Recent Market Prices......................................................................          23
APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS..................................................................          23
  Real Estate Portfolio Appraisal by Stanger...............................................................          23
    Experience of Stanger..................................................................................          24
    Summary of Methodology.................................................................................          24
    Income Approach........................................................................................          25
    Sales Comparison Approach..............................................................................          25
    Conclusions as to Value................................................................................          26
    Assumptions, Limitations and Qualifications of Portfolio Appraisal.....................................          26
    Compensation and Material Relationships................................................................          26
  Opinions of the Partnership's Financial Advisor..........................................................          26
    Summary of Materials Considered........................................................................          27
    Summary of Analysis....................................................................................          27
    Appraisal..............................................................................................          27
    Review of Liquidation Analysis.........................................................................          27
    Review of Going Concern Analysis.......................................................................          28
    Review of Tender Offer and Secondary Market Prices.....................................................          28
    Conclusions............................................................................................          28
    Assumptions............................................................................................          28
    Limitations and Qualifications of Fairness Opinions....................................................          29
    Compensation and Material Relationships................................................................          29
  Opinion of the Purchaser's Financial Advisor.............................................................          29
    Historical Financial Position..........................................................................          31
    Historical Stock Price Performance.....................................................................          31
    Analysis of Certain Other Publicly Traded Companies....................................................          31
    Analysis of Selected Real Estate Acquisitions..........................................................          31
    Discounted Cash Flow Analysis..........................................................................          32
    Pro Forma Combined Earnings Analysis...................................................................          32
    Real Estate Market and Economic Factors................................................................          33
    Analysis of Offers Absent Consummation of Mergers......................................................          33
THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT..................................................................................          34
  The Tender Offer.........................................................................................          34
  The Merger...............................................................................................          34
  Representations and Warranties...........................................................................          35
  Conduct of Business Pending the Effective Time...........................................................          35
  S-4 Registration Statement and Proxy Statement...........................................................          36
  Meeting of Limited Partners of the Partnership; Recommendation of General Partners.......................          36
  IPSC Consent.............................................................................................          36
  Amendments to the Partnership Agreements.................................................................          36
  Standstill Agreement.....................................................................................          37
  No Solicitation of Transactions..........................................................................          37
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Indemnification..........................................................................................          37
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Conditions Precedent to the Merger.......................................................................          37
    Conditions to Each Party's Obligations.................................................................          37
    Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser.........................................................          37
    Conditions to the Obligations of the Partnerships......................................................          38
  Termination..............................................................................................          38
  Fees and Expenses........................................................................................          39
  Effect of Termination....................................................................................          40
  Amendment................................................................................................          40
  Dissenters' Rights.......................................................................................          40
  General Partner Undertaking..............................................................................          40
  Title Insurance..........................................................................................          40
  Accounting Treatment.....................................................................................          40
EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS....................................................          40
  Effects of the Offer if the Merger Is Not Consummated....................................................          40
    Control of the Partnership.............................................................................          40
    Trading Market.........................................................................................          41
    Partnership Status.....................................................................................          41
    Partnership Business...................................................................................          41
  Effects of the Transaction if the Merger Is Consummated..................................................          41
    Partnership Business...................................................................................          41
    Unitholders Participating in the Merger................................................................          41
    Unitholders Exercising Dissenters' Rights..............................................................          41
MARKET PRICES OF UNITS.....................................................................................          41
  Volume of Sales..........................................................................................          41
  Secondary Market Information.............................................................................          42
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS...............................................................................          43
  Overlaps Between Affiliates of the General Partner and Directors and Officers of the Purchaser...........          43
  Ownership of Units by the Partners of the General Partner................................................          44
  General Partner's Interest...............................................................................          44
  IPSC's Interest..........................................................................................          44
  Property Management Services.............................................................................          44
  Purchase of Property from Director.......................................................................          45
  Payments for Administrative Services.....................................................................          45
  Ownership of Purchaser Common Stock by Affiliates of General Partner.....................................          45
  Contingent Share Agreement...............................................................................          45
 
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS.................................................................................          45
 
ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN OR LOSS.............................................................................          46
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................................................          46
  Recognition of Gain or Loss..............................................................................          47
  Characterization of Gain or Loss.........................................................................          47
  Tax Basis in Units.......................................................................................          48
  Taxation of Capital Gains/Capital Losses and Ordinary Income.............................................          48
  Effect of Passive Loss Rules.............................................................................          48
  Publicly Traded Partnership Characterization.............................................................          48
  Information Return and Filing Requirements Relating to Withholding.......................................          49
  No Constructive Termination of the Partnership...........................................................          49
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Tax Consequences of the Merger...........................................................................          49
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
    Merger as a Taxable Event..............................................................................          50
    Qualification of Purchaser as a REIT...................................................................          50
    Tax Treatment of REIT Distributions....................................................................          51
    Characterization of REIT Distributions.................................................................          51
    Disposition of REIT Shares.............................................................................          51
 
THE OFFER..................................................................................................          51
   1. Terms of the Offer...................................................................................          51
   2. Acceptance for Payment and Payment of Purchase Price.................................................          52
   3. Procedure for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Units................................................          53
   4. Determination of Validity; Rejection of Units; Waiver of Defects.....................................          54
   5. Withdrawal Rights....................................................................................          54
   6. Extension of the Offer Period; Termination and Amendment.............................................          54
   7. Certain Conditions of the Offer......................................................................          55
   8. Certain Legal Matters and Regulatory Approvals.......................................................          56
      State Takeover Laws..................................................................................          56
      Antitrust............................................................................................          57
      Margin Requirements..................................................................................          57
   9. Dissenters' Rights and Investor Lists................................................................          57
  10. Fees and Expenses....................................................................................          57
  11. Miscellaneous........................................................................................          58
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>        <C>                                                                    <C>
Schedule I        --      Directors and Executive Officers of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
Schedule II       --      Summary Portfolio Appraisal Report of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
                           Partners L.P. III
Schedule III      --      Opinions of Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Schedule IV       --      Opinion of Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
Schedule V        --      Financial Statements of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
Schedule VI       --      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                           Results of Operations of the Partnership
Schedule VII      --      Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule VIII     --      Partnership Distributions
Schedule IX       --      Property Information
Schedule X        --      Calculation of Net Asset Value
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    UNITHOLDERS  ARE URGED TO  READ CAREFULLY THIS  OFFER TO PURCHASE, INCLUDING
THE MATTERS  DISCUSSED  UNDER  "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"  AND  THE  ACCOMPANYING
LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR UNITS. THIS OFFER
TO PURCHASE AND THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TOGETHER CONSTITUTE  THIS
"OFFER."
 
    CERTAIN  SIGNIFICANT  MATTERS  DISCUSSED  IN  THIS  OFFER  TO  PURCHASE  ARE
SUMMARIZED BELOW. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION  AND
IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  REFERENCE TO  THE MORE  DETAILED INFORMATION
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN  THIS OFFER  TO PURCHASE.  CERTAIN INFORMATION  CONTAINED
HEREIN WHICH RELATES TO THE PARTNERSHIP HAS BEEN FURNISHED BY THE PARTNERSHIP OR
OBTAINED  FROM PUBLICLY  AVAILABLE INFORMATION PREPARED  BY OR ON  BEHALF OF THE
PARTNERSHIP. ALTHOUGH THE PURCHASER  HAS NO KNOWLEDGE  THAT WOULD INDICATE  THAT
ANY  STATEMENTS  CONTAINED IN  THIS OFFER  TO  PURCHASE THAT  ARE BASED  ON THAT
INFORMATION ARE UNTRUE, THE PURCHASER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY
OR COMPLETENESS OF  THAT INFORMATION OR  FOR THE FAILURE  BY THE PARTNERSHIP  TO
DISCLOSE  FACTS  OR EVENTS  THAT MAY  HAVE OCCURRED  OR MAY  OCCUR AND  MAY HAVE
AFFECTED OR MAY AFFECT THE SIGNIFICANCE OR ACCURACY OF ANY OF THAT INFORMATION.
 
    THE INFORMATION REGARDING THE MERGER CONTAINED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE  IS
PROVIDED  FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY SO THAT UNITHOLDERS MAY CONSIDER IT IN
DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR UNITS IN THIS OFFER. UNITHOLDERS ARE NOT  BEING
ASKED  TO VOTE  ON THE  MERGER AT  THIS TIME.  FOLLOWING THE  COMPLETION OF THIS
OFFER,   THE   PURCHASER   INTENDS   TO   DELIVER   TO   UNITHOLDERS   A   PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS  DESCRIBING THE MERGER  IN GREATER DETAIL.  THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT THE  MERGER WILL BE  CONSUMMATED. THIS OFFER  AND THE MERGER  ARE
REFERRED TO COLLECTIVELY IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE AS THE "TRANSACTION."
 
THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PURCHASER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH
     PARTNERS L.P. III............  The  Partnership was  organized in 1988  as a Washington
                                    limited  partnership  and  owns  interests  in  16  self
                                    storage  facilities and one office  building. As of June
                                    13, 1996,  there  were approximately  3,900  holders  of
                                    record owning approximately 119,215 Units. The Purchaser
                                    owns  1,602.5 Units and an  affiliate of IDS Partnership
                                    Services Corporation, a limited  partner of the  General
                                    Partner  ("IPSC"),  owns 60  Units. See  "Background and
                                    Purposes of the Transaction -- The Partnership."
    SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS,
     INC..........................  The  Purchaser  is  a   real  estate  investment   trust
                                    ("REIT"),  organized in 1993  as a Delaware corporation,
                                    and is  one of  the largest  operators of  self  storage
                                    facilities  in  the United  States. See  "Background and
                                    Purposes of the Transaction -- The Purchaser."
</TABLE>
 
PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    This Offer is being made and the Merger will be proposed for approval to (i)
enable the Purchaser to  acquire the entire equity  interest in the  Partnership
and  (ii) give Unitholders an opportunity (a)  to liquidate their Units for cash
or (b) to continue  to own an  economic interest in  a portfolio of  properties,
including  the Partnership's  properties, through  the acquisition  of an equity
interest in the  Purchaser. Following  completion of this  Offer, the  Purchaser
intends  to acquire the remaining equity interest in the Partnership that is not
then owned by  the Purchaser  by consummating  the Merger.  See "Background  and
Purposes of the Transaction -- Purposes and Structure of the Transaction."
 
THE OFFER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
    NUMBER OF UNITS...............  Up  to  52,000  (approximately  44%  of  the outstanding
                                    Units).
    OFFER PRICE...................  $308 per  Unit.  See  "--  Determination  of  the  Offer
                                    Price."
    EXPIRATION, WITHDRAWAL AND
     PRORATION DATE...............  July 31, 1996, unless extended. See "The Offer."
</TABLE>
 
THE MERGER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
 
    CONSIDERATION TO
     UNITHOLDERS..................  In  the Merger, each outstanding  Unit (other than Units
                                    owned by  the Purchaser,  which will  be cancelled,  and
                                    Units,  if any, held by  dissenting Unitholders) will be
                                    converted into the right to  receive (i) that number  of
 
</TABLE>
                                       1
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    shares  of Class  A Common  Stock of  the Purchaser, par
                                    value $.001 per share (the "REIT Shares"), calculated by
                                    dividing $308 by  the REIT  Share Price  (as defined  in
                                    "The Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger"), (ii) cash in
                                    lieu  of a  fractional REIT  Share and  (iii) in certain
                                    circumstances, additional cash consideration. The  total
                                    number  of  REIT  Shares  issuable  and  amount  of cash
                                    payable by the  Purchaser in the  Merger is referred  to
                                    herein   as   the  "Merger   Consideration."   See  "The
                                    Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger." Unitholders  would
                                    be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights in connection
                                    with  the  Merger  in  accordance  with  the  Washington
                                    Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the "WULPA"). See  "The
                                    Acquisition Agreement -- Dissenters' Rights."
    SPECIAL MEETING...............  Following  the completion  of this  Offer, the remaining
                                    Unitholders will  be notified  of a  special meeting  of
                                    Unitholders  (the "Special Meeting") to  be held to vote
                                    upon approval of the Merger.
    CONDITIONS TO MERGER..........  The Merger  is  subject  to approval  by  holders  of  a
                                    majority  of the Units and certain other conditions. The
                                    Purchaser intends to vote the Units it acquires  through
                                    this  Offer  in favor  of the  Merger.  There can  be no
                                    assurance that approval of the holders of the  requisite
                                    number  of  Units will  be  received or  that  the other
                                    conditions to the Merger will be satisfied or waived and
                                    that  the   Merger  will   be  consummated.   See   "The
                                    Acquisition  Agreement  -- Conditions  Precedent  to the
                                    Merger."
</TABLE>
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    The General Partner of the Partnership has substantial conflicts of interest
in the Transaction  because (i)  Charles K. Barbo,  the Chairman  of the  Board,
President  and Chief Executive Officer and a stockholder of the Purchaser, is an
individual general partner of the General  Partner and the sole shareholder  and
director of the corporate general partner of the General Partner, (ii) Arthur W.
Buerk,  a stockholder of the Purchaser, is  an individual general partner of the
General Partner, (iii) certain executive officers of the Purchaser are executive
officers of the corporate general partner of the General Partner, (iv)  pursuant
to  the terms  of the  Partnership's Amended  and Restated  Agreement of Limited
Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement"), the General Partner will receive 7.5%
of the Merger Consideration  in exchange for its  general partner interest  ("GP
Interest")  in the Partnership and (v) the Purchaser is a limited partner of the
General Partner  and  manages  the  Partnership's  properties  pursuant  to  the
Management  Services Agreement  between the  Purchaser and  the Partnership (the
"Management Services  Agreement"). In  addition, pursuant  to the  terms of  the
Contingent Share Agreement (as defined in "Fairness of the Transaction; Position
of  the General Partner -- Factors Considered by the General Partner -- Fairness
in View  of Conflicts  of Interest"),  Charles  K. Barbo,  Arthur W.  Buerk  and
certain  executive  officers  of  the  Purchaser  will  receive  REIT  Shares in
connection with the Merger. See "Background  and Purposes of the Transaction  --
Relationships" and "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
DETERMINATION OF THE OFFER PRICE
 
    The Offer Price was determined by allocating the Net Asset Value (as defined
below)  of  the Partnership  among the  General Partner  and the  Unitholders in
accordance with the  distribution provisions of  the Partnership Agreement.  Net
Asset  Value is equal to (i)  the sum of (a) the  appraised fair market value of
the real  estate  assets  of  the  Partnership as  of  December  31,  1995  (the
"Appraised  Value")  set  forth  in  the  Appraisal  (as  defined  below), which
reflected the value of buildouts and  unit conversions in-progress, and (b)  the
book  value of the non-real estate assets, except for amortizable assets, of the
Partnership as of March  31, 1996, less  (ii) the sum  of (x) the  Partnership's
liabilities  as  of March  31,  1996, (y)  the  estimated cost  to  complete the
buildouts and unit conversions  in-progress as of March  31, 1996 (the value  of
which  was included in the  Appraised Value) and (z)  the estimated costs of the
Transaction that  would be  borne  by the  Partnership  in accordance  with  the
provisions  of the Acquisition Agreement assuming the Merger is consummated. See
"Appraisal; Opinions of Financial  Advisors," "The Offer"  -- Section 10  ("Fees
and Expenses") and Schedule X ("Calculation of Net Asset Value").
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; RECOMMENDATIONS TO UNITHOLDERS
 
    The  General Partner and the Purchaser  believe that the Transaction is fair
to Unitholders. The General Partner recommends that those Unitholders who desire
immediate liquidity in cash tender their  Units pursuant to this Offer and  that
all  other  Unitholders  retain their  Units  and, instead,  participate  in the
Merger. There can be no assurance that  the requisite approval of the Merger  by
the Unitholders will be received or that the other conditions to the Merger will
be satisfied or waived and that the Merger will be consummated. See "Fairness of
the Transaction; Position of the General Partner."
 
IPSC CONSENT
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Shurgard Associates L.P.
III dated November 15, 1988, as amended March 31, 1989 (the "GP Agreement"), the
general  partners of the General  Partner may not have  authority to approve the
Merger without the  consent of IPSC,  a limited partner  of the General  Partner
which  is not affiliated with  the Purchaser. Based on  its review of documents,
the General Partner's review of alternatives to the Transaction and the  Stanger
Fairness  Opinions (as  defined below), IPSC  consented to the  Merger. IPSC has
certain conflicts of interest in  the proposed Transaction because an  affiliate
of  IPSC plans  to tender its  Units in  this Offer and  to tender  its units of
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners  L.P., a  Washington  limited  partnership
("IDS1")  of which  an affiliate  of the Purchaser  is the  general partner, and
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners L.P. II,  a Washington limited  partnership
("IDS2")  of which an affiliate of the  Purchaser is the general partner, in the
Additional Offers (as defined below) and, as a result, will receive $18,480  for
its  tender of Units, $79,156  for its tender of units  of IDS1 and $136,752 for
its tender of units of IDS2. See "The Acquisition Agreement -- IPSC Consent" and
"Interests of Certain Persons."
 
APPRAISAL
 
    Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc. ("Stanger") has delivered to the Partnership a
written real  estate  portfolio  appraisal  of the  fair  market  value  of  the
Partnership's  properties as of  December 31, 1995  (the "Appraisal"). The Offer
Price is based primarily on  the Net Asset Value which,  in turn, is based  upon
the  Appraisal. See "Appraisal;  Opinions of Financial Advisors."  A copy of the
Appraisal is attached as Schedule II to this Offer to Purchase.
 
STANGER FAIRNESS OPINIONS
 
    Stanger has delivered to the Partnership its written opinions dated July  1,
1996 (the "Stanger Fairness Opinions") to the effect that, as of the date of the
Stanger  Fairness Opinions  and subject  to the  assumptions, qualifications and
limitations contained therein, the consideration  to be received by  Unitholders
in  this Offer and the Merger is fair  to the Unitholders from a financial point
of view. Stanger was  not requested to,  and therefore did  not: (i) select  the
method  of determining the  consideration offered in this  Offer and the Merger;
(ii) make any recommendation  to Unitholders with respect  to whether to  tender
their  Units or approve or reject the Merger; or (iii) express any opinion as to
the business decision to effect this Offer or the Merger or alternatives to this
Offer or the Merger, the impact of this Offer on non-tendering Unitholders,  tax
implications  of this Offer or the Merger, the allocation of expenses associated
with this Offer  and the  Merger between the  Partnership and  the Purchaser  or
among  the  Partnership  and  the Other  Partnerships  (as  defined  below), the
fairness of the consideration to  be received in the  Merger if the actual  REIT
Share  Price is less than $22.25, or any other terms of this Offer or the Merger
other than the consideration to be received by Unitholders. The Stanger Fairness
Opinions are based upon business, economic, real estate and securities  markets,
and other conditions as of July 1, 1996, and do not reflect any changes in those
conditions  that may have occurred since  that date. See "Appraisal; Opinions of
Financial Advisors."
 
THE SPECIAL MEETING
 
    The Acquisition Agreement between the  Partnership, the Purchaser, IDS1  and
IDS2  provides that,  following completion  of this  Offer, Unitholders  will be
notified of the Special Meeting to be held to consider and vote upon a  proposal
to  approve the  consummation of the  Merger. If  the Merger is  approved by the
requisite vote of  Unitholders and certain  other conditions to  the Merger  are
satisfied or waived, the Partnership will merge with and into the Purchaser with
the  Purchaser continuing as the surviving  entity. See "Background and Purposes
of the Transaction" and "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement,  the Purchaser is also offering  (the
"Additional Offers") to purchase up to approximately 44% and 43% of the units of
limited  partnership  interest  in  IDS1 and  IDS2  (the  "Other Partnerships"),
respectively. The  consideration  offered  to  limited  partners  of  the  Other
Partnerships  in the Additional Offers was determined using the same methodology
as that used
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
to determine the Offer Price. The Acquisition Agreement provides that, following
each of the  Additional Offers, each  of the Other  Partnerships will convene  a
special  meeting of its limited partners to consider and vote upon a proposal to
consummate a  merger of  the  respective Other  Partnership  with and  into  the
Purchaser  (the "Additional Mergers"). If the Additional Mergers are approved by
the holders of more than 75% of the outstanding limited partnership interests of
IDS1 and a majority of the outstanding limited partnership interests of IDS2 and
certain other conditions to the Additional Mergers are satisfied or waived,  the
Other  Partnerships will  merge with and  into the Purchaser  with the Purchaser
continuing as the surviving entity. The closing of the Merger is not conditioned
upon the closing of either of the Additional Mergers. The Additional Offers  and
the  Additional  Mergers  are referred  to  in  this Offer  to  Purchase  as the
"Additional Transactions."
 
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
    The Purchaser  estimates  that the  funds  required to  purchase  all  Units
validly  tendered pursuant to this  Offer, up to the  maximum number of Units it
may acquire pursuant  to this Offer,  will be approximately  $16.0 million,  and
that  the  funds required  to  purchase all  validly  tendered units  of limited
partnership interest in the Other Partnerships up to the maximum number of units
it may acquire in the Additional Offers will be approximately $27.6 million. The
Purchaser also estimates  that the  other costs  and expenses  allocable to  the
Purchaser  of  the Transaction  and  the Additional  Transactions,  assuming the
Merger and the Additional  Mergers are consummated,  will be approximately  $2.3
million.  The  funds  required  for  these  purposes  will  be  obtained through
borrowings  under  the  Purchaser's  existing  credit  facilities.  Neither  the
Transaction  nor  the  Additional  Transactions  are  subject  to  any financing
contingency and neither  the Purchaser nor  any subsidiary or  affiliate of  the
Purchaser must secure additional financing in connection with the Transaction or
the Additional Transactions. See "Source and Amount of Funds" and "The Offer" --
Section 10 ("Fees and Expenses").
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    A  Unitholder should  consider the federal  income tax  consequences of this
Offer and  the Merger  prior to  determining whether  to accept  or reject  this
Offer.  For a description of these consequences, see "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences." These federal income tax consequences include the following:
 
    - Unitholders selling their Units who are subject to income tax will realize
      taxable gain or loss equal  to the sum of the  amount of cash received  in
      this Offer plus the Unitholder's share of Partnership liabilities less the
      Unitholder's   adjusted  tax  basis  in  the  Units  sold.  Based  on  the
      assumptions stated  in  "Estimated  Taxable Gain  or  Loss,"  the  General
      Partner  estimates  that  Unitholders  will  realize  a  taxable  gain  of
      approximately $72  per  Unit.  The  actual gain  or  loss  realized  by  a
      particular  partner may differ. Any gain or loss will be recognized in the
      year this Offer is closed. See "Estimated Taxable Gain or Loss."
 
    - The gain or  loss recognized by  a Unitholder on  the sale of  his or  her
      Units in this Offer may be treated as a capital gain or loss except to the
      extent  a portion of the amount realized by the Unitholder is attributable
      to depreciation recapture in Partnership property.
 
    - There is a risk that this Offer may cause the Partnership to be treated as
      a publicly traded partnership, thereby  causing income and loss  allocated
      to the Unitholders to be treated as "portfolio" income or loss.
 
    - If  a  Unitholder does  not tender  his or  her Units  in this  Offer, the
      Unitholder must consider the  tax consequences of  the Merger. The  Merger
      would  be a taxable  event in which  Unitholders would not  receive a cash
      distribution to pay the resulting tax liability.
 
    Unitholders are  advised to  consult their  own tax  advisors regarding  the
specific  tax consequences to them resulting from the Transaction, including the
consequences under federal, state, local and foreign tax laws and any  potential
changes in applicable tax laws.
 
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In their evaluation of this Offer, Unitholders should carefully consider the
information contained under "Special Considerations."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In  their  evaluation  of  the  Transaction,  Unitholders  should  carefully
consider the following:
 
    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.   The  General Partner has  substantial conflicts  of
interest  with  respect to  the Transaction  because (i)  Charles K.  Barbo, the
Chairman of the Board, President and  Chief Executive Officer and a  stockholder
of  the Purchaser, is an  individual general partner of  the General Partner and
the sole  shareholder and  director  of the  corporate  general partner  of  the
General  Partner, (ii) Arthur  W. Buerk, a  stockholder of the  Purchaser, is an
individual general  partner  of the  General  Partner, (iii)  certain  executive
officers  of  the  Purchaser are  executive  officers of  the  corporate general
partner of the  General Partner, (iv)  the General Partner  will be entitled  to
7.5%  of  the Merger  Consideration  pursuant to  the  terms of  the Partnership
Agreement and (v) the Purchaser is a limited partner of the General Partner  and
the  manager of the Partnership's properties pursuant to the Management Services
Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Share Agreement,
Charles K.  Barbo,  Arthur  W.  Buerk and  certain  executive  officers  of  the
Purchaser  will receive  REIT Shares in  connection with the  Merger. As general
partners of the General Partner, Messrs. Barbo and Buerk control the  day-to-day
affairs  of the  Partnership. See  "Interests of  Certain Persons."  For certain
limitations on the authority of the  general partners of the General Partner  to
enter  into the  Acquisition Agreement, see  "The Acquisition  Agreement -- IPSC
Consent."
 
    NO ARMS' LENGTH NEGOTIATION.  The  Offer Price and the Merger  Consideration
have been established through negotiations between the Purchaser and the General
Partner,  which has  substantial conflicts of  interest as  described above. The
General Partner  has  not retained  any  unaffiliated person  to  represent  the
Unitholders.  If  an  unaffiliated  person had  been  engaged  to  represent the
Unitholders, the terms of this Offer and the Merger might have been different.
 
    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PURCHASER.  The Purchaser is making this  Offer
with a view to further expanding its portfolio of self storage properties. There
may be a conflict between the desire of the Purchaser to purchase Units at a low
price and the desire of the Unitholders to sell their Units at a high price.
 
    VOTING  POWER.    If the  Purchaser  acquires  the maximum  number  of Units
pursuant to this Offer, the Purchaser will  own or hold proxies with respect  to
approximately  45% of the  outstanding Units. The  Purchaser could then  be in a
position to  influence  actions of  the  Partnership on  which  Unitholders  are
entitled  to vote. Under the Partnership  Agreement, Unitholders are entitled to
vote, subject to certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement, to: (i)  amend
the  Partnership  Agreement; (ii)  dissolve  the Partnership;  (iii)  remove the
General Partner  or any  successor general  partner; (iv)  elect a  new  General
Partner;  and (v) approve or  disapprove the sale, exchange  or pledge of all or
substantially all  of the  properties  owned by  the Partnership.  Although  the
Purchaser  has no current  intention with regard  to any of  these matters other
than its intention to vote the Units it  acquires in this Offer in favor of  the
Merger, the Purchaser will vote the Units acquired pursuant to this Offer to the
extent  permitted  by  the  Partnership  Agreement  and  applicable  law  in its
interest, which  may, or  may not,  be in  the best  interests of  non-tendering
Unitholders.  Pursuant to  the General Partner  Undertaking dated as  of July 1,
1996 between  the  Purchaser  and  the General  Partner  (the  "General  Partner
Undertaking")  and  the Standstill  Agreement  (as defined  in  "The Acquisition
Agreement -- Standstill  Agreement"), however,  the Purchaser  has agreed  that,
upon  its admission as  a substitute limited  partner with respect  to any Units
purchased in this Offer, it will not,  except through the Offer and the  Merger,
directly or indirectly acquire any additional Units, propose any merger or other
business combination involving the Partnership, or propose any other transaction
pursuant  to which it would control any of the assets of the Partnership without
the prior written consent of a majority  of the general partners of the  General
Partner.
 
    LACK  OF TRADING MARKET.  There is  no established or regular trading market
for the Units, nor is there  another reliable standard for determining the  fair
market value of a Unit. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    ALTERNATIVES  TO TENDERING UNITS.  As alternatives to tendering their Units,
Unitholders could (i) retain their Units  and, if the conditions to the  Merger,
including the approval of the Merger by holders of a majority of the outstanding
Units,  are satisfied and  the Merger is consummated,  participate in the Merger
(see "The Acquisition Agreement"), (ii) retain their Units until liquidation  of
the Partnership if the Merger is not consummated or (iii) seek a private sale of
their  Units. Unitholders should  note that there  can be no  assurance that the
Merger will be consummated and,  if it is consummated,  the value of the  Merger
Consideration may be less than the Offer Price if the actual REIT Share Price is
less  than $22.25. In addition, Unitholders should note that the prices at which
the REIT Shares trade after  the Merger may be less  than the REIT Share  Price.
Under  the  Partnership  Agreement,  a liquidation  of  the  Partnership  can be
initiated by Unitholders and would require approval by holders of a majority  of
the  outstanding Units in the Partnership at a meeting of Unitholders or without
a meeting by written consent. Meetings of Unitholders may be called at any  time
by  the General Partner or by one or more Unitholders holding 10% or more of the
outstanding Units by delivering written notice to the General Partner.
 
                   BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION
 
THE PARTNERSHIP
 
    The Partnership was organized under the  laws of the State of Washington  on
November  15, 1988 and was capitalized through the public offering of the Units.
The offering was  closed in March  1992 with total  proceeds raised through  the
sale  of Units of approximately $30 million.  The business of the Partnership is
to acquire, develop  and operate self  storage centers and  office and  business
parks.  The Partnership has  completed the acquisition  and development phase of
its business; currently, its  main focus is operating  the storage centers.  The
principal  investment  objectives  of the  Partnership  are (i)  to  provide its
Unitholders with regular  quarterly cash  distributions which,  for its  taxable
Unitholders,  are  expected  to  be  partially  tax-sheltered,  (ii)  to  obtain
long-term appreciation in the  value of its property  and (iii) and to  preserve
and protect its Unitholders' capital.
 
    The  Partnership owns and operates 16 self storage properties and one office
building. As of March 31,  1996, the 17 properties,  which are located in  seven
states,  contained approximately  1,000,000 net rentable  square feet  and had a
weighted average net rentable  square foot occupancy  rate of approximately  87%
and a weighted average annual rent per net rentable square foot of $7.92.
 
    The  Partnership properties  are managed  by the  Purchaser pursuant  to the
Management Services Agreement under which the Purchaser, as compensation for its
management services,  receives a  monthly fee  of 6%  of gross  revenues of  the
Partnership's   self  storage  properties  and  5%  of  gross  revenues  of  the
Partnership's office building, plus $75 per  month per facility (except for  the
office  building)  for  rendering  advertising services  and  is  reimbursed for
certain expenses.
 
    For additional  information  on Partnership  distributions  and  Partnership
properties, see Schedules VIII and IX, respectively, to this Offer to Purchase.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    The  following sets forth certain  financial information for the Partnership
which is derived from  the historical financial  statements of the  Partnership.
The  unaudited financial data for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996
include all adjustments  (consisting only of  normally recurring accruals)  that
the Partnership considers necessary for a fair presentation of operating results
for  those interim  periods. Results for  the unaudited interim  periods are not
necessarily indicative of results for the full year. This information should  be
read  in  conjunction  with  the Financial  Statements  of  the  Partnership and
Management's Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations  of the Partnership included as  Schedules V and VI, respectively, to
this Offer to Purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                    -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                      1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Rental revenue....................................  $   4,110  $   6,609  $   7,225  $   1,720  $   1,807
Interest and other income.........................        230         57         36          7          9
Earnings..........................................      1,427      1,655      1,885        386        532
Earnings per Unit (1).............................      11.37      13.19      15.02       3.08       4.24
Distributions to Unitholders......................      1,825      2,124      2,235        559        559
Distributions per Unit (1)........................      15.31      17.81      18.75       4.69       4.69
OTHER DATA:
Funds from operations (2).........................  $   2,219  $   2,441  $   2,685  $     655  $     801
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------
                                                                              1994       1995     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                            ---------  ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets..............................................................  $  36,930  $  35,636    $   35,164
Note payable..............................................................     11,620     10,746        10,384
Partners' equity..........................................................     24,882     24,414        24,357
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Earnings per  Unit and  distributions per  Unit are  based on  earnings  and
    distributions,  respectively, allocated to Unitholders divided by the number
    of Units outstanding during the period (approximately 119,215 Units for  all
    periods shown).
 
(2) The  Partnership defines funds from operations  ("FFO") as net income before
    extraordinary  items  (determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
    accounting  principles ("GAAP")), plus depreciation and amortization related
    to real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain nonrecurring revenue  and
    expenses.  FFO is used  by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO
    should not be  considered as  an alternative  to net  income (determined  in
    accordance  with  GAAP)  as  an indication  of  the  Partnership's financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as a measure of liquidity, nor is it indicative of sufficient  cash
    flow to fund all of the Partnership's needs.
 
THE PURCHASER
 
    The Purchaser is a fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed REIT
that develops, acquires, owns and manages self storage centers. The Purchaser is
one of the largest operators of self storage centers in the United States. As of
March  31,  1996, the  Purchaser owned  and operated,  directly and  through its
subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures,  178  self  storage  properties,  containing
approximately  11.7 million net rentable square  feet, which are located in over
20 major metropolitan areas in 19 states and Europe. In addition, the  Purchaser
owns  two  business parks  and  a commercial  building  containing approximately
220,000 net rentable square feet located  in the Seattle metropolitan area.  The
Purchaser  also  manages, under  the "Shurgard"  name,  86 self  storage centers
containing approximately 4.6 million net rentable  square feet, of which 47  are
owned  by affiliates (including the properties  owned by the Partnership) and 39
are owned by nonaffiliates. For the quarter ended
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
March 31, 1996, the self storage centers  owned by the Purchaser had a  weighted
average  net  rentable square  foot occupancy  rate of  approximately 88%  and a
weighted average annual rent per net rentable square foot of $8.84.
 
    The Purchaser began operations as a REIT through the consolidation on  March
1,   1994  of   17  publicly   held  real   estate  limited   partnerships  (the
"Consolidation") that  were sponsored  by Shurgard  Incorporated. On  March  24,
1995,  Shurgard  Incorporated  merged  with  and  into  the  Purchaser,  and the
Purchaser became self-administered and self-managed.
 
    The Purchaser was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 1993. The Purchaser's
executive offices  are  located  at  1201 Third  Avenue,  Suite  2200,  Seattle,
Washington 98101, and its telephone number is (206) 624-8100.
 
    The  name,  business address,  current  principal occupation  or employment,
five-year employment  history  and citizenship  of  each executive  officer  and
director of the Purchaser are set forth in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase.
 
    The  following sets  forth selected  financial information  of the Purchaser
which is derived from  the historical consolidated  financial statements of  the
Purchaser.  Selected unaudited financial  data for the  three months ended March
31, 1995 and 1996 include all adjustments (consisting only of normally recurring
accruals) that  the Purchaser  considers necessary  for a  fair presentation  of
consolidated  operating  results  for  those interim  periods.  Results  for the
interim periods are  not necessarily indicative  of results for  the full  year.
This information should be read in conjunction with the Purchaser's consolidated
financial  statements and other financial  information incorporated by reference
in this Offer to Purchase. See  "Incorporation by Reference." Certain pro  forma
financial  information with  respect to  the Offer,  the Additional  Offers, the
Merger and the Additional Mergers is set forth in Schedule VII to this Offer  to
Purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PURCHASER (2)
                                        PREDECESSOR (1)       ---------------------------------------------
                                     ----------------------                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                     YEAR ENDED   JAN. 1 TO    YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,          MARCH 31,
                                      DEC. 31,    MARCH 1,    ---------------------   ---------------------
                                        1993        1994        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                     ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
 DATA)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Total revenue......................   $72,346      $ 12,368   $66,921     $96,771     $21,368     $24,819
Net income.........................    18,284        34,286    17,821      29,572       5,354       7,313
Net income per common share (3)....     34.11         63.97      1.05        1.43         .31         .32
Dividends declared per common share
 (3)...............................     59.57        732.05      1.02(4)     2.38(5)      .90(6)        0(8)
OTHER DATA:
Funds from operations (7)..........   $39,657      $  5,980   $29,759     $45,788     $ 8,868     $12,196
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                                           ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                              1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets.............................................................  $  494,590  $  610,394  $  536,467  $  617,928
Total borrowings.........................................................     167,137     142,840     181,392     157,260
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(1)  The Predecessor information reflects the combination of the 17 partnerships
    included in the Consolidation.
 
(2) The Purchaser was inactive from January 1 through March 1, 1994.
 
(3) Predecessor  "per  share"  information is  earnings  and  distributions  per
    original  $1,000 investment.  Distributions for  the period  from January 1,
    1994 to  March  1,  1994  include  the  liquidating  distributions  made  in
    connection with the Consolidation.
 
(4)  Does not include the  dividend of $0.44 per  share declared in January 1995
    based on financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.
 
(5) Includes the dividend of $0.44 per  share declared in January 1995 based  on
    financial  results  for the  quarter ended  December  31, 1994,  the special
    dividend of $0.10 declared  in November 1995 and  the dividend of $0.46  per
    share  declared in December 1995 based  on financial results for the quarter
    ended December 31, 1995.
 
(6) Includes the dividend of $0.44 per  share declared in January 1995 based  on
    financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
(7)  The  Purchaser  defines  FFO  as  net  income  before  extraordinary  items
    (determined in  accordance with  GAAP)  plus depreciation  and  amortization
    related  to  real  estate  activities, plus  or  minus  certain nonrecurring
    revenue and expenses. FFO is used  by many financial analysts in  evaluating
    REITs.  FFO  should  not  be  considered as  an  alternative  to  net income
    (determined in accordance with  GAAP), as an  indication of the  Purchaser's
    financial  performance  or  cash from  operating  activities  (determined in
    accordance with  GAAP) as  a measure  of liquidity,  nor is  it  necessarily
    indicative of sufficient cash flow to fund all of the Purchaser's needs.
 
(8)  The dividend relating to the financial results for the quarter ending March
    31, 1996 was declared in May 1996.
 
    Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none of the Purchaser or,  to
the  best knowledge of the Purchaser, any  person listed on Schedule I hereto or
any majority-owned subsidiary or associate of the Purchaser or of any person  so
listed, beneficially owns or has a right to acquire any equity securities of the
Partnership,  nor,  except as  set  forth in  this  Offer to  Purchase,  has the
Purchaser or, to  the best knowledge  of the  Purchaser, any of  the persons  or
entities  referred  to  above,  or any  of  the  respective  executive officers,
directors or subsidiaries of any of the foregoing, effected any transactions  in
the Units during the past 60 days.
 
    Except as described in this Offer to Purchase, neither the Purchaser nor, to
the best knowledge of the Purchaser, any person listed on Schedule I hereto, has
any  present or  proposed contract,  arrangement, understanding  or relationship
with any  other  person with  respect  to  any securities  of  the  Partnership,
including,  but  not limited  to,  any contract,  arrangement,  understanding or
relationship concerning the  transfer or  the voting  of any  securities of  the
Partnership,  joint  ventures,  loan  or  option  arrangements,  puts  or calls,
guaranties of loans,  guaranties against loss  or the giving  or withholding  of
proxies.  See "Interests of Certain Persons."  Except as disclosed herein, there
have been  no  contacts, negotiations  or  transactions since  January  1,  1993
between  the Purchaser or,  to the best  knowledge of the  Purchaser, any person
listed on  Schedule I  hereto,  on the  one hand,  and  the Partnership  or  its
affiliates,   on  the  other   hand,  concerning  a   merger,  consolidation  or
acquisition, a tender offer or other  acquisition of securities, an election  of
directors  or a sale or other transfer of a material amount of assets. Except as
set forth  herein, neither  the Purchaser  nor,  to the  best knowledge  of  the
Purchaser,  the  persons  listed on  Schedule  I  hereto have  had  any business
relationships or have entered into any transactions with the Partnership or  the
General Partner or affiliates which are required to be disclosed herein pursuant
to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
 
BACKGROUND OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    The  Partnership was organized in 1988 to serve as an investment vehicle for
investors interested  in  a professionally  managed  portfolio of  self  storage
facilities and office and business parks with cash flow and capital appreciation
potential.  The Partnership  was presented to  its Unitholders  as a finite-life
investment, with the  Unitholders to  receive quarterly  cash distributions  and
special  distributions  upon liquidation  of  the real  estate  investments. The
Partnership expected to dispose of its properties within a period of five to ten
years after acquisition or development. See "-- The Partnership."
 
    Since the Partnership expected to hold its investments for a number of years
after the Partnership's formation, no efforts to dispose of the properties  were
made  by the General Partner in the  early years of the Partnership's existence.
The  General  Partner  concentrated  its  initial  efforts  on  making  suitable
investments  for the  Partnership, consistent with  the Partnership's investment
policies and restrictions,  and, with the  assistance of the  Purchaser and  its
predecessor,  on  managing  the  properties  efficiently  to  control  operating
expenses while maximizing operating revenues.
 
    In the fall of  1994, the General  Partner and the  general partners of  the
Other  Partnerships (collectively, the "General Partners") began considering the
termination of the  Partnership and  the Other  Partnerships (collectively,  the
"Partnerships") through an acquisition of the Partnerships by the Purchaser. The
General  Partners and the Purchaser recognized that an acquisition might require
the consent of IPSC under the terms of the partnership agreements of the General
Partners. Consequently, on September 22, 1994, a representative of the Purchaser
sent IPSC  a letter  discussing  potential advantages  and disadvantages  of  an
acquisition of the Partnerships by the Purchaser for the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
appraised  values  of  the Partnerships,  whereby  the limited  partners  of the
Partnerships would receive  either cash  or REIT  Shares in  exchange for  their
limited  partnership  interests. The  letter  presented preliminary  analyses of
values of the Partnerships and invited IPSC to contact the Purchaser  concerning
how or if IPSC and the Purchaser might wish to proceed. Although representatives
of   the  Purchaser  and  the   Partnerships  had  occasional  discussions  with
representatives of IPSC concerning the business of the Partnerships  thereafter,
they did not pursue a potential transaction.
 
    On  or about  June 22, 1995,  representatives of the  Purchaser, the General
Partners and IPSC held a meeting in which they discussed the possibility of  the
Partnerships  merging  with the  Purchaser and  other alternatives,  including a
liquidation of the Partnerships, designed to enable the limited partners in  the
Partnerships  to  realize value  for  their limited  partnership  interests. The
meeting  was  inconclusive  but  the  parties  agreed  to  continue  to  analyze
alternatives for limited partners in the Partnerships.
 
    On  July 18, 1995, Charles  K. Barbo, on behalf  of the Partnerships, sent a
letter to IPSC  providing an  analysis of  alternative means  to permit  limited
partners  of the  Partnerships to  realize value  for their  limited partnership
interests, including  a  merger  of  the  Partnerships  with  the  Purchaser,  a
liquidation  of  the Partnerships  and  a continuation  of  the business  of the
Partnerships. Mr. Barbo recommended that  the General Partners consider, as  the
preferred  alternative, mergers of the Partnerships  with the Purchaser in which
the holders of limited partnership  interests in the Partnerships would  receive
REIT  Shares or cash in  the amount of their  respective Partnership's net asset
value per unit of  limited partnership interest. The  net asset values would  be
based  in  substantial part  on an  independent  appraisal of  the Partnerships'
properties. The letter emphasized that no decision had been made to proceed with
any transaction.
 
    IPSC subsequently asked the General Partners  for an analysis of the  impact
on  the partners of the General Partners  with respect to their interests in the
General Partners  of the  alternatives  discussed in  the  July 18  letter.  The
General  Partners provided that analysis to IPSC  in a letter dated November 10,
1995. Thereafter, the parties agreed that they would be willing to have  further
discussions after the beginning of the new year.
 
    In  January and  February 1996, the  General Partners and  IPSC continued to
explore  the  possibility  of  a  merger  involving  the  Partnerships  and  the
Purchaser.  In  late February  1996, the  General  Partners determined  that the
Partnerships should engage an appraiser and  an investment advisor to assist  in
considering the possibility of pursuing a transaction with the Purchaser.
 
    On February 28, 1996, Everest Storage Investors, LLC ("Everest") commenced a
tender  offer for Units of the Partnership (the "Everest Tender Offer"), as well
as units of  limited partnership interest  in the Other  Partnerships. The  cash
consideration offered by Everest to the Unitholders was $112 per Unit, which was
32%  to 44%  below the prices  at which the  Units were traded  during the first
quarter of 1996  on the  secondary market  and 64%  below the  Offer Price.  The
General  Partner advised  Unitholders not  to accept  the Everest  Tender Offer.
Through the Everest Tender Offer, Everest  acquired a total of 1,582.5 Units  in
the Partnership (the "Everest Tendered Units").
 
    On  March  8, 1996,  the General  Partners, on  behalf of  the Partnerships,
engaged Stanger to provide opinions as  to the fairness to the limited  partners
of  the Partnerships, from a financial point  of view, of the consideration that
might be  offered  to  limited  partners of  the  Partnerships  in  a  potential
transaction  with the Purchaser and  to render appraisals as  to the fair market
value of each Partnership's real estate portfolio. Stanger previously  conducted
appraisals  and provided a fairness opinion and special reports to affiliates of
the General Partners with respect to the Consolidation. See "Appraisal; Opinions
of Financial Advisors."
 
    On March 14, 1996,  representatives of the  General Partners, IPSC,  Stanger
and  the Partnerships  met to  discuss the terms  on which  the General Partners
would consider an  acquisition of the  Partnerships by the  Purchaser through  a
one-step  merger of the Partnerships into the Purchaser. The discussion centered
on a transaction in  which holders of units  of limited partnership interest  in
the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Partnerships  would receive,  at their  election, REIT  Shares or  cash equal to
their  respective  Partnership's  net  asset  value  (based  on  an  independent
appraisal  of the real estate assets)  per unit of limited partnership interest.
On March 18,  1996, legal counsel  for the Partnerships  provided the  Purchaser
with a draft of an agreement reflecting the terms discussed by the parties.
 
    On  March 19, 1996,  at a regular meeting  of the Board  of Directors of the
Purchaser, the  Board discussed  the possible  acquisition of  the  Partnerships
through  a merger. The directors were informed by management of the Purchaser of
the  potential  conflicts  of  interest  involved  in  a  transaction  with  the
Partnerships.  See  "Interests  of  Certain Persons."  The  Board  confirmed the
appointment of a special committee  (the "Special Committee") consisting of  two
independent  directors, Donald W. Lusk and  Wendell J. Smith, and authorized the
Special Committee  (i)  to review,  evaluate  and  negotiate the  terms  of  any
proposed  transactions  involving the  acquisition  of the  Partnerships  by the
Purchaser, (ii) to make a recommendation to the Board of Directors with  respect
to the approval or disapproval of any proposed transaction between the Purchaser
and the Partnerships, and (iii) to select and retain legal counsel and financial
advisors. Thereafter, the Special Committee decided to retain Alex. Brown & Sons
Incorporated ("Alex. Brown") to assist in its evaluation of any transaction with
the  Partnerships and also retained legal counsel to assist in its consideration
and negotiation of any transaction with the Partnerships.
 
    On March 25,  1996, the Purchaser  and Public Storage,  Inc. ("PS")  entered
into  an agreement whereby PS agreed that  it would not acquire any interests in
the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser's affiliates (including the Partnerships),
through a tender  offer or  otherwise, for  a period  of two  years without  the
Purchaser's  consent (preventing PS from making a competing tender offer for the
units of limited partnership interest in the Partnerships without the permission
of the Purchaser). Soon thereafter, PS disclosed to the Purchaser that PS had an
agreement with Everest, whereby PS had agreed to purchase the interests owned by
Everest in  various public  limited  partnerships, including  the  Partnerships,
owning  self storage assets. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated April 1, 1996,
the Purchaser consented  to PS's acquisition  of the Everest  Tendered Units  as
well   as  other  Units  owned  by  Everest,   for  a  total  of  1,602.5  Units
(collectively, the  "Everest Units"),  on the  condition that  PS grant  to  the
Purchaser  a right to purchase the  Everest Units on terms substantially similar
to those on which PS  acquired the Everest Units  from Everest. PS acquired  the
Everest  Units from Everest  on May 20,  1996 at a  price of $190  per Unit. The
Purchaser exercised its option to acquire the Everest Units from PS at the  same
price,  plus four days of  interest and PS transferred  the Everest Units to the
Purchaser effective as of  May 20, 1996.  The Purchaser simultaneously  acquired
1,824.5  limited partnership units in IDS1 and 2,038.3 limited partnership units
in IDS2  pursuant to  the terms  of the  agreement with  PS. See  "Interests  of
Certain Persons."
 
    From  late March 1996 through May 1996, representatives of the Purchaser and
the Partnerships discussed the possibility of the Purchaser's acquisition of the
Partnerships. During  this  time,  the  parties  discussed  the  possibility  of
structuring  the acquisition as a cash tender  offer followed by a merger of the
Partnerships into the Purchaser  in which limited  partners of the  Partnerships
would  receive REIT Shares in exchange  for their limited partnership interests.
The parties viewed a two-step transaction (a partial cash tender offer  followed
by  a stock merger) as being more desirable than a one-step cash-election merger
transaction. Completion of a merger would  be subject to a number of  conditions
(including  the approval  of limited  partners of  each of  the Partnerships and
registration of the REIT Shares) that would  not be conditions to a cash  tender
offer.  Thus, the  two-step transaction  would provide  limited partners  of the
Partnerships with an  opportunity to  obtain liquidity  for a  portion of  their
limited  partnership interests more  quickly than waiting  for completion of the
merger. In addition,  the Purchaser  favored a two-step  transaction because  it
believed that such structure might enable it to acquire an ownership position in
the  Partnerships more  quickly than  would be  the case  in a  one-step merger.
During the  last  week  of May  1996,  the  Special Committee  proposed  to  the
Partnerships  that the Purchaser  acquire the Partnerships for  a price equal to
each of their respective net asset values pursuant to a cash tender offer for up
to a designated percentage of outstanding units of limited partnership interests
followed  by  a   merger  in   which  limited  partners   of  the   Partnerships
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
would  receive REIT  Shares with a  value equal  to the respective  per unit net
asset value  of the  Partnership. The  value attributable  to a  REIT Share  was
proposed  to be the average of  the closing prices for a  REIT Share on the NYSE
during a designated future period  (the "Average Price"). The parties  discussed
setting  the percentage of limited partnership interests that would be sought in
the first step tender offer so that  if the tender offer were fully  subscribed,
the  Partnerships would not terminate  for federal income tax  purposes due to a
sale or exchange of 50% or more  of the total interest in Partnerships'  capital
and  profits in a 12 month period.  See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences
- -- No Constructive Termination of the Partnership."
 
    The Special Committee indicated that its proposal on behalf of the Purchaser
would require  that (i)  if the  Acquisition were  not completed  under  certain
circumstances,  the  Purchaser  would receive  a  fee from  the  Partnerships (a
"Termination Fee") and reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the  Purchaser
in  connection with  the transaction, and  (ii) if  the Average Price  of a REIT
Share exceeded or was lower than the  limits of a price range, then the  Average
Price  would  be fixed  at the  upper or  lower  limit of  that price  range, as
appropriate.
 
    On June  1, 1996,  representatives  of the  Purchaser and  the  Partnerships
commenced  active  negotiations  of  the  terms  of  the  Acquisition Agreement.
Thereafter, the terms of the Acquisition Agreement were also discussed with IPSC
and its legal counsel since the General Partners intended to seek the consent of
IPSC to complete a merger. See  "The Acquisition Agreement -- Consent of  IPSC."
The most significant negotiations concerned the operation of the price range and
the  Partnerships'  payment  of the  Termination  Fee and  reimbursement  of the
Purchaser's expenses under certain  circumstances. During the negotiations,  the
General  Partner  advised  the  Special  Committee  that  IPSC  objected  to the
Termination Fee and to any requirement that the Partnership complete the  merger
if the Average Price was lower than the lower limit of the price range. In light
of  this position, the Special Committee ultimately withdrew its request for the
Termination Fee, determining that it was advisable and in the best interests  of
the  Purchaser  and its  stockholders to  proceed with  the Transaction  on this
basis. The Partnerships  and the  General Partners  agreed to  accept the  price
range  with  certain  modifications that  would  allow the  General  Partners to
withdraw their  recommendations  of the  merger  and terminate  the  Acquisition
Agreement  if the Average Price was more than  $.75 below the lower limit of the
price range and the Purchaser does not elect to increase the consideration  paid
in  the merger. IPSC informed  the Purchaser that it  would reserve the right to
withdraw its consent under these circumstances. The parties also agreed that the
Purchaser would similarly have the right to elect not to proceed with the merger
if  the  Average   Price  exceeded   the  upper   limit  of   the  price   range
by more than $.75.
 
    On  June  13, 1996,  representatives of  the  General Partners,  IPSC, their
respective counsel and Stanger held a teleconference to discuss the terms of the
Transaction  and  the  Additional  Transactions   and  to  consider  the   draft
Acquisition  Agreement,  draft appraisals  and the  draft fairness  opinions and
assumptions made in preparing the fairness opinions.
 
    On June  26,  1996,  Stanger  delivered the  appraisals  and  revised  draft
fairness  opinions to the General Partners. On June 26, 1996, representatives of
the General Partners,  IPSC and  Stanger held  a teleconference  to discuss  the
draft Acquisition Agreement, the appraisals and revised draft fairness opinions.
During  that  teleconference, Stanger  indicated its  willingness to  render the
fairness opinions in the  forms presented to the  General Partners. The  General
Partners  concluded  that  the  terms  of  the  Transaction  and  the Additional
Transactions were fair to the limited partners of the Partnerships, approved the
execution of the  Acquisition Agreement and  the Partnerships' participation  in
the   Transaction  and   the  Additional   Transactions  and   formulated  their
recommendations of the Transaction and  the Additional Transactions, subject  to
Stanger's delivery of the fairness opinions on July 1, 1996.
 
    On  June 26, 1996  and June 27,  1996, Alex. Brown  presented to the Special
Committee a  draft  of  its  opinion  that  the  consideration  to  be  paid  in
Transaction  and the  Additional Transactions  is fair  to the  Purchaser from a
financial point  of view,  together with  related materials,  and discussed  the
opinion  and related  materials and the  analysis performed  and the assumptions
made in preparing the
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
opinion with the  Special Committee and  its legal counsel.  Subsequent to  that
meeting  the Special Committee and its legal counsel and Alex. Brown met on June
27, 1996 with  the other  members of  the Purchaser's  Board of  Directors in  a
meeting  to  discuss the  Transaction,  the draft  of  the Alex.  Brown fairness
opinion and related materials.
 
    On July 1, 1996,  the Special Committee, its  legal counsel and Alex.  Brown
met  with the  Board of  Directors to  discuss further  the Transaction  and the
Additional Transactions. At that meeting,  Alex. Brown delivered its opinion  to
the  effect that the consideration to be paid in Transactions and the Additional
Transactions is fair from a financial  point of view, and the Special  Committee
recommended  that the Board of Directors of the Purchaser approve, and the Board
of Directors did approve of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions, the
Acquisition Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the  transactions
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    On  July 1,  1996, Stanger  delivered the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions to the
General Partner.
 
    On July 1, 1996,  the Purchaser and  the General Partners  on behalf of  the
Partnership, IDS1 and IDS2, respectively, executed the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    On  July  2, 1996,  the  Purchaser commenced  the  Offer and  the Additional
Offers.
 
RELATIONSHIPS
 
    The following  chart  shows the  relationships  among the  Partnership,  the
Purchaser,  the General Partner and certain of their affiliates. As reflected in
the chart below, (i) Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman of the Board, President  and
Chief  Executive Officer  and a stockholder  of the Purchaser,  is an individual
general partner of the General Partner and the sole shareholder and director  of
the  corporate general partner of  the General Partner, (ii)  Arthur W. Buerk, a
stockholder of the Purchaser,  is an individual general  partner of the  General
Partner and (iii) the Purchaser is a limited partner of the General Partner. See
"Interests of Certain Persons -- General Partner's Interest."
 
                                    [GRAPH]
- ------------------------------
(1)  The  Purchaser  and  an  affiliate  of  IPSC  own  approximately  1.3%  and
     approximately .05%, respectively, of the Units.
 
PURPOSES AND STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    This Offer is being made and the Merger will be proposed for approval (i) to
enable the Purchaser to  acquire the entire equity  interest in the  Partnership
and  (ii) to give  Unitholders an opportunity  to (a) liquidate  their Units for
cash or (b) continue  to own an  equity interest in  a portfolio of  properties,
including  the Partnership's properties, through  an acquisition of REIT Shares.
For information concerning the factors leading to the decision by the  Purchaser
to commence the Transaction, see
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
"--  Background." Following completion  of this Offer,  the Purchaser intends to
acquire the remaining equity interest in the Partnership that is not then  owned
by the Purchaser through the Merger if the conditions to the consummation of the
Merger are satisfied. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    The  acquisition of the  entire equity interest in  the Partnership has been
structured as a cash tender  offer for up to 52,000  of the Units followed by  a
merger  in which  the outstanding  equity interests  in the  Partnership will be
exchanged for the Merger Consideration.  Pursuant to the Partnership  Agreement,
approval of the Merger requires the affirmative vote by holders of a majority of
the  outstanding Units. The percentage  of Units sought in  the tender offer was
set so that if the tender offer were fully subscribed, the Partnership would not
terminate for federal income  tax purposes due  to a sale  or exchange within  a
12-month  period of 50% or more of the total interest in Partnership capital and
profits. See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  --  No  Constructive
Termination  of the Partnership." The purposes of structuring the transaction as
a cash tender offer followed by a  merger were (i) to provide those  Unitholders
who  desire immediate liquidity with an opportunity to obtain cash in this Offer
and (ii)  to enable  the Purchaser  to purchase  Units in  this Offer  which  it
intends  to vote  in favor  of the  Merger at  the Special  Meeting. The parties
viewed a two-step transaction (a partial  cash tender offer followed by a  stock
merger)   as  being  more   desirable  than  a   one-step  cash-election  merger
transaction. Completion of a merger would  be subject to a number of  conditions
(including  the approval  of Unitholders and  registration of  REIT Shares) that
would not be  conditions to a  tender offer. See  "The Acquisition Agreement  --
Conditions  to  the  Merger." Thus,  the  two-step transaction  was  designed to
provide Unitholders with  an opportunity to  obtain liquidity for  a portion  of
their  Units  more  quickly  than  waiting for  completion  of  the  Merger. The
Purchaser favored a two-step transaction because that structure might enable  it
to  acquire an ownership position in each  of the Partnerships more quickly than
it would be able to do through a one-step merger.
 
    Pursuant to the  General Partner  Undertaking and  the Standstill  Agreement
contained  in the Acquisition Agreement, the Purchaser has agreed that, upon its
admission as a substitute limited partner with respect to any Units purchased in
this Offer, it will not, except through  this Offer and the Merger, directly  or
indirectly  acquire any additional  Units, propose any  merger or other business
combination involving the Partnership, or propose any other transaction pursuant
to which it would control any of the assets of the Partnership without the prior
written consent of a  majority of the general  partners of the General  Partner.
After  completion or termination  of this Offer, subject  to the General Partner
Undertaking and the Standstill  Agreement and restrictions  imposed by law,  the
Purchaser reserves the right to purchase or seek to purchase additional Units in
the  open market,  in privately  negotiated transactions,  in another  tender or
exchange offer  or otherwise.  In addition,  in  the event  that this  Offer  is
consummated  but the Merger  does not occur  for any reason,  the Purchaser will
evaluate its  other  alternatives, including,  subject  to the  General  Partner
Undertaking  and  the  Standstill  Agreement and  restrictions  imposed  by law,
purchasing  additional  Units  in  the  open  market,  in  privately  negotiated
transactions,  in another  tender or exchange  offer or otherwise,  or taking no
further action to  acquire additional  Units. Any additional  purchase of  Units
could  be at a price greater or less than the price to be paid for Units in this
Offer and could be for cash or other consideration. Alternatively, the Purchaser
may sell or  otherwise dispose of  any or  all Units acquired  pursuant to  this
Offer or otherwise. The transactions may be effected on terms and at prices then
determined by the Purchaser, which may vary from the Offer Price.
 
    The  Purchaser regards the  acquisition of the  Partnership as an attractive
investment opportunity at this time  because it believes that the  Partnership's
future  business prospects are favorable. In  addition, the Transaction is being
undertaken within  the five  to ten  year period  within which  the  Partnership
expected to dispose of its properties. See "-- Background of the Transaction."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
          FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Based  upon its  analysis of the  Transaction, the  General Partner believes
that the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration constitute fair  consideration
to  Unitholders and that the terms of this Offer and the Merger, when considered
as a whole,  are fair to  the Unitholders. The  General Partner recommends  that
those  Unitholders who desire immediate liquidity tender their Units pursuant to
this Offer  and that  all other  Unitholders retain  their Units  and,  instead,
participate  in the Merger. There  can be no assurance  that the approval of the
Merger by the holders of  a majority of the Units  will be received or that  the
other  conditions to the Merger will be satisfied or waived, and that the Merger
will be consummated. If the Merger is not consummated, those Unitholders who  do
not  tender their Units in this Offer will continue to have an economic interest
in the Partnership.
 
FACTORS CONSIDERED BY THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    A discussion of  the factors upon  which the General  Partner has based  its
conclusion  that  the Transaction  is  fair is  set  forth below  and  should be
reviewed  carefully  by  Unitholders.  The  General  Partner  did  not  find  it
practicable  and did  not attempt to  quantify the relative  importance of these
factors.
 
    DETERMINATION OF OFFER PRICE.  The General Partner believes that the methods
used to determine the Offer Price are  fair to Unitholders. The Offer Price  was
determined   by  allocating  the  Net  Asset  Value  of  the  Partnership  among
Unitholders  and  the  General  Partner  in  accordance  with  the   dissolution
provisions  of the  Partnership Agreement. See  Schedule X  ("Calculation of Net
Asset Value").
 
    DETERMINATION OF MERGER  CONSIDERATION.  The  General Partner believes  that
the  methods used to determine the Merger Consideration are fair to Unitholders.
The number of  REIT Shares  that would  be received per  Unit in  the Merger  is
derived  by  dividing  (i)  the  Partnership's Net  Asset  Value  that  would be
allocated to one Unit if the  Partnership's Net Asset Value were distributed  in
accordance with the distribution provisions of the Partnership Agreement by (ii)
the  average of the per  share closing prices of REIT  Shares on the NYSE during
the 20 consecutive trading  days ending on  the fifth trading  day prior to  the
date  the General Partner actually calls for  the vote to approve the Merger and
the Acquisition Agreement (the "REIT Share Price").
 
    If the REIT Share Price exceeds $27.75, then for purposes of calculating the
number of REIT Shares to be issued in  the Merger, the REIT Share Price will  be
deemed  to equal $27.75 and,  if the REIT Share Price  is less than $22.25, then
for purposes  of calculating  the number  of REIT  Shares to  be issued  in  the
Merger,  the REIT Share Price will be deemed  to equal $22.25. If the REIT Share
Price exceeds $28.50, the Purchaser has  the right to terminate the  Acquisition
Agreement  and, if the REIT Share Price is less than $21.50, the General Partner
may withdraw  its  recommendation in  favor  of  the Merger  and  terminate  the
Acquisition  Agreement, subject to the Purchaser's  right to pay additional cash
consideration. If the  REIT Share  Price is between  $27.75 and  $28.50 and  all
other  conditions to  the Merger  are satisfied  or waived,  the Merger  will be
consummated and Unitholders will receive REIT  Shares with a value in excess  of
the  Net Asset  Value per Unit.  If the REIT  Share Price is  between $21.50 and
$22.25 and  all other  conditions to  the Merger  are satisfied  or waived,  the
Merger will be consummated and Unitholders will receive REIT Shares with a value
that is less than the Net Asset Value per Unit.
 
    The  General Partner  believes that the  methods for  determining the Merger
Consideration are fair because  (i) the closing prices  of the REIT Shares  have
been  within $22.25 and $27.50  (the "Share Price Range")  for more than a year,
(ii) a fluctuation in average share prices outside of the Share Price Range will
likely be due to market  forces that are not  directly related to the  intrinsic
value  of  the REIT  Shares,  (iii) the  Share  Price Range  provides reciprocal
protection for  the Partnership  and  the Purchaser,  (iv) the  $.75  difference
between the lower end of the Share Price Range and the REIT Share Price at which
the   General  Partner  may  withdraw   its  recommendation  and  terminate  the
Acquisition
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Agreement is approximately  equal to  the amount the  General Partner  estimates
would  be  the Partnership's  cost  to negotiate  and  present a  revised merger
proposal to Unitholders  if the  Merger were  not consummated  on its  currently
contemplated  terms and (v) under certain circumstances, Unitholders may receive
REIT Shares with a value in excess of the Net Asset Value per Unit.
 
    REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO  APPRAISAL.  The  General Partner has  relied in  part
upon  the Appraisal prepared by Stanger,  an independent appraiser, to establish
the fair market value of the Partnership's real estate assets, and the Appraised
Value was  utilized  in determining  whether  the  Offer Price  and  the  Merger
Consideration  constitute  fair consideration  in  exchange for  the  Units. See
"Appraisal; Opinions of Financial Advisors."
 
    STANGER FAIRNESS OPINIONS.  The General Partner has relied in part upon  the
Stanger Fairness Opinions to support its conclusion that the Offer Price and the
Merger  Consideration constitute fair  consideration to the  Unitholders for the
Units. Subject to the assumptions,  qualifications and limitations set forth  in
the  Stanger Fairness Opinions,  Stanger concluded that,  as of the  date of the
Stanger Fairness Opinions,  the Offer  Price and the  Merger Consideration  were
fair  to the Unitholders  from a financial  point of view.  The Stanger Fairness
Opinions do not address the fairness of any Offer or Merger terms other than the
Offer Price  and the  Merger Consideration.  The Stanger  Fairness Opinion  with
respect  to the Merger does not address the fairness of the Merger Consideration
if the  REIT  Share Price  is  less than  $22.25.  See "Appraisal;  Opinions  of
Financial Advisors."
 
    FAIRNESS  IN VIEW OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.   Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman
of the Board,  President and Chief  Executive Officer and  a stockholder of  the
Purchaser,  is an individual general partner of the General Partner and the sole
shareholder and  director  of  the  corporate general  partner  of  the  General
Partner.  Arthur  W. Buerk,  a stockholder  of the  Purchaser, is  an individual
general partner of the General Partner,  and the Purchaser is a limited  partner
of  the General  Partner. The  General Partner will  receive 7.5%  of the Merger
Consideration in  exchange  for its  interest  as  the General  Partner  of  the
Partnership. See "Interests of Certain Persons -- General Partner's Interest."
 
    In connection with the merger of Shurgard Incorporated with the Purchaser in
1995,  the Purchaser agreed  to deliver REIT  Shares as additional consideration
for that merger under certain circumstances  upon the liquidation of the  assets
of  certain  partnerships  sponsored  by  Shurgard  Incorporated,  including the
Partnership and the  Other Partnerships (the  "Contingent Share Agreement").  If
any  of the Merger and the  Additional Mergers is consummated, certain executive
officers and  other members  of  the Purchaser's  management will  receive  REIT
Shares  pursuant to  the Contingent Share  Agreement. See  "Interests of Certain
Persons."
 
    The General  Partner  did  not engage  independent  representatives  of  the
Unitholders  to negotiate, review  and approve the terms  of the Transaction and
the terms of the Transaction are  not the results of arms' length  negotiations.
The   General  Partner   believes  that   its  recommendation   results  from  a
determination that the Transaction  is more attractive  to Unitholders than  any
alternatives  considered  by the  General Partner,  and that  this determination
results from the  General Partner's  discharge of  its fiduciary  duties to  the
Unitholders and is not affected by the conflicts of interest described above.
 
    IPSC  CONSENT.  The General Partner considered the fact that IPSC, a limited
partner of the General Partner which  is not affiliated with the Purchaser,  has
consented  to the  Merger based  upon its review  of the  documents, the General
Partner's review of  alternatives to  the Transaction and  the Stanger  Fairness
Opinions.   IPSC  has  significant   conflicts  of  interest   in  the  proposed
Transaction. See "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
    POTENTIAL INFLUENCE  OF THE  PURCHASER OVER  THE PARTNERSHIP.   In  deciding
whether  or not to tender their Units pursuant to this Offer, Unitholders should
consider that, as a result of this Offer, the Purchaser may hold the largest, or
one of the largest,  equity positions in  the Partnership. As  a result of  this
interest,  the Purchaser  may be  in a  position to  influence the  policies and
affairs of the Partnership. The Purchaser intends to vote the Units it holds and
those it acquires through this Offer in favor of the Merger. While the Purchaser
has  agreed  that,  in  the  event  it  is  admitted  as  a  substitute  limited
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
partner  of the Partnership with  respect to the Units  it acquires through this
Offer, and the Merger is not approved, it will not acquire any additional Units,
propose any merger or  other business combination  involving the Partnership  or
propose  any other transaction  pursuant to which it  would acquire any material
assets of  the Partnership  without the  consent of  a majority  of the  general
partners  of  the General  Partner,  the Purchaser  may  nonetheless be  able to
influence significantly the policies and affairs of the Partnership without  the
consent  of  the General  Partner. Specifically,  the Purchaser  may be  able to
effectively block actions that  may be subject  to a vote of  a majority of  the
Units,  such as certain amendments to the Partnership Agreement, dissolution the
Partnership, removal  of  the General  Partner,  and  approval of  the  sale  of
substantially  all of the Partnership's  assets. While there is  a risk that the
Purchaser will  be  able to  influence  significantly Partnership  actions,  the
General  Partner does not believe that the possibility of that influence renders
this Offer unfair  to non-tendering  Unitholders, inasmuch as  the Purchaser  is
restricted  from acquiring  additional Units  or Partnership  assets without the
consent  of  a  majority  of  the  general  partners  of  the  General   Partner
(discharging their fiduciary duties on behalf of the Unitholders) and given that
the  terms of the  Partnership Agreement in  effect at the  time the Unitholders
(including non-tendering  Unitholders)  initially invested  in  the  Partnership
permitted certain actions to be taken with the approval of holders of a majority
of the Units.
 
    ALLOCATION  OF  TRANSACTION  EXPENSES.   The  General  Partner  believes the
procedures for allocating  the expenses  of the Transaction  and the  Additional
Transactions  are fair to the Partnership, inasmuch as the Partnership will bear
its Individual Transaction Expenses (as defined in "The Acquisition  Agreement")
and  its pro rata portion of the Shared Transaction Expenses (as defined in "The
Acquisition Agreement") based  on its  relative Net Asset  Value if  Unitholders
approve the Merger, and will bear its Individual Transaction Expenses and only a
percentage  of its pro rata portion of  the Shared Transaction Expenses equal to
the percentage of Unitholders  voting in favor of  the Merger if Unitholders  do
not  approve the Merger and if certain other events have not occurred. While the
Acquisition Agreement provides that the Partnership will pay a pro rata  portion
of  the Shared Transaction Expenses and the Individual Transaction Expenses that
would otherwise be  payable by  the Purchaser  if the  Acquisition Agreement  is
terminated  for  certain  reasons, the  General  Partner believes  this  is fair
because the  circumstances  under which  such  expenses  would be  paid  by  the
Partnership  are generally situations in which  the Partnership has entered into
an  alternative   transaction,  presumably   resulting  in   greater  value   to
Unitholders,  prompted at least in  part by this Offer  and the proposed Merger.
See "The Acquisition Agreement -- Fees and Expenses."
 
    IMPACT OF  MERGER  ON  EXPECTED  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  UNITHOLDERS  WHO  BECOME
STOCKHOLDERS  OF THE PURCHASER.   The Merger is expected  to affect the level of
distributions made  to Unitholders  who become  stockholders of  the  Purchaser.
Depending  upon the REIT Share Price used to determine the number of REIT Shares
to be issued  in the  Merger, the  level of  distributions after  the Merger  to
Unitholders who become stockholders of the Purchaser may be higher or lower than
the  level of distributions  received with respect  to their Units  prior to the
Merger. Assuming the  current quarterly  distribution rates continue  to be  the
same  for the  Purchaser ($.47  per REIT Share)  and the  Partnership ($4.69 per
Unit), based on a  REIT Share Price  of $22.25 and rounding  the number of  REIT
Shares to be received to the nearest whole REIT Share, Unitholders would receive
approximately  $1.89 (40%)  more in quarterly  distributions per  Unit after the
Merger than before the  Merger, and based  on a REIT Share  Price of $27.75  and
rounding  the number  of REIT Shares  to be  received to the  nearest whole REIT
Share, Unitholders  would receive  approximately $.48  (10%) more  in  quarterly
distributions  per Unit  after the  Merger than  before the  Merger. The General
Partner believes  that any  differences between  the level  of distributions  to
Unitholders who become stockholders is justifiable when taking into account cash
distribution  policies,  principal and  interest  payments on  debt  and capital
expenditure levels. These factors  may not continue  to affect distributions  in
precisely the same fashion following the Merger.
 
    IMPACT  OF  MERGER  ON  TIMING OF  PARTNERSHIP  DISTRIBUTIONS.    The Merger
Consideration to be received by Unitholders is based primarily on the Net  Asset
Value of the Partnership. Recognizing
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
that there may be changes in the Partnership's value between March 31, 1996 (the
date  on which the Net Asset Value is  based) and the closing of the Merger (the
"Closing") and that  it is  a condition to  the Closing  that the  Partnership's
Closing  Net Asset Value (as defined in "The Acquisition Agreement -- Conduct of
Business Pending the Effective Time") is no  less than its Net Asset Value,  the
General  Partner may delay cash distributions if it deems it advisable to do so.
As soon as  practicable following  the Closing, pre-Merger  Unitholders and  the
General Partner will receive a cash distribution in an aggregate amount equal to
the amount, if any, by which the Partnership's Closing Net Asset Value as of the
Closing  exceeds its Net Asset Value. If the Partnership does not participate in
the Merger, the proposed Merger may only temporarily delay, but is not otherwise
expected to  affect or  reduce  (except for  the  Partnership's portion  of  the
Transaction  expenses) the  distributions made  by the  Partnership. The General
Partner does  not consider  this  delay or  reduction  in distributions  due  to
payment  of  Transaction  expenses  to affect  materially  the  fairness  of the
Transaction with respect to Unitholders.
 
    COMPARISON OF  CERTAIN  BENEFITS  AND  DETRIMENTS  OF  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE
TRANSACTION.   Prior  to concluding that  the Transaction should  be proposed to
Unitholders, the General Partner considered several alternatives, including  the
liquidation  of the Partnership, continuation of the Partnership, support of the
secondary market for Units and reorganization  of the Partnership as a  separate
REIT.  To determine whether the Transaction or  one of its alternatives would be
more attractive to the Unitholders,  the General Partner compared the  potential
benefits  and  detriments of  the Transaction  with  the potential  benefits and
detriments of the alternatives. Based upon this comparison, the General  Partner
has  concluded  that  the  Transaction  is  more  attractive  than  any  of  its
alternatives. The following is a brief discussion of the benefits and detriments
of, and  the  General  Partner's  conclusions  regarding,  alternatives  to  the
Transaction that could have been pursued by the General Partner.
 
        LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP.  An alternative to the Transaction would
be  liquidating the assets of the  Partnership, distributing the net liquidation
proceeds  to  the  General  Partner  and  Unitholders  in  accordance  with  the
Partnership  Agreement, and thereafter dissolving  the Partnership. Through such
liquidation, the Unitholders' investment in the Partnership would be  concluded.
All  Unitholders would  be at  liberty to use  the net  liquidation proceeds for
investment, business, personal or other purposes.
 
    In recent  years,  operating  results  with  respect  to  the  Partnership's
properties  have improved, there has been  increased sales activity with respect
to self storage facilities and the capitalization rates at which facilities have
been selling have become more favorable to sellers, resulting in higher  prices.
The General Partner anticipates that net operating income from the Partnership's
facilities  will continue to improve although at a slower rate than in the past.
If performance  improvements  continue,  the  value of  the  properties  of  the
Partnership  would be expected  to increase, so long  as capitalization rates at
which self storage facilities  are sold do not  increase and sufficient  capital
remains  available  to  finance  acquisitions.  A  complete  liquidation  of the
Partnership would deprive those Unitholders who do not desire to liquidate their
investment in  self  storage  properties from  participating  in  the  potential
benefits  of  future performance  and possible  property value  improvements. In
addition, liquidation of the Partnership's  properties does not have certain  of
the  other  benefits  of the  Merger,  including (i)  permitting  Unitholders to
liquidate their investment  in real  estate at a  time that  is appropriate  for
their  individual investment strategy,  rather than forcing  divestiture for all
Unitholders through a liquidation  of the Partnership's  portfolio and (ii)  the
opportunity to participate in acquisition and development opportunities existing
in the real estate market through equity ownership in the Purchaser.
 
    The  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  Merger  are  expected  to be
significantly less than those  which would be incurred  in a liquidation of  the
Partnership's  assets.  If  the  Merger  is  consummated,  the  Partnership will
effectively  dispose  of  all  of  its  assets  and  liabilities  in  a   single
transaction,  which will  minimize the liquidation  costs. If the  assets of the
Partnership were  liquidated  over time,  not  only  is it  likely  that  higher
transaction  costs would be incurred, but  distributions to the Unitholders from
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
the   Partnership's  cash  flow  from  operations   may  be  reduced  since  the
Partnership's fixed costs,  such as general  and administrative expenses,  would
not be proportionately reduced with the liquidation of assets.
 
    The   General  Partner  favors  the  Transaction  over  liquidation  of  the
Partnership's assets  because  this  Offer permits  those  Unitholders  desiring
immediate  liquidity to obtain cash,  while permitting the remaining Unitholders
to participate  in  the  Merger  which, if  consummated,  will  enable  them  to
participate  in acquisition and  development opportunities existing  in the real
estate market  through  equity ownership  in  the Purchaser.  In  addition,  the
estimated  transaction costs  associated with the  Transaction are significantly
less than those which  would be incurred in  a liquidation of the  Partnerships'
assets on a single transaction or multiple transaction basis.
 
        CONTINUATION   OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP.     A  second  alternative  to  the
Transaction would be  to continue the  Partnership as a  separate legal  entity,
with  its own  assets and  liabilities. While  the disclosure  documents used to
offer the  Units  for  sale  to  the  public  disclosed  the  intention  of  the
Partnership  to  liquidate its  assets within  a  five to  ten year  period, the
Partnership has a stated  life of approximately 40  years, the Unitholders  were
advised  that  the  liquidation  of the  Partnership  would  depend  upon market
conditions as  they might  change from  time  to time,  and the  Partnership  is
operating  profitably and does not need to liquidate to satisfy debt obligations
or other current liabilities or to avert defaults, foreclosures or other adverse
business developments.
 
    A number  of  advantages would  be  expected  to arise  from  the  continued
operation  of  the Partnership.  Unitholders would  continue to  receive regular
quarterly distributions of net cash flow arising from operations and the sale or
refinancing of the Partnership's  assets. The General  Partner expects that  net
operating  income from the  properties would continue to  improve, although at a
slower rate than  in the  past, which  would support  continued improvements  in
quarterly  distributions. In addition, the decision to continue the Partnership,
if selected,  means  that  there  would  be no  change  in  the  nature  of  the
Unitholders'  investment.  This option  avoids  whatever disadvantages  might be
inherent in the Merger.
 
    The primary disadvantage with continuing  the Partnership is the failure  of
that   strategy  to  enable  Unitholders  (i)  to  liquidate  immediately  their
investment in the Partnership for  cash consideration which the General  Partner
believes  to be  fair to  Unitholders or (ii)  to acquire  REIT Shares, enabling
Unitholders  to  participate  in  the  Purchaser's  substantially  larger,  more
diversified, investment portfolio and to benefit from the Purchaser's ability to
access  capital  markets  and  take  advantage  of  acquisition  and development
opportunities. If  the Partnership  is continued,  Unitholders may  not have  an
opportunity  for liquidity  in the  near future.  The assets  of the Partnership
might, however, be sold at another time in another transaction that could be  on
terms  more or less  favorable to Unitholders.  Accordingly, the General Partner
has concluded  that continuation  of the  Partnership is  not as  attractive  an
alternative as the Transaction.
 
        SUPPORT  OF SECONDARY MARKET.   Another possible alternative which would
create liquidity for Unitholders desiring to dispose of their investments in the
Partnership is the  creation or support  of the secondary  market for the  Units
through  limited  cash tender  offers or  repurchase  programs sponsored  by the
Partnership. While  the General  Partner believed  that this  alternative  might
provide  liquidity for some Unitholders, the  terms of the Partnership Agreement
and federal  tax law  prohibit  this alternative  from  being available  to  all
Unitholders  in  any 12  month period.  The General  Partner believed  that this
alternative was not sufficiently broad-based  to provide an overall solution  to
the  liquidity problem.  While this  alternative was  considered by  the General
Partner, no detailed financial  analysis was done that  would allow the  General
Partner  to predict  with any  degree of certainty  the possible  impact of this
alternative on the value of the Units.
 
        REORGANIZATION OF  THE PARTNERSHIP  AS  A SEPARATE  REIT.   The  General
Partner  considered  the  advisability  of  reorganizing  the  Partnership  as a
separate corporation taxed as  a REIT, which could  provide Unitholders some  of
the  advantages to be secured through the Merger, such as providing investors in
the reorganized entity  with some liquidity  through the listing  of its  equity
securities,
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
avoiding   the  effects  of  legislation   requiring  partnerships  to  withhold
distributions  for  state  income  taxes  and  simplified  federal  income   tax
reporting.  In addition,  such reorganization  could be  effected on  a tax-free
basis, unlike the Merger,  which will be a  taxable event for Unitholders.  This
reorganization  of the Partnership  would, however, result  in substantial costs
and expenses, and, due to the size of the Partnership, access to capital markets
and the liquidity of the reorganized  entity's securities could be limited.  The
General  Partner  has concluded  that  the Merger  is  more attractive  than the
reorganization of the  Partnership as a  separate REIT because  a separate  REIT
would  not provide,  or would  provide on a  more limited  basis, the advantages
expected from the Merger,  including the elimination  of potential conflicts  of
interest,  simplified  administration,  self-administration,  growth  potential,
asset diversification and improved access to capital markets.
 
COMPARISON OF TRANSACTION CONSIDERATION TO ALTERNATIVES
 
    GENERAL.  To assist Unitholders  in evaluating the Transaction, the  General
Partner  has attempted to  compare the Offer Price  and the Merger Consideration
against: (i)  the prices  at which  the Units  have been  sold in  the  illiquid
secondary  market; (ii)  estimates of  the value of  the Units  on a liquidation
basis assuming that the Partnership's assets were sold at their Appraised  Value
or  net book value and  the net proceeds distributed  to the General Partner and
Unitholders in accordance with the Partnership Agreement; and (iii) estimates of
the value of the Units  on a going concern  basis assuming that the  Partnership
was  continued as an operating business and its  assets sold at the end of 2000.
Due to the uncertainty in establishing these values, the General Partner has, in
instances it deemed  appropriate, established  a range of  estimated values  for
each  alternative, representing a high and low estimated value for the potential
consideration. The General Partner believes  that analyzing the alternatives  in
terms  of ranges of estimated value,  established based upon currently available
market data and, where appropriate,  reasonable assumptions made in good  faith,
establishes  a reasonable framework  for comparing alternatives.  The results of
this comparative analysis are summarized in the table below.
 
    The estimated values  are based  upon information available  to the  General
Partner  at  the  time  they  were  computed,  including  historical information
regarding the Partnership and current real  estate markets, and there can be  no
assurance  that the same conditions analyzed  by the General Partner in arriving
at the estimates of value would exist at the time of consummation of this  Offer
or  the  Merger. In  addition, Unitholders  should  consider that  the estimated
values assigned to the alternatives are  based on a variety of assumptions  that
have been made by the General Partner, which are discussed in more detail below.
 
    The  estimated values presented in  the following table are "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of  the Private Securities Litigation Reform  Act
of  1995. These estimated values are based upon certain assumptions that relate,
among other things, to  (i) the REIT Share  Price as of the  date of the  Merger
being  within the  Share Price Range,  (ii) projections as  to the Partnership's
future revenues, expenses,  cash flow and  other significant financial  matters,
(iii)  the capitalization rates that will be used by prospective buyers when the
Partnership's  assets  are  liquidated,  (iv)  selling  costs,  (v)  appropriate
discount rates to apply to expected cash flows in computing the present value of
the  cash flows  and (vi)  the manner of  sale of  the Partnership's properties.
Actual results may vary  from those set forth  below based on numerous  factors,
including interest rate fluctuations, tax law changes,
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
supply  and  demand  for  self  storage  facilities,  the  manner  in  which the
properties  are  sold  and  changes  in  availability  of  capital  to   finance
acquisitions  of  self  storage properties.  Each  Unit in  the  following table
represents an original investment of $250.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             ESTIMATED LIQUIDATION
                   MERGER                                                        VALUE PER UNIT
                CONSIDERATION        SECONDARY          ESTIMATED GOING       ASSUMING PARTNERSHIP
                PER UNIT (1)        MARKET PRICE         CONCERN VALUE          ASSETS SOLD AT:
               ---------------      PER UNIT (2)          PER UNIT (3)      ------------------------
 OFFER PRICE                    --------------------  --------------------   APPRAISED    NET BOOK
  PER UNIT                        HIGH        LOW       HIGH        LOW      VALUE (4)    VALUE (5)
- -------------                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>            <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
  $     308       $     308     $     200  $     165  $     304  $     283   $     299    $     192
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Assumes the REIT  Share Price is  within the Share  Price Range. The  Merger
    Consideration is payable in REIT Shares, cash in lieu of any fractional REIT
    Shares  and, in  certain circumstances,  additional cash  consideration. See
    "The Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger."
 
(2) The secondary  market prices  are those reported  to Stanger  for the  first
    calendar quarter of 1996. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
(3)  The going concern  value estimates are  based upon a  number of assumptions
    regarding the  future net  operating income  and cash  distributions of  the
    Partnership  and assume a disposition of the Partnership's assets at the end
    of 2000. See "-- Going Concern Value."
 
(4) Estimated Liquidation Value at Appraised  Value is based primarily upon  the
    Appraisal  and adjustments  for non-real  estate assets  and liabilities and
    estimated selling costs. See "-- Liquidation Value."
 
(5) Estimated Liquidation Value at  Net Book Value is  computed as of March  31,
    1996 less selling costs. See "-- Liquidation Value."
 
    SECONDARY  MARKET PRICES OF UNITS.  The data in the table above on secondary
market activity shows  the highest and  lowest secondary market  prices for  the
Units  in the first calendar  quarter of 1996 as  reported to Stanger by certain
secondary market firms  involved in sales  of the Units.  See "Market Prices  of
Units."
 
    Limited  partnerships are  designed as  illiquid, long-term  investments. No
market for  the Units  was ever  expected to  develop and  the secondary  market
transactions  for the Units have  been limited and sporadic.  It is not known to
what extent the transactions in the secondary market are between willing  buyers
and  willing sellers, each  having access to  relevant information regarding the
financial affairs of the  Partnership, the expected  value of the  Partnership's
assets, and the Partnership's prospects for the future. Many transactions in the
secondary  market are believed  to be distressed sales  where sellers are highly
motivated to dispose of  the Units and willing  to accept substantial  discounts
from  what might otherwise by  regarded as the fair  value of the interest being
sold to facilitate the sales. Secondary  market prices generally do not  reflect
the current market value of the Partnership's assets, nor are they indicative of
total  return since  prior cash distributions  and tax benefits  received by the
original  investor  probably  are  not  reflected  in  the  price.  Nonetheless,
notwithstanding these qualifications, the secondary market prices, to the extent
that  the reported data are reliable, are  indicative of the prices at which the
Units trade in the illiquid secondary markets.
 
    GOING CONCERN VALUE.   The General Partner has  estimated the going  concern
value  of the  Partnership by analyzing  the Partnership's  projected cash flows
assuming that the Partnership was operated  as an on-going business through  the
end of 2000 and its assets, net of existing liabilities, sold at that time based
upon  a capitalization of projected property cash flows in 2001. Each Unitholder
would be  entitled  to receive  his  or her  pro  rata share  of  the  quarterly
distributions  from the  Partnership's cash  available for  distribution and the
special distribution  of the  net liquidation  proceeds in  accordance with  the
Partnership Agreement. This analysis is consistent with the expectation that the
Partnership  would  be  a  finite-life investment.  The  assumption  of property
dispositions in 2000  is consistent with  the anticipated disposition  timeframe
for the Partnership.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The  General Partner has presented two  estimates of the going concern value
of the  Partnership on  a  per Unit  basis, which  estimates  are based  on  the
five-year property cash flows beginning in 1996 used by Stanger in preparing the
Appraisal,  adjusted for general and  administrative expenses (which are assumed
to increase at the rate of 3.5%  per year) and debt service payments  (principal
and  interest). The going concern value was established by computing the present
value of the projected  distributions with respect to  the Units, discounted  at
the  rate of 13.5% per annum under the  conservative scenario and at the rate of
12.5% per  annum  under the  more  favorable scenario.  Under  the  conservative
scenario,  the Partnership's assets are sold at  the end of 2000 for an all-cash
purchase price sufficient to yield the  buyer a 10.5% return based on  projected
property  cash flows for 2001. Under the  more favorable scenario, it is assumed
that the  Partnership's assets  are sold  at the  end of  2000 for  an  all-cash
purchase  price sufficient to yield the buyer  a 10% return based upon projected
property cash flows in 2001.
 
    The going concern analysis assumes  all of the Partnership's properties  are
sold in a single transaction at the end of 2000 with selling expense equal to 4%
of  then-current real estate value. If, instead, the assets were liquidated over
time, even at prices equal to those projected, distributions to the  Unitholders
out  of the Partnership's cash flow from operations might be reduced because the
Partnership's  relatively  fixed  costs,  such  as  general  and  administrative
expenses,  would not be proportionately reduced  with the liquidation of assets.
Accordingly, the General Partner believes the assumption that all the properties
are sold in  a single transaction  results in the  most favorable valuation  for
Unitholders.
 
    LIQUIDATION  VALUE.  Since one of  the alternatives available to the General
Partner  is  to  proceed  with  a  liquidation  of  the  Partnership,  and   the
corresponding  distribution  of  the  net liquidation  proceeds  to  the General
Partner and Unitholders, the General Partner has estimated the liquidation value
of the Units (i) assuming that  the Partnership's real estate portfolio is  sold
at  its Appraised Value and that non-real estate assets and liabilities are sold
at their book values except for amortizable assets and (ii) assuming that all of
the Partnership's assets are sold at their book value, net of liabilities.  Both
alternatives  assume that the Partnership  incurs selling costs of approximately
4% of  the  real estate  assets'  value and  the  net liquidation  proceeds  are
distributed  among the  General Partner and  Unitholders in  accordance with the
Partnership Agreement.
 
    The liquidation analysis assumes that the Partnership's portfolio is sold in
a single transaction at  its Appraised Value  or net book  value. If the  assets
were   liquidated  over  time,   even  at  prices   equal  to  those  projected,
distributions to  the  Unitholders  out  of the  Partnership's  cash  flow  from
operations  might be reduced  because the Partnership's  relatively fixed costs,
such as general  and administrative  expenses, are  not proportionately  reduced
with  the liquidation of  assets. Accordingly, the  General Partner believes the
assumption that all of the properties  are sold in a single transaction  results
in the most favorable valuation for Unitholders.
 
    Of  the two columns provided for liquidation  values in the table above, the
General Partner believes that liquidation at Appraised Value is more  reflective
of  the amount  that would  actually be  distributed to  the Unitholders  if the
Partnership were to proceed with a liquidation of its assets. The Appraisal sets
forth, subject  to the  specified assumptions,  limitations and  qualifications,
Stanger's  professional opinion as to the market value of the Partnership's real
estate portfolio. While  the price at  which the assets  would sell if  actually
liquidated  could differ materially  from the Appraised  Value, the Appraisal is
intended to estimate the prices  at which the real  estate assets would sell  if
disposed of in an arm's-length transaction between a willing buyer and a willing
seller,  each  having access  to relevant  information regarding  the historical
revenues and  expenses  of  the  properties.  The  Appraisal  assumes  that  the
Partnership's  assets are disposed of  in an orderly manner  and are not sold in
forced or distressed sales where sellers  might be expected to dispose of  their
interests at substantial discounts to their actual fair market value.
 
    In  contrast, the net  book value represents the  value of the Partnership's
equity as of  March 31,  1996, computed in  accordance with  GAAP, less  selling
costs equal to 4% of the book value of the
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
Partnership's  real  estate  assets. The  net  book value  computations  are not
adjusted for, or intended to be, estimates of the fair market value of the  real
estate  assets.  Nonetheless, since  book value  is  a commonly  used accounting
principle, and  shows  the  values  at  which the  assets  are  carried  on  the
Partnership's  books, it does establish  a basis for comparing  the value of the
Units to other commonly used measures of value.
 
THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE
 
    The Special  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors of  the  Purchaser  has
reviewed  the terms of the Transaction and believes that the Transaction is fair
to  Unitholders.  In  determining  the  fairness  of  the  Transaction  to   the
Unitholders, the Special Committee considered a number of factors, including the
following,  and  did  not  assign  relative  weights  to  them  in  reaching its
conclusion.
 
    RECOMMENDATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.  The Special Committee considered the
fact that  the General  Partner,  in discharging  its  fiduciary duties  to  the
Unitholders, (i) carefully reviewed the terms of the Transaction, (ii) concluded
that  the Transaction is fair  to the Unitholders and  (iii) recommends that the
Unitholders who desire immediate liquidity  tender their Units pursuant to  this
Offer   and  that  all  other  Unitholders  retain  their  Units  and,  instead,
participate in the Merger. See
"-- Recommendation of the General Partner."
 
    CONSENT OF IPSC.   The Special  Committee considered the  fact that IPSC,  a
limited  partner  of  the  General  Partner which  is  not  affiliated  with the
Purchaser, consented to the Merger. The Special Committee noted that pursuant to
the GP Agreement, the consent of IPSC may be required to consummate the Merger.
 
    APPRAISAL.  The Special Committee considered the Appraisal delivered to  the
General  Partner by Stanger  and the fact that  the Net Asset  Value is based in
large part  on the  Appraisal.  A copy  of the  Appraisal,  which sets  forth  a
discussion  of the specific  assumptions, limitations and  qualifications of the
analysis undertaken, is attached  as Schedule II of  this Offer to Purchase  and
should  be read in its entirety by  each Unitholder. See "Appraisal; Opinions of
Financial Advisors."
 
    FAIRNESS OPINIONS.   The Special Committee  considered the Stanger  Fairness
Opinions  delivered to the General  Partner by Stanger that  the Offer Price and
the Merger Consideration are fair to  the Unitholders from a financial point  of
view.  Copies of the Stanger Fairness  Opinions, which set forth the assumptions
made, matters considered and limitations of the review undertaken, are  attached
as  Schedule III to this Offer to Purchase  and should be read in their entirety
by each Unitholder. See "Appraisal; Opinions of Financial Advisors."
 
    PREMIUM OVER RECENT  MARKET PRICES.   The Special  Committee considered  the
fact  that the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration (assuming the REIT Share
Price  remains  within  the   Share  Price  Range)   represents  a  premium   of
approximately 54% over the highest sales price in the secondary market of a Unit
known  to  the General  Partner since  January  1, 1992.  See "Market  Prices of
Units."
 
                   APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL BY STANGER
 
    Stanger was engaged by the Partnership to appraise the real estate portfolio
of the Partnership and  has delivered a written  summary of its analysis,  based
upon  the review, analysis,  scope and limitations described  therein, as to the
fair market value of  the Partnership's portfolio as  of December 31, 1995.  The
Partnership  selected Stanger to provide the Appraisal because of its experience
and reputation  in  connection with  partnerships  and real  estate  assets.  In
addition, the General Partner desired to take advantage of the cost efficiencies
associated  with having  the same  party provide  the Appraisal  as provided the
Stanger Fairness Opinions. The  Appraisal, which contains  a description of  the
assumptions  and qualifications made, matters  considered and limitations on the
review and analysis, is set forth as  Schedule II to this Offer to Purchase  and
should   be  read  in  its  entirety.   Certain  of  the  material  assumptions,
qualifications and limitations to the Appraisal are described below.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    EXPERIENCE OF STANGER.   Since its  founding in 1978,  Stanger has  provided
information,  research, investment  banking and  consulting services  to clients
throughout the  United States,  including major  member firms  of the  NYSE  and
insurance  companies  and  over  70  companies  engaged  in  the  management and
operation of  partnerships and  real estate  investment trusts.  The  investment
banking  activities of  Stanger include  financial advisory  services, asset and
securities valuations, industry  and company research  and analysis,  litigation
support  and  expert  witness  services,  and  due  diligence  investigations in
connection  with  both  publicly  registered  and  privately  placed  securities
transactions.
 
    Stanger, as part of its investment banking business, is regularly engaged in
the  valuation of  businesses and their  securities in  connection with mergers,
acquisitions and  reorganizations  and  for estate,  tax,  corporate  and  other
purposes.   Stanger's  valuation  practice  principally  involves  partnerships,
partnership securities and the assets typically owned through partnerships, such
as oil and  gas reserves, real  estate, cable television  systems and  equipment
leasing assets.
 
    SUMMARY  OF  METHODOLOGY.    At  the  request  of  the  Partnership, Stanger
evaluated the Partnership's portfolio  of real estate on  a limited scope  basis
utilizing  the income approach  and the sales  comparison approach to valuation.
Appraisers typically use up  to three approaches in  valuing real property:  (i)
the  cost  approach, (ii)  the income  approach and  (iii) the  sales comparison
approach. The type and age of a property, market conditions and the quantity and
quality of  data  affect  the  applicability of  each  approach  in  a  specific
appraisal  situation.  The value  estimated  by the  cost  approach incorporates
separate estimates  of  the  value of  the  unimproved  site and  the  value  of
improvements,  less  observed  physical  wear  and  tear  and  functional and/or
economic obsolesence. The  income approach  estimates a  property's capacity  to
produce  income through an analysis of the rental market, operating expenses and
net income. Net income may then be processed into a value through either  direct
capitalization  or discounted cash flow analysis,  or a combination of these two
methods. The sales comparison  approach involves a  comparative analysis of  the
subject  property with other similar properties  that have sold recently or that
are currently  offered for  sale  in the  market.  Stanger considered  the  cost
approach  to be less reliable  than the income approach  or the sales comparison
approach given  the primary  criteria used  by buyers  of the  type of  property
appraised in the Appraisal.
 
    While  the Appraisal was  prepared for the  Partnership's entire real estate
portfolio, Stanger  analyzed  the  individual  properties  in  the  real  estate
portfolio  of  the  Partnership  by  (i)  reviewing  each  property's historical
operating  statements,  (ii)  reviewing  and  relying  on  specific  information
regarding  prospective changes in rents and  expenses for each property provided
by the Partnership, (iii) developing information from a variety of sources about
market  conditions  for  each  individual  property  and  (iv)  considering  the
projected cash flow for each property. Representatives of Stanger performed site
inspections  on  all properties  in the  Partnership during  March 1996.  In the
course of these site visits, Stanger inspected the physical facilities, obtained
current rental  and occupancy  information,  gathered information  on  competing
properties  and  the  local  market, visited  primary  competing  properties and
interviewed  each  local  property  manager  or  assistant  manager   concerning
performance of the subject property and other factors.
 
    In  conducting  the  Appraisal,  Stanger also  interviewed  and  relied upon
Partnership and property management personnel to obtain information relating  to
the  condition  of each  property, including  any deferred  maintenance, capital
budgets,   status   of   on-going   or   newly   planned   property   additions,
reconfigurations,   improvements  and  other   factors  affecting  the  physical
condition of the property improvements.
 
    Stanger also interviewed district or regional property management  personnel
responsible  for the  properties, who  are employees  of the  Purchaser, and the
Partnership's management  personnel,  to discuss  competitive  conditions,  area
economic  and  development  trends  affecting  the  properties,  historical  and
budgeted operating revenues and expenses and occupancies. Stanger also  reviewed
historical  operating  statements and  1996  operating budgets  for  the subject
properties, and  reviewed surveys  of local  self storage  markets conducted  by
local management personnel.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    To  define the occupancy, rental  rate and expense escalators  to be used in
developing property  operating  projections, Stanger  reviewed  the  acquisition
criteria  and  projection parameters  in use  in the  marketplace by  major self
storage investors, owners  and operators.  In addition,  Stanger reviewed  other
published  information  concerning  acquisition  criteria  in  use  by  property
investors at or around December  31, 1995. Further, Stanger interviewed  various
sources in local markets to identify recent sales of self storage properties and
derive   certain  valuation   indicators.  Sources  for   data  concerning  such
transactions included local  appraisers, property owners,  real estate  brokers,
tax assessors and real estate research firms.
 
    INCOME  APPROACH.   Stanger then determined  the value  of the Partnership's
portfolio using the income approach. During the course of the site  inspections,
Stanger identified competing properties and obtained data on local market rental
rates  and occupancy. Stanger reviewed historical  and budgeted gross income and
income from ancillary sources for each  property in the portfolio and  conducted
discussions  with  the  property management  personnel  concerning  property and
market trends and competitive conditions and other pertinent information.  After
assessing  the above factors, Stanger  estimated each property's effective gross
income based  upon unit  configuration, market  rental rates,  market  occupancy
rates  and  estimates  of ancillary  income.  Expenses were  estimated  based on
historical and  budgeted operating  expenses,  discussions with  management  and
certain  industry expense guidelines. Estimated expenses were then deducted from
income to arrive  at each  property's estimated net  operating income.  Expenses
relating solely to investor reporting and accounting were excluded.
 
    Stanger  then employed both  direct capitalization and  discounted cash flow
analysis to define the overall value of the portfolio. The direct capitalization
rate used  by Stanger  was  based on  current  acquisition criteria  among  self
storage   investors  and   reflected  in  specific   sales  transactions.  Where
appropriate, the  capitalization  rate  used  for  an  individual  property  was
adjusted  to reflect valuation  factors unique to the  property, such as overall
quality, recent buildouts  and other  unique valuation  factors. Where  deferred
maintenance   or  extraordinary  capital  expenditures  were  required,  Stanger
adjusted the capitalized value accordingly. Stanger applied capitalization rates
ranging from 9.25%  to 10.25%  to the projected  net operating  income from  the
Partnership's  properties which  were considered  to be  at stabilized occupancy
during the 12 months ending December 31, 1996.
 
    In applying discounted cash  flow analysis, projections  of cash flows  from
each  property (assuming no indebtedness thereon)  were developed for a ten year
period  ending  December  31,  2005.  Income  and  expense  escalators  used  in
developing  the projections were based on projection parameters currently in use
by property investors, market factors, historical and budgeted financial results
for each property and inflation  rates. Income escalators generally ranged  from
3%  to 3.5%. In highly competitive markets or where a property's operations were
below stabilized  levels,  income escalators  were  adjusted as  Stanger  deemed
appropriate  or  until stabilized  operations  were achieved.  Effective expense
escalators generally ranged from 2.7% to 3.5%.
 
    Stanger then  capitalized, at  terminal  capitalization rates  ranging  from
10.25%  to 10.75%  (11.0% for the  office property) the  estimated net operating
income of each property for the 12 months ending December 31, 2006, to determine
the property's residual value. The residual value was discounted after deducting
appropriate sales  expenses to  a present  value using  the same  discount  rate
applied to the stream of annual cash flows. The discount rates utilized, ranging
from  12.25% to  12.5%, were  based on  current acquisition  criteria among self
storage facility  investors,  commercial/industrial property  investors'  target
rates  for return  and the  historical spread  in rates  of return  between real
estate and other investments. Stanger then correlated the values resulting  from
each  method (direct  capitalization and  discounted cash  flow) to  arrive at a
final income approach valuation.
 
    SALES COMPARISON  APPROACH.   Stanger  compiled transaction  data  involving
properties  similar  in type  to  the Partnership's  properties  by interviewing
sources  in  local  markets  to  identify  recent  sales  of  self  storage   or
office/storage   properties,   reviewing  publicly   available   information  on
acquisitions of  self  storage  properties, reviewing  information  provided  by
management, and contacting industry
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
sources.  Using this data,  Stanger performed a  comparable sales analysis based
upon price  per square  foot. A  probable range  of value  per square  foot  was
estimated  for each  property based on  the relationship  between observed sales
prices per  square foot  and net  operating income  per square  foot. Price  per
square  foot as estimated by this analysis was multiplied by the rentable square
footage of each property  to derive an estimated  range of value. The  valuation
included  consideration of the  value of excess land  parcels currently held for
resale.
 
    Stanger reconciled the estimated values resulting from the sales  comparison
approach  and the  income approach for  each property, and  the resulting values
were summed  to  determine  the  estimated value  of  the  Partnership's  entire
portfolio. Stanger adjusted the value conclusion for excess land held for resale
and  to reflect any  deferred maintenance items  associated with the properties.
The  income  approach  was  given  primary  consideration  by  Stanger   because
properties  such as those  owned by the Partnership  are typically purchased and
sold based upon their income characteristics. Stanger gave the sales  comparison
approach secondary consideration.
 
    CONCLUSIONS  AS TO  VALUE.  Based  on the  valuation methodologies described
above, Stanger assigned a value of $50,890,000 to the portfolio of real property
assets of the Partnership.
 
    ASSUMPTIONS, LIMITATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS OF PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL.  Stanger
utilized certain assumptions to determine  the Appraised Value of the  portfolio
under the income approach and the sales comparison approach. See Schedule II for
a  discussion of the specific assumptions, limitations and qualifications of the
Appraisal.
 
    The Appraisal reflects Stanger's valuation  of the real estate portfolio  of
the  Partnership as  of December  31, 1995,  in the  context of  the information
available on such date  as well as operating  information available as of  March
31, 1996. Events occurring after December 31, 1995, and before the Closing could
affect  the properties or  assumptions used in  preparing the Appraisal. Stanger
has no obligation to update the Appraisal on the basis of subsequent events.  In
connection  with  preparing  the  Appraisal, Stanger  was  not  engaged  to, and
consequently did not, prepare any written  report or compendium of its  analysis
for  internal or  external use  beyond the  analysis set  forth in  Schedule II.
Stanger will not deliver any additional written summary of the analysis.
 
    COMPENSATION AND MATERIAL RELATIONSHIPS.  The Partnership paid Stanger a fee
of approximately $34,000 to  prepare the Appraisal. IDS1  and IDS2 also  engaged
Stanger  to appraise  their portfolios and  paid Stanger a  fee of approximately
$35,000  and  approximately  $23,000,  respectively.  In  connection  with   the
preparation  of  the  portfolio appraisals  for  the Partnership  and  the Other
Partnerships, Stanger is  entitled to  reimbursement for  reasonable travel  and
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  making  site  visits  and  preparing  the
valuations and the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, subject to  a maximum of  $35,000
(allocated  among the Partnership and the Other Partnerships based upon relative
net  asset  values),  and  is   entitled  to  indemnification  against   certain
liabilities,  including certain  liabilities under federal  securities laws. The
fees for the Appraisal were negotiated  between the Partnership and Stanger  and
payment  thereof is not dependent upon completion  of the Offer or the Merger or
the value reported.  As noted  in "--  Opinions of  the Partnership's  Financial
Advisor"  below,  certain predecessor  entities  of the  Purchaser  have engaged
Stanger to render other appraisal, consulting  or related services prior to  the
present engagement.
 
OPINIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    Stanger  was also engaged by the Partnership to deliver written summaries of
its determination as  to the  fairness of  the consideration,  from a  financial
point  of view, to be  received by the Unitholders in  the Offer and the Merger.
The full text of the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, which contain a description  of
the  assumptions  made, matters  considered and  limitations  on the  review and
analysis, is set forth in Schedule III  to this Offer to Purchase and should  be
read in its entirety. Certain of the material assumptions and limitations to the
Stanger  Fairness Opinions are described below. The summary set forth below does
not purport to  be a complete  description of  the analyses used  by Stanger  in
rendering  the Stanger  Fairness Opinions. Arriving  at a fairness  opinion is a
complex analytical process  not necessarily susceptible  to partial analysis  or
amenable to summary description.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    Except  for  certain  assumptions  described  more  fully  below  which  the
Partnership advised Stanger that it would be reasonable to make, the Partnership
imposed no conditions or limitations on the scope of Stanger's investigation  or
the  methods and  procedures to  be followed  in rendering  the Stanger Fairness
Opinions. The  Partnership  has  agreed to  indemnify  Stanger  against  certain
liabilities  arising  out of  Stanger's engagement  to  prepare and  deliver the
Stanger Fairness Opinions.
 
    SUMMARY OF MATERIALS  CONSIDERED.  In  the course of  Stanger's analysis  to
render  its opinions regarding this Offer  and the Merger, Stanger: (i) reviewed
drafts of this Offer to Purchase, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (as defined  in
"The  Acquisition Agreement") and the Acquisition Agreement in substantially the
forms intended to be finalized and filed with the Commission; (ii) reviewed  the
Partnership's  and the  Purchaser's Annual Reports  on Form 10-K  for the fiscal
years ended December  31, 1993,  1994 and 1995,  and the  Partnership's and  the
Purchaser's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996;
(iii)  reviewed the  Purchaser's pro  forma financial  statements and  pro forma
schedules  prepared  by  the   Partnership's  management  and  the   Purchaser's
management; (iv) performed appraisals of the properties owned by the Partnership
as  of December 31, 1995; (v) reviewed information regarding purchases and sales
of self storage properties  by the Purchaser or  any affiliated entities  during
the  prior year and other information available relating to acquisition criteria
for self  storage  properties; (vi)  reviewed  internal financial  analyses  and
forecasts  prepared by the Partnership  (based in part on  the Appraisal) of the
current net liquidation  value of  the Partnership's assets  and projections  of
cash  flow  from operations,  distributions, and  going  concern values  for the
Partnership;  (vii)  conducted  discussions   with  senior  management  of   the
Partnership  and the Purchaser regarding the conditions in self storage property
markets, conditions  in  the market  for  sales or  acquisitions  of  properties
similar  to those owned by the Partnership, current and projected operations and
performance, financial condition and future prospects of the properties and  the
Partnership;  (viii)  reviewed  historical  market  prices,  trading  volume and
dividends for the REIT Shares; and (ix) conducted such other studies,  analyses,
inquiries and investigations as Stanger deemed appropriate.
 
    SUMMARY  OF ANALYSIS.  The  following is a summary  of certain financial and
comparative analyses reviewed by  Stanger in connection with  and in support  of
its  fairness opinions. The summary of the  opinions and analysis of Stanger set
forth in this Offer to Purchase is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
full text of such opinions.
 
    APPRAISAL.   In preparing  its opinions,  Stanger performed  an  independent
appraisal of the Partnership's portfolio of properties. During the course of the
Appraisal,  Stanger performed  site inspections  of each  property owned  by the
Partnership, conducted  inquiries into  local market  conditions affecting  each
property,  reviewed  historical  and  budgeted  operating  statements  for  each
property,  conducted  interviews  with   Partnership  and  property   management
personnel,  reviewed the acquisition criteria in use in the marketplace by major
self storage  property investors  and owners  and other  real estate  investors,
reviewed  information concerning transactions involving self storage properties,
and estimated the market value of  the portfolio utilizing the income and  sales
comparison  approaches  to value.  See "--  Real  Estate Portfolio  Appraisal by
Stanger." Stanger observed that the Offer Price equals the pro rata interest per
Unit in the  Appraised Value  as adjusted by  the General  Partner for  non-real
estate assets and liabilities of the Partnership, estimated Transaction costs to
be  borne by the  Partnership, and the  Unitholders' share of  the resulting Net
Asset Value according to the provisions of the Partnership Agreement.
 
    REVIEW OF LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS.   Stanger reviewed  an analysis prepared  by
the  management of  the Partnership  of the  estimated liquidation  value of the
Partnership  utilizing  estimates  prepared  by  the  Partnership  of   expenses
associated  with such a liquidation  and the appraised fair  market value of the
properties as determined by the Appraisal.
 
    The liquidation  analysis  assumed  that  each  of  the  properties  in  the
portfolio  was sold concurrently to an independent  third party buyer at a price
equal to the appraised value of the  portfolio. Costs of such property sales  to
independent   third  parties  were   estimated  by  the   Partnership  to  total
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
approximately 4% of  real estate asset  value and are  comprised of  transaction
costs,  taxes, commissions and legal and  other closing costs. Such amounts were
based on prevailing transfer  tax rates in  the locale of  each property and  on
estimates  of the Partnership  based on its knowledge  and experience in similar
real estate transactions.  The liquidation analysis  also assumed that  non-real
estate assets and liabilities except amortizable assets were sold at book value,
and  net proceeds were distributed among  the General Partner and Unitholders in
accordance with the Partnership Agreement.
 
    Stanger observed that the Offer Price and Merger Consideration exceeded  the
estimated liquidation value per Unit by approximately $9.
 
    REVIEW  OF GOING CONCERN ANALYSIS.   Stanger reviewed financial analyses and
projections prepared by the management  of the Partnership concerning  estimated
cash  flows and distributions from continued  operation of the Partnership as an
independent stand-alone entity, and estimated sale proceeds from the liquidation
of the portfolio of properties  owned by the Partnership  in the year 2000.  The
analysis  incorporated  estimates of  cash flow  from operating  the properties,
payments on existing debt,  entity level general  and administrative costs,  and
cash  distributions to  Unitholders from operations  and sale  of the properties
owned by the Partnership during a five year projection period. The analysis  and
projections  assumed, among other  things, that (i) operating  cash flow for the
properties would grow at a compound  annual rate of approximately 4.0% over  the
five  year  projection period;  (ii) general  and administrative  expenses would
increase at an average rate of 3.5% per annum over the projection period;  (iii)
the  properties  would  be  sold in  a  single  transaction at  the  end  of the
projection period at a price based  on property cash flows for 2001  capitalized
at a rate of 10.0% to 10.5%; (iv) selling costs equal to 4% of real estate asset
value  would be incurred; (v)  cash flows were discounted at  a rate of 12.5% to
13.5%; and  (vi) the  net proceeds  of the  sale plus  other remaining  non-real
estate assets less liabilities of the Partnership would be distributed according
to the provisions of the Partnership Agreement.
 
    Stanger  observed that the estimated going concern values resulting from the
above analyses ranged from $304 to $283  per Unit compared with the Offer  Price
of $308 per Unit.
 
    REVIEW  OF TENDER OFFER AND SECONDARY  MARKET PRICES.  Stanger observed that
Units of  the Partnership  have been  purchased in  recent months  both  through
transactions  on the  informal secondary  market for  partnership securities and
through a tender offer.
 
    Stanger observed that Units in the Partnership have been the subject of  one
prior  tender offer.  According to information  provided by  the Partnership, on
February 28, 1996, Everest commenced a tender offer for up to 4.9% of the Units.
Stanger observed that the price offered in  this tender offer was $112 per  Unit
compared  with the Offer Price  of $308 per Unit.  Stanger also observed that on
May 20, 1996, PS  sold 1,602.5 Units  to the Purchaser for  $190 per Unit  (plus
four days' accrued interest) compared with the Offer Price of $308 per Unit.
 
    Stanger  also observed that, based on  prices reported to Stanger by various
firms active in  the informal  secondary market for  partnership interests,  the
highest  selling price reported for Units in the informal secondary market since
January 1, 1995  was $200 per  Unit compared with  the Offer Price  of $308  per
Unit.
 
    CONCLUSIONS.   Stanger concluded that, based upon the foregoing and upon its
analysis and the assumptions, qualifications  and limitations stated below,  and
as  of the  date of the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions, the Offer  Price and Merger
Consideration are fair to the Unitholders from a financial point of view.
 
    ASSUMPTIONS.  In  rendering the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, Stanger  relied,
without  independent  verification,  on  the accuracy  and  completeness  of all
financial and other information contained in this Offer to Purchase or that  was
otherwise  publicly available or furnished or otherwise communicated to Stanger.
Stanger  has  not   made  an   independent  evaluation  or   appraisal  of   the
determinations of the non-real estate assets and liabilities of the Partnership.
Stanger  relied upon the balance sheet  value determinations for the Partnership
and   the   adjustments   made   by   the   General   Partner   to   the    real
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
estate  portfolio  appraisals to  arrive at  the Net  Asset Value.  Stanger also
relied upon the  assurance of  the Purchaser,  the Partnership  and the  General
Partner   that  the  calculations  made  to  determine  allocations  within  the
Partnership between the General Partner and Unitholders are consistent with  the
provisions  of the Partnership Agreement, that  any financial projections or pro
forma statements, projections, budgets, value estimates or adjustments  provided
to  Stanger were reasonably prepared or adjusted on bases consistent with actual
historical experience and  reflect the  best currently  available estimates  and
good   faith  judgments,  that   no  material  changes   have  occurred  in  the
Partnership's values  subsequent  to March  31,  1996,  or in  the  real  estate
portfolio values subsequent to December 31, 1995, which are not reflected in the
Partnership's  Net Asset Value, and that the Partnership and the General Partner
are not aware of any information  or facts regarding the Partnership that  would
cause the information supplied to Stanger to be incomplete or misleading.
 
    LIMITATIONS  AND QUALIFICATIONS OF FAIRNESS OPINIONS.  Stanger was not asked
to and therefore did not: (i) select the method of determining the consideration
offered in  this Offer  or the  Merger;  (ii) make  any recommendations  to  the
Unitholders  with respect to whether to tender  their Units or approve or reject
the Merger;  (iii)  express  any  opinion  as to  the  fairness  of  the  Merger
Consideration  if  the actual  REIT Share  Price  is less  than $22.25;  or (iv)
express any opinion  as to the  business decision  to effect this  Offer or  the
Merger,  alternatives to  this Offer or  the Merger, tax  factors resulting from
this Offer  or  the  Merger, the  impact  of  this Offer  on  the  non-tendering
Unitholders  of the  Partnership, the  allocation of  expenses relating  to this
Offer and the  Merger between  the Partnership and  the Purchaser  or among  the
Partnership  and the Other Partnerships, or on  any other terms of this Offer or
the Merger other than  the Offer Price and  the Merger Consideration.  Stanger's
opinions  are based on  business, economic, real  estate and securities markets,
and other conditions as of the date of its analysis.
 
    In connection with preparing the fairness opinions, Stanger was not  engaged
to,  and consequently did not,  prepare any written report  or compendium of its
analysis for internal or external use beyond the analysis set forth in  Schedule
III  to this Offer to Purchase. Stanger  will not deliver any additional written
summary of the analysis.
 
    COMPENSATION AND MATERIAL  RELATIONSHIPS.  Stanger  has been paid  a fee  of
$178,000 by the Partnership for preparing the Stanger Fairness Opinions relating
to  this Offer  and the Merger.  IDS1 and  IDS2 also engaged  Stanger to prepare
fairness opinions relating to the  Additional Offers and the Additional  Mergers
and  paid  Stanger  a fee  of  $180,000  and $122,000,  respectively,  for those
opinions. In connection with  its preparation of the  fairness opinions and  the
real estate portfolio appraisals for the Partnership and the Other Partnerships,
Stanger  will be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including
legal fees, up to a maximum of $35,000, allocated among the Partnership and  the
Other  Partnerships (based on  their relative net  asset values) and indemnified
against certain  liabilities, including  certain liabilities  under the  federal
securities  laws.  The  fee for  the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions  was negotiated
between the  Partnership and  Stanger. Payment  of  its fee  to Stanger  is  not
dependent  upon completion of this Offer  or the Merger. Predecessor entities to
the Purchaser retained Stanger to perform  appraisals and to deliver a  fairness
opinion  and special reports  in connection with  the Consolidation. Stanger was
paid approximately  $1,025,000  and  was  reimbursed  for  certain  expenses  in
connection  with those  services. In  addition, the  Purchaser has  paid certain
nominal amounts  to  Stanger  for  subscriptions  to  Stanger-prepared  national
publications. Stanger has also been compensated for preparing the Appraisal. See
"--  Real Estate  Portfolio Appraisal  by Stanger  -- Compensation  and Material
Relationships."
 
OPINION OF THE PURCHASER'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    In March  1996, the  Purchaser  retained Alex.  Brown  to act  as  financial
advisor  to the  Special Committee  in connection  with the  Transaction and the
Additional Transactions,  including  rendering  its  opinion  to  the  Board  of
Directors  of  the  Purchaser  as  to the  fairness  to  the  Purchaser,  from a
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
financial point of view,  of the consideration payable  to the limited  partners
and  general  partners  of  the  Partnerships.  The  Purchaser  and  Alex. Brown
subsequently executed a formal engagement letter on June 20, 1996.
 
    At the July  1, 1996 meeting  of the Special  Committee, representatives  of
Alex.  Brown rendered  to the  Board of Directors  of the  Purchaser its opinion
that, as of that date, and  subject to the assumptions made, matters  considered
and   limitations  set  forth   in  such  opinion   and  summarized  below,  the
consideration payable by  the Purchaser  in the Transaction  and the  Additional
Transactions  was fair,  from a  financial point of  view, to  the Purchaser. No
limitations were imposed by the Special Committee upon Alex. Brown with  respect
to  the  investigations  made or  procedures  followed  by it  in  rendering its
opinion.
 
    THE FULL  TEXT OF  ALEX. BROWN'S  WRITTEN OPINION  DATED JULY  1, 1996  (THE
"ALEX.  BROWN OPINION"), WHICH SETS FORTH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, ASSUMPTIONS MADE,
MATTERS CONSIDERED  AND LIMITATIONS  ON THE  REVIEW UNDERTAKEN,  IS ATTACHED  AS
SCHEDULE  IV TO THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE  AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
THE ALEX. BROWN  OPINION ADDRESSES  ONLY THE FAIRNESS  TO THE  PURCHASER OF  THE
CONSIDERATION  PAYABLE BY  THE PURCHASER IN  THE TRANSACTION  AND THE ADDITIONAL
TRANSACTIONS. THE  ALEX. BROWN  OPINION DOES  NOT ADDRESS  THE FAIRNESS  OF  THE
TRANSACTION  AND THE ADDITIONAL TRANSACTIONS TO  THE LIMITED PARTNERS OR GENERAL
PARTNERS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS. THE DISCUSSION OF THE ALEX. BROWN OPINION IN  THIS
OFFER  TO PURCHASE IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF
THE ALEX. BROWN OPINION.
 
    In connection with rendering the  Alex. Brown Opinion, Alex. Brown  reviewed
certain  publicly available financial information  and certain internal analyses
and other information concerning the Purchaser and the Partnerships furnished to
it by the Purchaser. Alex. Brown also  held discussions with the members of  the
senior management of the Purchaser regarding the businesses and prospects of the
Purchaser  and the Partnerships and the joint prospects of a combined entity. In
addition, Alex. Brown (i) reviewed the reported prices and trading activity  for
REIT  Shares and  the equity  units of each  of the  Partnerships, (ii) compared
certain financial and stock  market information for  the Purchaser with  similar
information  for  certain  comparable companies  whose  securities  are publicly
traded, (iii)  reviewed  the  financial  terms of  certain  recent  real  estate
transactions  deemed comparable in whole or in  part, (iv) reviewed the terms of
the Acquisition Agreement and certain  related documents and (v) performed  such
other  studies  and analyses  and  considered such  other  factors as  it deemed
appropriate.
 
    In conducting its  review and  arriving at  the Alex.  Brown Opinion,  Alex.
Brown  assumed and relied upon,  without independent verification, the accuracy,
completeness and fairness of the information furnished to or otherwise  reviewed
by  or  discussed with  it. With  respect  to the  financial projections  of the
Partnerships and the Purchaser and  other information relating to the  prospects
of  the Partnerships and the  Purchaser provided to Alex.  Brown by each entity,
Alex. Brown assumed that such projections and other information were  reasonably
prepared  and reflected the best currently  available judgments and estimates of
the respective  managements of  the Partnerships  and the  Purchaser as  to  the
likely  future financial  performances of their  respective entities  and of the
combined entity. Alex.  Brown expressed no  view as to  such projections or  the
assumptions  on which they were  based. Alex. Brown did  not make an independent
evaluation or appraisal of the assets of the Partnerships. However, Alex.  Brown
reviewed  the Appraisal with respect to the  real estate assets, although it was
not permitted  to  rely upon  the  Appraisal for  purposes  of the  Alex.  Brown
Opinion.  Alex. Brown  assumed that the  Appraisal was prepared  on a reasonable
basis. The Alex. Brown Opinion is based on market, economic and other conditions
as they existed and could be evaluated as of the date thereof.
 
    The following is a summary of  the material analyses performed and  material
factors  considered by Alex. Brown in  connection with rendering the Alex. Brown
Opinion.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    HISTORICAL FINANCIAL  POSITION.    Alex. Brown  reviewed  and  analyzed  for
informational  purposes the  historical and  current financial  condition of the
Purchaser and  the  Partnerships  which  included:  (i)  an  assessment  of  the
Partnerships'  recent financial statements; (ii)  an analysis of the Purchaser's
and the  Partnerships' revenue,  growth and  operating performance  trends;  and
(iii)  an assessment of  the Partnerships' leverage, market  share and access to
markets.
 
    HISTORICAL STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE.   Alex. Brown reviewed and analyzed  the
daily closing per share market prices, trading volume, and 20 day moving average
stock  price for  the REIT  Shares, from June  25, 1995  to June  25, 1996. This
information was  presented  to give  the  Special Committee  background  trading
information  over the period  indicated. Alex. Brown  also reviewed and analyzed
information regarding the market prices and trading volume of the  Partnerships'
units, on a quarterly basis from September 1995 to April 1996.
 
    ANALYSIS OF CERTAIN OTHER PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANIES.  This analysis examines
a  company's valuation in the public market  as compared to the valuation in the
public market of  other selected publicly  traded companies, in  each case as  a
multiple  of  its  funds  from  operations, defined  as  per  share  net income,
excluding extraordinary  gains or  losses, plus  depreciation from  real  estate
assets  ("Funds  From Operations"),  estimated for  1996  and 1997.  Alex. Brown
compared certain  financial  information  relating  to  the  Purchaser  and  the
Partnerships  to certain  corresponding information with  respect to  a group of
four publicly traded REITs engaged  primarily in the acquisition, operation  and
management of storage center properties, namely the following companies: Storage
USA, Inc., Storage Trust Realty, Sovran Self Storage, Inc. and PS (collectively,
the  "Selected  Companies"). Such  financial  information included,  among other
things, (i) common equity market prices, (ii) per share estimated 1996 and  1997
Funds  From Operations and (iii) ratios of common equity market prices per share
("Equity Values")  to  estimated Funds  From  Operations.  In the  case  of  the
Selected  Companies,  the financial  information used  was  based on  the latest
reported quarterly period as derived from publicly available information and  on
estimated  Funds from Operations for calendar years 1996 and 1997 as reported by
REALTY STOCK  REVIEW. Alex.  Brown  obtained reference  ranges of  multiples  of
Equity  Value to estimated calendar  year 1996 Funds From  Operations of 9.9x to
12.5x, with a mean of  11.0x, and Equity Value  to estimated calendar year  1997
Funds  From Operations of 8.8x to 11.3x, with  a mean of 10.1x, in each case for
the Selected Companies. Applying such reference multiple ranges to the estimated
calendar year 1996 and 1997 Funds From Operations for each of the  Partnerships,
Alex.  Brown determined reference  valuation ranges from  the Partnerships (on a
combined basis)  of $105.3  million to  $132.0 million,  with a  mean of  $116.6
million,  based upon  estimated calendar  year 1996  Funds From  Operations, and
$108.8 million to  $136.3 million,  with a mean  of $120.4  million, based  upon
estimated calendar year 1997 Funds From Operations. As a result of the foregoing
procedures,  Alex. Brown  noted that  the consideration  of approximately $106.6
million in the aggregate to be paid by the Purchaser in the Transaction and  the
Other  Transactions was at the lower end of,  or below, the ranges of the values
obtained with respect to the Selected Companies.
 
    ANALYSIS OF SELECTED  REAL ESTATE  ACQUISITIONS.  Alex.  Brown reviewed  the
financial  terms, to the  extent publicly available, of  15 proposed, pending or
completed real estate transactions in the storage center industry (the "Selected
Transactions"), and  calculated  for  each of  the  Selected  Transactions,  the
Transaction  and the Additional Transactions the capitalization rate, defined as
net operating income (minus capital expenditures) divided by the purchase  price
for  the properties. The Selected Transactions  consisted of (i) the Purchaser's
bid to  acquire four  National  Self Storage  properties, (ii)  the  Purchaser's
September 1, 1994 acquisition of Colonial Self-Storage, (iii) Storage USA Inc.'s
September  12, 1995  acquisition of 13  storage center  properties, (iv) Storage
USA, Inc.'s April  13, 1995  acquisition of  25 storage  center properties,  (v)
Storage  USA, Inc.'s April 13, 1995 acquisition of 16 storage center properties,
(vi) Storage Trust Realty's acquisition  of Balcor/Colonial Storage Income  Fund
- --  86, (vii) Storage Trust  Realty's October 6, 1995  acquisition of 14 storage
center properties, (viii) Sovran Self Storage, Inc.'s June 30, 1995  acquisition
of  12  storage center  properties, (ix)  U-Haul  International, Inc.'s  bid for
Balcor/Colonial Storage Income Fund -- 86, (x) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition of
Prudential-Bache/Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-1, (xi) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Prudential-Bache/Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-3, (xiii) PS's June 14, 1996  acquisition
of  Prudential-Bache/ Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-4, (xiv) PS's pending acquisition of
Storage Properties, Inc. and (xv) PS's February 29, 1996 acquisition of Southern
Self Storage. Alex. Brown noted that  the capitalization rate based on the  last
reported  annual  net  operating income  prior  to the  transaction  (year ended
December 31, 1995 in the case of the Partnerships) was 8.7% for the Partnerships
(on a combined basis), which was at the lower end of the range of 8.5% to 10.3%,
with a mean of 9.4%, determined for the Selected Transactions. Alex. Brown  also
noted  that the capitalization rate based  on the projected net operating income
for the year in which the acquisition  took place was 9.6% for the  Partnerships
(on a combined basis), falling in the middle of the range of 9.0% to 10.5%, with
a  mean of 9.7% determined for the  Selected Transactions. All multiples for the
Selected Transactions were based on public information available at the time  of
announcement  of such transaction, without  taking into account differing market
and other  conditions during  the  two year  period  during which  the  Selected
Transactions occurred.
 
    DISCOUNTED  CASH FLOW ANALYSIS.   Alex. Brown  obtained reference values for
each of the  Partnerships by  means of a  discounted cash  flow analysis,  which
values  a business based on the current value of the future cash flow that it is
projected to generate. To establish a current value under this approach,  future
cash  flow must be estimated and  an appropriate discount rate determined. Alex.
Brown used projections and other information provided by the managements of  the
Partnerships  to  estimate  free cash  flows,  defined as  total  revenues minus
property operating and maintenance expenses, property management expenses,  real
estate  taxes and capital expenditures ("Free  Cash Flows"), for the years ended
1996 through 2006, inclusive,  with respect to the  assets of the  Partnerships,
using   discount  rates  ranging   from  11.0%  to   13.0%  and  terminal  value
capitalization rates applied to projected 2006 Free Cash Flow ranging from  9.0%
to  11.5%. Alex. Brown arrived at such  discount rates based on its judgement of
the weighted  average cost  of capital  of  the Purchaser  and arrived  at  such
terminal  values based on its review of the Selected Transactions. This analysis
indicated a range of values for the Partnerships' real estate of $106,459,161 to
$133,081,669 on a Free Cash Flow basis, as compared to the imputed value of  the
Partnerships' real estate of $121,780,000 under the terms of the Transaction and
the Additional Transactions.
 
    Alex.   Brown  also  applied   a  discounted  cash   flow  analysis  to  the
Partnerships'  projected  Funds  From   Operations,  and  funds  available   for
distribution, defined as Funds From Operations less capital expenditures, tenant
improvements   and  commissions  ("Funds  Available  for  Distribution"),  using
discount rates ranging  from 11.0%  to 13.0% and  terminal value  capitalization
rates  applied to Funds From Operations and Funds Available for Distribution, as
the case may be, projected for the year 2006, ranging from 9.0% to 11.5%.  Alex.
Brown  noted that this analysis indicated a range of values for the Partnerships
of $102,002,516 to $127,549,435 based  upon estimated Funds From Operations  and
$98,397,791   to  $123,189,094   based  upon   estimated  Funds   Available  for
Distribution. Based upon  the Appraisal  and certain  balance sheet  adjustments
provided  by management, the  Partnerships' indicated Net  Asset Value, which is
also nominally the amount of  consideration to be paid  by the Purchaser in  the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions, is $106,578,185, which falls at the
lower end of the reference ranges of imputed values derived from the analysis.
 
    PRO  FORMA COMBINED EARNINGS ANALYSIS.  Alex. Brown analyzed the Transaction
and the Additional Transactions with respect to the resulting dilution/accretion
to the Purchaser's estimated Funds From Operations for the years ending 1996 and
1997 (assuming different levels of  cash and stock comprising the  consideration
paid),  after taking into account any potential cost savings and other synergies
but not taking into account nonrecurring  costs relating to the Transaction  and
the  Additional Transactions. Alex.  Brown noted that  after taking into account
potential cost savings and other synergies  for the years ending 1996 and  1997,
respectively, and before nonrecurring costs relating thereto the Transaction and
the  Additional  Transactions would  be  slightly accretive  to  the Purchaser's
estimated Funds From Operations for such years.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    REAL ESTATE MARKET AND  ECONOMIC FACTORS.  In  rendering its opinion,  Alex.
Brown  considered, among other factors, the condition of the U.S. stock markets,
particularly in  the real  estate  sector, and  the  current level  of  economic
activity.
 
    ANALYSIS  OF  OFFERS  ABSENT  CONSUMMATION OF  MERGERS.    Alex.  Brown also
examined the financial effects to the  Purchaser of consummating one or more  of
the  Offer or the Additional Offers without also consummating the related Merger
or Additional Merger. Alex.  Brown observed that while  a failure to  consummate
the  Merger or an Additional  Merger would result in  the assets of the relevant
partnership not  being  owned entirely  by  the  Purchaser and  certain  of  the
anticipated  combination synergies not being realized by the Purchaser, the cash
purchase price offered by the Purchaser in each of the Offer and the  Additional
Offers  generally would result  in accretion to  the Purchaser's estimated Funds
From Operations on a per  Unit basis, excluding nonrecurring transaction  costs,
regardless of how many Units were actually purchased.
 
    No  company used in the analysis of  other publicly traded companies nor any
transaction used in the analysis of selected mergers and acquisitions summarized
above is  identical  to  the  Purchaser  or  the  Partnerships  or  any  of  the
Transaction  and the  Additional Transactions.  Accordingly, such  analyses must
take into account differences in the financial and operating characteristics  of
the  Selected Companies and the companies in the Selected Transactions and other
factors that would affect the public trading value and acquisition value of  the
Selected Companies and the Selected Transactions, respectively.
 
    While  the foregoing summary  describes all analyses  and factors that Alex.
Brown deemed  material  in  rendering the  Alex.  Brown  Opinion, it  is  not  a
comprehensive description of all analyses and factors considered by Alex. Brown.
The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process that involves various
determinations  as  to the  most appropriate  and  relevant method  of financial
analysis and the application  of these methods  to the particular  circumstances
and,  therefore,  the  process  of  preparing such  an  opinion  is  not readily
susceptible to summary description. Alex. Brown believes that its analyses  must
be  considered as a whole and that selecting portions of its analyses and of the
factors considered  by it,  without  considering all  analyses and  the  factors
considered  by it,  could create  an incomplete  view of  the evaluation process
underlying the Alex. Brown  Opinion. The analyses performed  by Alex. Brown  are
not  necessarily indicative  of actual  values or  future results,  which may be
significantly more  or less  favorable than  those suggested  by such  analyses.
Accordingly,  such analyses and estimates  are inherently subject to substantial
uncertainty. Additionally, analyses relating to the  value of a business do  not
purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices at which the business actually
may  be sold.  Furthermore, no opinion  is being  expressed as to  the prices at
which REIT Shares may trade at any future time.
 
    Pursuant to a letter agreement dated June 20, 1996 between the Purchaser and
Alex. Brown,  the fees  payable to  Alex. Brown  for rendering  the Alex.  Brown
Opinion  are $400,000. In addition, the  Purchaser has agreed to reimburse Alex.
Brown for  its reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses  incurred in  connection  with
rendering  financial advisory services, including  fees and disbursements of its
legal counsel.  The  Purchaser has  agreed  to  indemnify Alex.  Brown  and  its
directors,  officers,  agents,  employees and  controlling  persons  for certain
costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages  and liabilities related to or  arising
out of its rendering of services under its engagement as financial advisor.
 
    The  Special Committee retained Alex. Brown to act as its advisor based upon
Alex. Brown having  acted as  managing underwriter of  a past  offering of  REIT
Shares and as financial advisor to a special committee of the Board of Directors
of  the Purchaser regarding its merger with Shurgard Incorporated and based upon
Alex. Brown's qualifications, reputation, experience and expertise. Alex.  Brown
is  an internationally  recognized investment banking  firm and,  as a customary
part of  its  investment  banking  business, is  engaged  in  the  valuation  of
businesses  and their  securities in  connection with  mergers and acquisitions,
negotiated underwritings, private placements and for other purposes. Alex. Brown
may actively trade the  equity securities of the  Purchaser for its own  account
and  for the account of  its customers and, accordingly, may  at any time hold a
long or short position in such
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
securities. Alex. Brown  maintains a  market in  the REIT  Shares and  regularly
publishes  research reports regarding  the REIT industry  and the businesses and
securities of the  Purchaser and  other publicly  traded companies  in the  REIT
industry.
 
                           THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  provisions  of  the Acquisition
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Schedule 14D-1 and  the
Schedule  13E-3 and is  incorporated herein by reference.  This summary does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full
text of the Acquisition Agreement. For purposes of this section, the Partnership
is  sometimes  referred  to  as   "IDS3,"  the  Partnerships  are  referred   to
individually  as  a "Partnership,"  the Merger  and  the Additional  Mergers are
collectively referred to as the "Merger" and the total consideration to be  paid
to  the limited partners and the general partner of each Partnership is referred
to as the "Merger Consideration" with respect to that Partnership.
 
THE TENDER OFFER
 
    The  Acquisition  Agreement  provides  that  the  Purchaser  will  use   its
reasonable  best efforts to  consummate this Offer and  the Additional Offers as
soon as legally permissible and, subject to the terms and conditions this  Offer
and  the Additional Offers, to accept for payment and pay for all Units tendered
promptly following the expiration of this  Offer and the Additional Offers.  The
Purchaser  may not change  the form of  the consideration, reduce  the amount of
consideration offered per Unit or amend any other material term of this Offer or
either of the  Additional Offers in  a manner  adverse to the  interests of  the
limited partners of any of the Partnerships without the prior written consent of
the general partner of the applicable Partnership.
 
THE MERGER
 
    Subject  to the  terms and conditions  of the Acquisition  Agreement, at the
effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time") each Partnership as to which
the conditions to closing have been satisfied or waived (each, a  "Participating
Partnership"),  will  be  merged  with  and  into  the  Purchaser,  the separate
existence of the Participating Partnerships  will cease, and the Purchaser  will
continue as the surviving entity of the Merger.
 
    At the Effective Time, for each of the Participating Partnerships, each Unit
(other  than Units owned by the Purchaser) and the GP Interest will be converted
into the right to receive (i) that number of REIT Shares calculated by  dividing
(a) the Net Asset Value of the applicable Partnership that would be allocated to
one  Unit or the GP  Interest, as the case  may be, if the  Net Asset Value were
distributed  in  a  dissolution  of  the  Partnership  in  accordance  with  its
partnership  agreement (a  "Dissolution") by (b)  the REIT Share  Price and (ii)
cash in lieu of a fractional REIT Share and Additional Consideration (as defined
below), if any, that would be allocated to  one Unit or the GP Interest, as  the
case  may be, if such cash payments were distributed in a Dissolution. All Units
owned by the Purchaser  will be cancelled upon  consummation of the Merger.  Net
Asset  Value  for  purposes of  determining  the Merger  Consideration  for each
Partnership was calculated in the same manner as Net Asset Value for purposes of
determining the Offer Price. See "Summary -- Determination of the Offer Price."
 
    Under the Acquisition Agreement, "REIT Share Price" is equal to the  average
of  the  per share  closing prices  on the  NYSE  of REIT  Shares during  the 20
consecutive trading days ending on the fifth  trading day prior to the date  the
general  partner of  the applicable Partnership  actually calls for  the vote to
approve the Merger. If the REIT Share Price, however, is less than $22.25,  then
for  purposes  of calculating  the number  of REIT  Shares to  be issued  in the
Merger, the REIT Share  Price will be  deemed to equal $22.25,  and if the  REIT
Share  Price is greater than $27.75, then for purposes of calculating the number
of REIT Shares to be issued in the  Merger, the REIT Share Price will be  deemed
to equal $27.75.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    In  the  event  the  REIT  Share  Price  exceeds  $28.50  for  a  particular
Partnership, the Purchaser has the right to terminate the Acquisition  Agreement
as  to that Partnership. In  the event the REIT Share  Price is less than $21.50
for a  particular  Partnership, the  general  partner of  that  Partnership  may
withdraw  its recommendation in favor of the applicable Merger and terminate the
Acquisition Agreement as to that  Partnership; provided, however, that prior  to
withdrawing  its recommendation or  terminating the Acquisition  Agreement as to
that Partnership, the general partner must adjourn the special meeting for  such
period  or  periods of  time as  the  Purchaser may  reasonably request  and the
general partner may not withdraw its  recommendation if the Purchaser agrees  to
pay  "Additional Consideration." "Additional  Consideration" means, with respect
to each Partnership,  that amount of  cash equal to  the difference between  the
REIT  Share Price calculated without regard to the Share Price Range and $21.50,
multiplied by the  number of  REIT Shares  issuable pursuant  to the  applicable
Merger.
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement  provides that  in the  event the  payment of the
Merger Consideration pursuant to the  Acquisition Agreement would result in  the
issuance  by the Purchaser of more than 20% of the REIT Shares the Purchaser may
elect to pay cash in lieu of REIT Shares in excess of such amount. The Purchaser
currently does not expect that the number of REIT Shares issued pursuant to  the
Acquisition Agreement will exceed 20% of the REIT Shares.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    In the Acquisition Agreement, the Purchaser has made various representations
and  warranties to  each Partnership,  including representations  and warranties
relating to (i) the due organization of the Purchaser and its authority to enter
into the  Acquisition  Agreement,  (ii)  the absence  of  the  need  (except  as
specified)  for third-party  or governmental consents  to the  Merger, (iii) the
Merger's nonviolation  of laws  and material  agreements, (iv)  the  Purchaser's
capitalization, (v) the due authorization of the REIT Shares to be issued in the
Merger,   (vi)  the  accuracy  of  publicly  filed  documents,  (vii)  financial
statements, (viii) full disclosure and (ix) the absence of material litigation.
 
    In  addition,  each  Partnership   has  made  various  representations   and
warranties  to  the  Purchaser,  including  (i)  the  due  organization  of  the
Partnership, (ii) its authority to  enter into the Acquisition Agreement,  (iii)
the  absence of the  need (except as specified)  for third-party or governmental
consents to  its Merger  and  its Merger's  nonviolation  of laws  and  material
agreements,  (iv)  the  accuracy  of  publicly  filed  documents,  (v) financial
statements, (vi)  full disclosure,  (vii) the  absence of  defaults of  material
agreements,  (viii) the absence of material litigation, (ix) title to assets and
properties and absence of environmental liabilities, and (x) payment of taxes.
 
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE EFFECTIVE TIME
 
    Each Partnership has agreed that, prior to the Effective Time or the earlier
termination of the Acquisition Agreement, it  will carry on its business in  the
ordinary  course in  substantially the same  manner as  previously conducted and
will use  its  reasonable  efforts  to  preserve  intact  its  present  business
organization  and goodwill,  maintain permits,  licenses and  authorizations and
preserve its relationship with third parties. In addition, each Partnership  has
agreed  to  use its  best efforts  to  manage its  business, including,  but not
limited to, suspending cash distributions to its partners if the General Partner
deems it advisable to do so, so  that the Partnership's Closing Net Asset  Value
(as  defined below) will not be less  than the Partnership's Net Asset Value. To
the extent  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset Value  exceeds its  Net  Asset
Value,  a cash  distribution in the  amount of such  excess will be  made to the
Partnership's  pre-Merger  partners  in  accordance   with  the  terms  of   the
Partnership Agreement as soon as practicable following the Closing.
 
    "Closing  Net Asset Value" means, with  respect to each of the Partnerships,
(i) the  sum of  (a) the  Appraised Value,  (b) the  cost, incurred  to date  of
Closing,  of unit conversions and buildouts, if  any, that were not reflected in
the Appraised Value,  and (c)  the book values  of the  non-real estate  assets,
except  for amortizable assets,  of the Partnership  as of the  date of Closing,
less (ii)  the sum  of (x)  such Partnership's  liabilities as  of the  date  of
Closing,    (y)   the   estimated   cost    remaining   to   be   incurred,   if
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
any, as of the date  of Closing to complete  the buildouts and unit  conversions
that were included in the Appraised Value, and (z) such Partnership's Individual
Transaction Expenses and allocated portion of Shared Transaction Expenses.
 
S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY STATEMENT
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement provides that  the Purchaser and the Partnerships
will  promptly  prepare  and  file  with  the  Commission  a  preliminary  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, together with a form of proxy, with respect to the special
meetings of the limited partners of the Partnerships at which they will be asked
to  vote  upon  and  approve  the  Acquisition  Agreement,  and  as  promptly as
practicable thereafter, subject to compliance  with the rules and regulation  of
the  Commission, will prepare  and file a  definitive Proxy Statement/Prospectus
and form of proxy  with respect to  such meeting, and  shall use all  reasonable
efforts  to have  the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus cleared  by the  Commission as
promptly  as  practicable,  and  promptly   thereafter  shall  mail  the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus to the limited partners. The Purchaser will, as promptly as
practicable,  prepare and file  with the Commission  a Registration Statement on
Form   S-4   (the   "S-4   Registration   Statement")   containing   the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus,  in connection with the  registration under the Securities
Act of the REIT Shares to be issued in the Merger.
 
MEETING OF LIMITED PARTNERS OF THE PARTNERSHIP; RECOMMENDATION OF GENERAL
PARTNERS
 
    Promptly after the consummation of this Offer and the Additional Offers  and
the  declaration  of effectiveness  by the  Commission  of the  S-4 Registration
Statement, each Partnership will take  all action necessary, in accordance  with
the  WULPA and its  partnership agreement, to  convene a special  meeting of its
limited partners to  consider and vote  upon the Acquisition  Agreement and  the
Merger.  The Proxy Statement/Prospectus  will contain the  recommendation of the
general partners of  the Partnerships  that the  Unitholders vote  to adopt  and
approve the Acquisition Agreement. The Purchaser intends to vote any Units owned
by it in favor of the Merger at the special meetings of limited partners.
 
IPSC CONSENT
 
    Pursuant  to the GP  Agreement, the general partners  of the General Partner
may not have  authority to approve  the Merger  without the consent  of IPSC,  a
limited  partner  of  the  General  Partner which  is  not  affiliated  with the
Purchaser. IPSC reviewed the Acquisition Agreement  and the forms of this  Offer
to  Purchase, the registration  statement relating to  the Merger, including the
preliminary Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the draft Appraisal and the forms of the
Stanger Fairness Opinions, and retained independent legal counsel. IPSC did  not
conduct  any due diligence review of the  information contained in this Offer to
Purchase  and  has  not  participated  in  the  management  or  control  of  the
Partnership.  Based on its review of  documents, the General Partner's review of
alternatives  to  the  Transaction  and  the  Stanger  Fairness  Opinions,  IPSC
consented  to  the Merger.  IPSC has  significant conflicts  of interest  in the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions  because an affiliate of IPSC  plans
to  tender its Units in this  Offer and to tender its  units of IDS1 and IDS2 in
the Additional Offers and, as a result,  will receive $18,480 for its tender  of
Units,  $79,156 for its tender  of units of IDS1 and  $136,752 for its tender of
units of IDS2. In addition, if  the Mergers are consummated, IPSC would  receive
(based  upon an assumed REIT Share Price of $25.00) approximately 52,600, 32,050
and 21,500 REIT  Shares with  respect to its  limited partner  interests in  the
General  Partner, the general partner  of IDS1 and the  general partner of IDS2,
respectively. See "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
AMENDMENTS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS
 
    The partnership agreements  of the Partnership  and IDS2 currently  prohibit
the  sale of  any property  by those Partnerships  to their  general partners or
affiliates of their general partners. Approval of the Acquisition Agreement  and
the transactions contemplated thereby by the limited partners of the Partnership
and  IDS2 will  also constitute  approval of  the necessary  amendments to their
respective partnership agreements to permit consummation of the Merger.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
STANDSTILL AGREEMENT
 
    The Purchaser has agreed  that, upon its admission  as a substitute  limited
partner  with respect to the Units it purchases in this Offer and the Additional
Offers, it will not, directly or  indirectly, without the prior written  consent
of  a majority of the general partners  of the general partner of the applicable
Partnership (i) acquire any  additional Units of  the Partnership, (ii)  propose
any  merger or  other business  combination involving  the Partnership  or (iii)
propose any other transaction pursuant to which it would control or acquire  any
of  the assets of the  Partnership. This provision is  referred to herein as the
"Standstill Agreement."
 
NO SOLICITATION OF TRANSACTIONS
 
    Until the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, no Partnership will, nor
will it permit  its partners (including  any general or  limited partner of  its
general   partner),   agents  or   other  representatives   (including,  without
limitation, any investment banker,  attorney or accountant  retained by it)  to,
directly  or indirectly, initiate, solicit or  encourage, or, except as required
by law, including  fiduciary duties required  by law, engage  in discussions  or
negotiations  with or provide any information to any entity or group (other than
the Purchaser  or an  affiliate  of the  Purchaser) concerning  any  acquisition
proposal,  tender  offer,  exchange  offer,  merger,  consolidation,  sale  of a
substantial amount of assets, or sale  of securities or equity interests, or  in
connection with a liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving such
Partnership.  Subject to fiduciary duty  requirements of their general partners,
the Partnerships have  agreed to notify  the Purchaser immediately  if any  such
inquiries  or proposals are received by, any such information is requested from,
or any such negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or  continued
with,  the Partnerships, and have  agreed to keep the  Purchaser informed of the
status and terms of any such proposals and any such negotiations or discussions.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    From and after  the Effective Time,  the Purchaser will  indemnify and  hold
harmless  the general partner of each  of the Participating Partnerships and its
general and limited  partners to the  same extent that  such persons would  have
been  entitled  to  indemnification  by the  Partnership  under  its partnership
agreement.
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE MERGER
 
    The consummation of a Merger as  to any Partnership is not conditioned  upon
the  consummation of a Merger as to any other Partnership. In the event that the
conditions to Closing have been satisfied or  waived with respect to one or  two
Partnerships,  the Merger may be effected with respect to such Partnerships, and
in the event the conditions to Closing subsequently are satisfied or waived with
respect to any additional  Partnerships, the Merger may  be effected as to  such
Partnerships.
 
    CONDITIONS  TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS.  The respective obligations of each
party to effect the Merger are subject to the fulfillment on or before the  date
of Closing of the following conditions: (i) the Acquisition Agreement shall have
been approved by the requisite vote of the limited partners of the Partnerships;
(ii)  no injunctions relating to  the Merger or any  of the parties thereto that
would have a  material adverse effect  on the  Purchaser or on  the business  or
properties  of the Partnership, taken as a  whole or individually, or that would
prevent consummation of the Merger, will have been issued or remain outstanding;
(iii) the S-4 Registration  Statement will have been  declared effective by  the
Commission   under  the  Securities  Act  and   no  stop  order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the S-4 Registration Statement shall have been issued; and (iv)
the REIT Shares will have been authorized for listing on the NYSE upon  official
notice of issuance.
 
    CONDITIONS  TO  THE  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE PURCHASER.    In  addition  to the
foregoing conditions, the obligation of the Purchaser to effect the Merger as to
each Partnership is further subject to fulfillment or waiver before the date  of
Closing  of the following conditions:  (i) receipt of a  fairness opinion by the
Purchaser from Alex. Brown as to the fairness to the Purchaser, from a financial
point of view, of the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration; (ii) receipt  of
a certificate from the General Partner as of the date of Closing certifying that
the  Closing  Net  Asset  Value  of  each  Partnership  is  not  less  than  the
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Net Asset  Value of  the Partnership;  (iii) there  will have  been no  material
adverse  change in the Partnership's ability to consummate the Merger, or in the
Partnership's business, operations, properties,  assets or condition,  financial
or   otherwise,  since  the   date  of  the   Acquisition  Agreement;  (iv)  the
representations and warranties of the Partnerships will be true in all  material
respects  as of the  date of Closing;  (v) all necessary  consents and approvals
from third parties shall have been  obtained; and (vi) the Purchaser shall  have
received an opinion from counsel to the Partnerships.
 
    CONDITIONS  TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE  PARTNERSHIPS.  The obligation of each
of the Partnerships to effect the Merger is subject to the fulfillment or waiver
in writing by the applicable Partnership on or before the date of Closing of the
following conditions: (i)  the Partnership  will have received  an opinion  from
Stanger  as to the fairness  to the limited partners  of the Partnership, from a
financial point of view, of the  Offer Price and the Merger Consideration;  (ii)
there has not been any material adverse change in the Purchaser's ability to pay
the   Merger  Consideration,   or  in  the   Purchaser's  business,  operations,
properties, assets or condition, financial or  otherwise, since the date of  the
Acquisition Agreement; (iii) the representations and warranties of the Purchaser
contained  in the Acquisition Agreement will be true in all material respects as
of the date of  the Acquisition Agreement  and on the  Effective Date; (iv)  the
Purchaser  will have  performed or  complied with  in all  material respects all
obligations, agreements and covenants contained in the Acquisition Agreement  to
be  performed and complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Date; (v) all
necessary consents and approvals  from third parties  shall have been  obtained;
and  (vi) the  Partnership shall  have received an  opinion from  counsel to the
Purchaser.
 
TERMINATION
 
    With  respect  to  any  Partnership,   the  Acquisition  Agreement  may   be
terminated,  and the  Merger may be  abandoned, at  any time before  the date of
Closing, notwithstanding approval of the Merger  by the limited partners of  the
applicable Partnership:
 
        (a)  by the  mutual written  consent of  the Board  of Directors  of the
    Purchaser and the general partner of the Partnership;
 
        (b) by either  the Purchaser or  the Partnership if  the Merger has  not
    been consummated by March 31, 1997;
 
        (c)  by either the Purchaser or the  Partnership if a court of competent
    jurisdiction  or  governmental,  regulatory  or  administrative  agency   or
    commission  shall have issued a nonappealable final order, decree or ruling,
    or taken  any other  action having  the effect  of permanently  restraining,
    enjoining  or otherwise prohibiting the Merger between the Purchaser and the
    Partnership;
 
        (d) by either the Purchaser or the Partnership if the requisite vote  of
    the  limited partners  of the  Partnership shall  have not  been obtained by
    March 31, 1997;
 
        (e) by  the Purchaser  if (i)  the general  partner of  the  Partnership
    withdraws  or changes its approval of  the Acquisition Agreement in a manner
    adverse to the  Purchaser or  has resolved  to do  so; or  (ii) the  general
    partner  of  the  Partnership  recommends to  the  limited  partners certain
    alternative transactions; or (iii) any  person (other than the Purchaser  or
    an  affiliate of the Purchaser) will have  acquired voting rights to, or the
    right to acquire voting rights to, or any group will have been formed  which
    has  voting rights to, or the right to acquire voting rights to, 20% or more
    of the outstanding  Units of  such Partnership; or  (iv) if  the REIT  Share
    Price, without taking into account the application of the Share Price Range,
    exceeds $28.50;
 
        (f)  by the  Purchaser or the  Partnership if (i)  any representation or
    warranty of the Partnership or the Purchaser, respectively, set forth in the
    Acquisition Agreement shall be materially  untrue when made or shall  become
    materially  untrue or (ii) upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on the
    part of the  Partnership or the  Purchaser, respectively, set  forth in  the
    Acquisition  Agreement, such that certain conditions to the Merger would not
    be satisfied  (either  (i) or  (ii)  above being  a  "Terminating  Breach");
    provided, however, that if such Terminating Breach is
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    curable  prior to March 31, 1997 by the Purchaser or the Partnership, as the
    case may be, through the exercise of its reasonable best efforts and for  so
    long  as the Purchaser or the Partnership,  as the case may be, continues to
    exercise such  reasonable  best efforts,  neither  the Partnership  nor  the
    Purchaser, respectively, may terminate the Acquisition Agreement;
 
        (g)  by the Partnership or the Purchaser, if the Partnership enters into
    a definitive agreement accepting an alternative transaction; or
 
        (h) by the  Partnership if  the REIT  Share Price,  without taking  into
    account  the application of the  Share Price Range, is  less than $21.50 and
    the Purchaser has not agreed to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    Substantial expenses have been or will be incurred by the Purchaser and  the
Partnerships  in connection with the  Transaction. Those expenses, excluding the
Individual Transaction  Expenses  (as defined  below),  will be  shared  by  the
Purchaser   and  the  Partnerships  (the  "Shared  Transaction  Expenses").  The
"Individual Transaction  Expenses" include  legal fees  and expenses,  fees  and
expenses  of investment bankers  and other financial advisors,  the costs of the
Partnerships' respective  real estate  portfolio  appraisals and  transfer  fees
payable  by the  Purchaser for  the Units  acquired through  this Offer  and the
Additional Offers.  Individual Transaction  Expenses incurred  by the  Purchaser
will  be paid by the Purchaser and Individual Transaction Expenses incurred by a
Partnership will be paid by the Partnership.  The Purchaser will pay 50% of  the
Shared  Transaction Expenses and 50% of  the Shared Transaction Expenses will be
allocated (the "Allocated Transaction Expenses") among the Partnerships pro rata
based upon their relative Net Asset Value and will be paid by the Partnership to
which the expenses  have been  allocated if  the Transaction  is consummated.  A
Partnership's Allocated Transaction Expenses and Individual Transaction Expenses
will  be deducted from the assets of  the Partnership when computing the Closing
Net Asset Value and an estimate of such expenses was deducted from the assets of
the Partnership in computing the Net Asset Value. Since each Partnership will be
entitled to make  a cash distribution  to its pre-Merger  partners in an  amount
that will reduce the Closing Net Asset Value to an amount equal to the Net Asset
Value,   the  Partnership's   Allocated  Transaction   Expenses  and  Individual
Transaction Expenses will reduce the amount otherwise available for distribution
to the partners in the Partnership.
 
    Except  as  described  below,  in  the  event  the  limited  partners  of  a
Partnership  fail to approve the Merger of the Partnership, the Partnership will
be required to  pay, in addition  to its Individual  Transaction Expenses,  only
that percentage of its Allocated Transaction Expenses equal to the percentage of
the Units voted in favor of the Merger; the balance of the Allocated Transaction
Expenses will be paid by the Purchaser.
 
    The  Partnership and IDS2 will be  obligated under the Acquisition Agreement
to pay  a pro  rata portion  (based upon  the Partnership's  relative Net  Asset
Value)  of the Shared  Transaction Expenses and  Individual Transaction Expenses
otherwise  payable  by  the  Purchaser  if  (i)  the  Partnership  had  provided
information  to or  entered into  discussions with  another party  regarding the
acquisition of the Partnership, and prior to the date of the special meeting the
general partner of the Partnership does not reaffirm its approval of the Merger,
and the Unitholders fail to approve the  Merger by the requisite vote, (ii)  the
Purchaser  terminates the Acquisition  Agreement because the  general partner of
the Partnership withdraws its approval of the Merger, recommends an  alternative
transaction,  or third parties obtain voting rights to 20% or more of the Units,
or (iii)  if the  Partnership enters  into an  alternative transaction  and  the
Partnership  or the Purchaser terminates  the Acquisition Agreement. Because the
provisions of the IDS1 Partnership Agreement preclude IDS1 from reimbursing  the
Purchaser  for expenses if the Merger is not consummated, IDS1 will pay only its
Individual Transaction  Expenses  plus  its  pro  rata  portion  of  the  Shared
Transaction  Expenses if the Merger is not consummated for the reasons described
above.
 
    The parties  estimate  that  they will  incur  approximately  $1,685,000  in
aggregate  Shared  Transaction  Expenses,  of  which 50%  will  be  paid  by the
Purchaser and 18.8%, 12.6% and 18.6% will be paid by
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3, respectively, assuming the Merger is consummated with  each
Partnership.  In addition,  the Purchaser estimates  that it will  incur and pay
approximately $1,410,000 in Individual Transaction  Expenses and IDS1, IDS2  and
IDS3  estimate that they will incur and pay approximately $623,000, $418,000 and
$617,000, respectively, in Individual Transaction  Expenses. See "The Offer"  --
Section 10 ("Fees and Expenses.")
 
EFFECT OF TERMINATION
 
    If  the Acquisition Agreement  is terminated, there will  be no liability or
obligation on  the part  of  any party  thereto  or its  respective  affiliates,
partners, officers, directors or stockholders except (i) with respect to payment
of  fees  and expenses  described  above, (ii)  with  respect to  the Standstill
Agreement and (iii) to the extent that such termination results from the willful
breach of a party thereto of  any of its representations, warranties,  covenants
or agreements made in or pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    Neither  the Acquisition Agreement nor any  provision thereof may be waived,
modified, amended,  discharged or  terminated except  in writing  signed by  the
party  against which  the enforcement  of such  waiver, modification, amendment,
discharge or termination is  sought, and then  only to the  extent set forth  in
such instrument.
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    Units held by limited partners who properly exercise dissenters' rights with
respect  thereto  in  connection  with the  Merger  in  accordance  with Section
25.10.900 et seq. of the WULPA will  not be converted into the right to  receive
the Merger Consideration, but the unitholder will instead be entitled to receive
payment  of the fair value of the Units in accordance with the provisions of the
WULPA unless and until the holder fails to perfect or has effectively  withdrawn
or lost his or her rights to receive fair value under the WULPA.
 
GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING
 
    Concurrent  with  the execution  of the  Acquisition Agreement,  the General
Partner entered into the General Partner Undertaking pursuant to which it agreed
to make  the recommendations  to limited  partners contained  in this  Offer  to
Purchase,  and agreed not to withdraw  such recommendations except in accordance
with the exercise of its fiduciary duties and as otherwise required by law.  The
Purchaser  acknowledged  that the  General Partner  is  entitled to  withdraw or
change its recommendation  in the  event that  the REIT  Share Price  calculated
without  regard to the Share  Price Range is less  than $21.50 and the Purchaser
does not elect to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
TITLE INSURANCE
 
    At the  time the  Partnership  acquired its  properties, it  received  title
insurance  policies.  As the  successor to  the Partnership  in the  Merger, the
Purchaser will be the  beneficiary under the  Partnership's title policies.  The
title  insurance policies  generally provide  coverage up  to the  amount of the
original purchase price  of the properties.  In many cases  this amount is  less
than the current value of the properties.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The Merger will be accounted for as a purchase under GAAP.
 
            EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS
 
EFFECTS OF THE OFFER IF THE MERGER IS NOT CONSUMMATED
 
    CONTROL  OF THE PARTNERSHIP.  After this  Offer, the Purchaser could be in a
position to influence the policies and affairs of the Partnership. See "Fairness
of the Transaction; Position of the General Partner -- Factors Considered by the
General Partner -- Potential Influence of the Purchaser Over the Partnership."
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    TRADING  MARKET.  There is no established trading market for the Units, and,
therefore, a reduction in the  number of Unitholders as  a result of this  Offer
should  not  materially  further  restrict  the  Unitholders'  ability  to  find
purchasers for their Units. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
    PARTNERSHIP STATUS.  The  Purchaser believes that its  purchase of Units  in
this  Offer should  not adversely affect  the Partnership's  classification as a
partnership for  federal income  tax  purposes or  the characterization  of  the
Partnership's  income or  loss as  "passive" income  or loss.  There is  a risk,
however, that this Offer may cause the  Partnership to be treated as a  publicly
traded partnership, thereby causing income and loss allocated to the Unitholders
to  be treated as  "portfolio" income or  loss. See "Certain  Federal Income Tax
Consequences."
 
    PARTNERSHIP BUSINESS.  This Offer  will not materially affect the  operation
of  the properties owned by the  Partnership since such properties will continue
to be managed by the Purchaser.
 
EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION IF THE MERGER IS CONSUMMATED
 
    PARTNERSHIP BUSINESS.  As a result of the Merger, all assets and liabilities
of the Partnership  would be  deemed to  be transferred  to and  assumed by  the
Purchaser. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    UNITHOLDERS PARTICIPATING IN THE MERGER.  Unitholders who participate in the
Merger  will exchange  their Units  for REIT  Shares, which  represent an equity
interest  in   the  Purchaser,   and,  in   certain  circumstances,   Additional
Consideration.  The Merger will be  a taxable event for  Unitholders in which no
special distribution of cash will be made to the Unitholders for the payment  of
tax. The value of the REIT Shares depends, in part, on the Purchaser's continued
qualification  as a REIT.  See "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences." For a
description of the business  of the Purchaser, see  "Background and Purposes  of
the   Transaction  --  The  Purchaser."  Certain  other  information  about  the
Purchaser, including information  concerning the  Purchaser's operating  results
and  financial condition  and descriptions of  the Purchaser's  Common Stock and
Preferred Share Purchase Rights,  has been incorporated  by reference into  this
Offer   to  Purchase  and   is  available  to   Unitholders  upon  request.  See
"Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference."
 
    UNITHOLDERS  EXERCISING  DISSENTERS'  RIGHTS.    Unitholders  who   properly
exercise  dissenters' rights  available under  the WULPA  with respect  to their
Units in connection with the Merger  will not receive the Merger  Consideration,
but  will instead be entitled to receive payment  of the fair value of the Units
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  WULPA.  Unitholders   exercising
dissenters' rights will recognize taxable income or loss equal to the difference
between  the amount  of cash  received by the  Unitholders and  the adjusted tax
basis in their Units. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
                             MARKET PRICES OF UNITS
 
VOLUME OF SALES
 
    The Units are not  listed on any national  securities exchange or quoted  in
the  over the counter market, and there  is no established public trading market
for the  Units. Secondary  sales activity  for the  Units has  been limited  and
sporadic.  The General Partner  monitors transfers of the  Units (i) because the
admission of the transferee as a  substitute Unitholder requires the consent  of
the  General Partner under the Partnership Agreement  and (ii) in order to track
compliance with safe harbor provisions to avoid treatment as a "publicly  traded
partnership"   for  tax  purposes.  While  the  General  Partner  receives  some
information regarding the  prices at  which secondary sale  transactions in  the
Units  have  been effectuated,  it does  not  receive or  maintain comprehensive
information regarding the activities of  all broker/dealers and others known  to
facilitate  secondary  sales  of  the  Units.  It  should  be  noted  that  some
transactions may not be reflected on the records of the Partnership.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    The General Partner estimates, based solely  on the transfer records of  the
Partnership,   that  the  number  of   Units  transferred  in  secondary  market
transactions (i.e.,  excluding  transactions  believed  to  be  between  related
parties, family members or the same beneficial owner) was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NO. OF UNITS   % OF TOTAL UNITS        NO. OF
PERIOD                                              TRANSFERRED      OUTSTANDING       TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>                <C>
1992.............................................       --                  --%             --
1993.............................................           84            .070%                  4
1994.............................................          372            .312                  10
1995.............................................          555            .466                  16
Three months ended March 31, 1996................           54            .045                   3
</TABLE>
 
SECONDARY MARKET INFORMATION
 
    Set  forth  in the  following table  is  certain information  regarding sale
transactions in Units of  the Partnership, which was  obtained by the  Purchaser
and the Partnership from Stanger. Stanger summarizes secondary market prices for
the  Units based on  actual transactions during the  reporting periods listed on
the table below. The transactions reflected in the table represent only some  of
the sale transactions in the Units. The following secondary market firms provide
price  data  to  Stanger:  2nd  Market  Capital  Services;  American Partnership
Services;  Bigelow  Management,  Inc.;  Chicago  Partnership  Board;  Cuyler   &
Associates;  DCC  Securities  Corp.; Empire  Securities;  EquityLine Properties;
Equity  Resources   Group;  Fox   &  Henry,   Inc.;  Frain   Asset   Management;
MacKenzie-Patterson   Securities;  Murillo  &  Company;  Nationwide  Partnership
Marketplace;  New  York   Partnership  Exchange;   Pacific  Partnership   Group;
Partnership Service Network; Raymond James & Associates; Secondary Income Funds;
Securities  Planners,  Inc.;  SunPoint  Securities,  Inc.;  and  The Partnership
Marketing Company.
 
    The information from Stanger set forth below is also reported in The Stanger
Report, a  monthly  trade  publication. The  following  legend  accompanies  the
secondary   market  information   included  in  The   Stanger  Report:  "Limited
partnerships are designed as  illiquid, long-term investments.  Secondary-market
prices generally do not reflect the current value of partnership assets, nor are
they  indicative of total return since prior cash distributions and tax benefits
received by the original  investor are not reflected  in the price.  Transaction
prices are not verified by Robert A. Stanger & Company."
 
    Because  no assurances can be  given that the prices  reflected in the table
below represent the  true value  of the Units,  such information  should not  be
relied upon as indicative of the ability of the
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Unitholders  to sell  their Units  in secondary sale  transactions or  as to the
prices at which  such Units may  be sold. Therefore,  the information  presented
should  not necessarily be relied upon by a Unitholder in determining whether to
tender Units.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  TRANSACTION PRICE(1)
                                                                                  --------------------   NUMBER OF
REPORTING PERIOD                                                                     LOW       HIGH        UNITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
1992
  Quarter 1 (2).................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 2 (2).................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 3 (2).................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  131.00  $  131.00          20
1993
  Quarter 1 (2).................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  129.00  $  167.00          53
  Quarter 3 (2).................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  120.00  $  157.90         284
1994
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  166.00  $  166.00          60
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  182.00  $  182.00          60
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  166.25  $  175.00          80
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  160.00  $  194.25         140
1995
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  171.86  $  174.44          34
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  175.00  $  175.00          20
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  165.00  $  177.00         253
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  175.00  $  187.50          54
1996
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  165.00  $  200.00         294
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The Transaction Price is given on a per Unit basis. The General Partner does
    not  know  whether  the  transaction  prices  shown  are  before  or   after
    commissions.  However, the  secondary-market firms  providing information to
    Stanger are instructed that, if they act as "principals," the reported price
    per Unit  should include  any mark-ups  and  if they  act as  "agents,"  the
    reported price per Unit should include any commissions, unless the firm acts
    as  a  retail  broker.  The  firms are  further  instructed  not  to include
    commissions paid by retail buyers or sellers to their retail brokers.
 
(2) No trade was reported to Stanger during this quarter.
 
                          INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS
 
    In considering the recommendation of the General Partner with respect to the
Transaction, Unitholders should be  aware that certain  partners of the  General
Partner  have  interests referred  to herein  that present  them with  actual or
potential conflicts of interest in connection with the Transaction.
 
OVERLAPS BETWEEN AFFILIATES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF
THE PURCHASER
 
    Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman of  the Board, President and Chief  Executive
Officer  of  the Purchaser,  is  an individual  general  partner of  the General
Partner and the sole shareholder and director of Shurgard General Partner,  Inc.
("SGPI"),  the corporate general partner of the  General Partner. As such, he is
able to control decisions made by  the general partners of the General  Partner.
In  addition, several executive  officers of the Purchaser  serve as officers of
SGPI. Specifically,  Harrell L.  Beck, Senior  Vice President,  Chief  Financial
Officer and Treasurer of the Purchaser, serves as
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Treasurer  of SGPI; Kristin H. Stred, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Purchaser, serves as Secretary of SGPI; and Michael Rowe, Chief
Operating Officer of the Purchaser, serves as Vice President of SGPI.
 
OWNERSHIP OF UNITS BY THE PARTNERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    The  Purchaser,  which  is  a  limited  partner  of  the  General   Partner,
beneficially  owns  1,602.5 of  the outstanding  Units (approximately  1.3%). An
affiliate of IPSC, also a limited  partner of the General Partner,  beneficially
owns 60 of the outstanding Units (less than 1%), 308 units of IDS1 and 616 units
of  IDS2. Due  to the IPSC  affiliate's internal policy  regarding investment in
equity securities, the IPSC affiliate intends to tender its Units in this  Offer
and  to tender  its units of  IDS1 and IDS2  in the Additional  Offers. The IPSC
affiliate will receive $18,480 for its  tender of Units, $79,156 for its  tender
of units of IDS1 and $136,752 for its tender of units of IDS2. The Purchaser and
the IPSC affiliate participate in Partnership distributions on the same terms as
other  Unitholders in respect  of Units owned  by them. No  other partner of the
General Partner beneficially owns any Units.
 
GENERAL PARTNER'S INTEREST
 
    Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner is entitled to  a
percentage  of the  Partnership's cash  distributions based  upon the  amount of
distributions made to the Unitholders.  Initially, the General Partner  receives
5%  of all  Partnership distributions  until such  time as  the Unitholders have
received a  cumulative  amount  of  Partnership  distributions  equal  to  their
collective  capital contributions plus  a cumulative noncompounded  return of 9%
per annum on their adjusted capital contributions (such cumulative amount  being
referred  to  as  the  "Unitholders'  Preference").  Once  the  Unitholders have
received distributions  equal  to  their Unitholders'  Preference,  the  General
Partner  receives 20% of all further cash  distributions. As of the date of this
Offer, the Unitholders have not received Partnership cash distributions equal to
the Unitholders' Preference. Accordingly, the  General Partner has been  limited
to  receiving 5% of  Partnership cash distributions resulting  in the receipt of
such distributions by the General Partner of $96,077, $111,764 and $117,648  for
the years
ended  December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $29,412 for the three
months ended March 31,  1996. The Purchaser (or  its predecessor) and IPSC  each
received  40% of these amounts. Messrs. Barbo  and Buerk each received 9.9%, and
SGPI received .2%, of these amounts in accordance with the GP Agreement.
 
    The General Partner's percentage interest  in the Merger Consideration  will
be  based upon the above distribution principles.  As of the date of this Offer,
95% of Net Asset Value (the percentage of Net Asset Value initially allocable to
the Unitholders) is  expected to  exceed an  amount equal  to the  Partnership's
undistributed  Unitholders'  Preference.  Accordingly, the  Unitholders  will be
treated as receiving their Unitholders' Preference and the General Partner  will
be  entitled  to  share  in  20%  of some  part,  but  not  all,  of  the Merger
Consideration. See Schedule X ("Calculation of Net Asset Value") for  additional
information  regarding  the portion  of  the Net  Asset  Value allocated  to the
General Partner and upon  which the Merger Consideration  to be received by  the
General Partner will be based.
 
IPSC'S INTEREST
 
    An   affiliate  of  IPSC  owns  Units  in  the  Partnership  and  the  Other
Partnerships as  indicated in  "-- Ownership  of Units  by the  Partners of  the
General  Partner" above. For its limited partner interest in the General Partner
and in the general partners  of IDS1 and IDS2,  if the Mergers are  consummated,
IPSC  would  receive  (based  upon  an  assumed  REIT  Share  Price  of  $25.00)
approximately 52,600, 32,050, and 21,500 REIT Shares, respectively.
 
PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
    The Partnership's  properties are  managed by  the Purchaser  pursuant to  a
Management Services Agreement under which the Purchaser, as compensation for its
management  services, receives  a monthly  fee of  6% of  gross revenues  of the
Partnership's  self  storage  properties  and  5%  of  gross  revenues  of   the
Partnership's  office  building, plus  $75 per  month  per facility  (except the
Partnership's office building) for rendering advertising services. For the years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, the Purchaser (or the predecessor  under
the Management Services Agreement) received
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
$256,850, $407,784 and $447,716, respectively, and $111,693 for the three months
ended  March  31,  1996,  from  the  Partnership  in  payment  of  such property
management and advertising  fees. In  addition, the Purchaser  is reimbursed  at
cost by the Partnership for certain expenses it incurs as property manager.
 
PURCHASE OF PROPERTY FROM DIRECTOR
 
    Greenlaw  Grupe was elected as  a director of the  Purchaser in May 1996. In
1993 and 1994,  the Partnership purchased  six self storage  facilities and  one
office building from Greenlaw Grupe or entities in which he owned an interest. A
portion  of the purchase price  for the properties was  paid at closing, and the
balance was paid over time based  upon the properties' performance from  closing
through 1996. The Partnership made total purchase price payments of $10,690,000,
$6,507,000, $862,000 and $1,641,000 in 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
PAYMENTS FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
 
    In  connection with  the Consolidation, the  Purchaser paid  an affiliate of
IPSC a quarterly fee  of $12,000 for  each quarter commencing  July 1, 1994  and
ending  June 30,  1996 for  expenses in  connection with  certain administrative
services. In addition, the Purchaser will  reimburse the IPSC affiliate for  its
expenses   incurred  for  similar  services  provided  in  connection  with  the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions.  The IPSC affiliate estimates  that
such expenses will not exceed $50,000.
 
OWNERSHIP OF PURCHASER COMMON STOCK BY AFFILIATES OF GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Charles  K. Barbo and Arthur W. Buerk, each an individual general partner of
the General Partner,  are stockholders of  the Purchaser. As  of March 1,  1996,
Messrs.   Barbo  and   Buerk  beneficially   owned  approximately   3%  and  2%,
respectively, of the Purchaser's outstanding Common Stock.
 
CONTINGENT SHARE AGREEMENT
 
    Pursuant to  the Contingent  Share Agreement,  Charles K.  Barbo, Arthur  W.
Buerk  and certain executive officers of  the Purchaser will receive REIT Shares
if any of the Mergers are consummated.  Assuming the REIT Share Price is  $25.00
and  that the Merger and the Additional  Mergers are consummated, Mr. Barbo, Mr.
Buerk and the executive officers  will receive approximately 19,025, 11,575  and
4,450 REIT Shares, respectively, as a result of such Contingent Share Agreement.
 
                           SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
    The  Purchaser  estimates  that the  funds  required to  purchase  all Units
validly tendered pursuant to this Offer up to the maximum number of Units it may
acquire pursuant to this Offer will be approximately $16.0 million and that  the
funds required to purchase all validly tendered limited partnership units in the
Other  Partnerships up  to the  maximum number  of units  it may  acquire in the
Additional Offers  will  be  approximately $27.6  million.  The  Purchaser  also
estimates  that the other costs  and expenses allocable to  the Purchaser of the
Transaction and  the  Additional Transactions  and  will be  approximately  $2.3
million.  The Purchaser expects to obtain  approximately $46 million required to
finance the Transaction and  the Additional Transactions  from the borrowing  of
funds  pursuant  to two  revolving credit  facilities (the  "Credit Facilities")
under which it  is authorized to  borrow up to  $100 million, on  the terms  and
conditions provided in (i) the Loan Agreement among the Purchaser, Seattle-First
National  Bank, Key Bank of  Washington and West One  Bank dated August 19, 1994
(the "First Loan  Agreement") and (ii)  the Revolving Loan  Agreement among  the
Purchaser,  SSC Acquisitions  Inc. and  Nomura Asset  Capital Corp.  dated as of
December 23, 1994  (the "Second Loan  Agreement," and, together  with the  First
Loan  Agreement,  the  "Loan  Agreements").  Neither  the  Transaction  nor  the
Additional Transactions are subject to any financing contingency and neither the
Purchaser  nor  any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of  the  Purchaser  must  secure
additional  financing  in  connection  with the  Transaction  or  the Additional
Transactions.
 
    The First  Loan Agreement  provides  for financing  of  up to  $50  million,
secured  by certain real estate assets, bearing  interest at a rate per annum of
either the lender's prime or LIBOR plus  175 basis points and matures on  August
18,  1996. The Purchaser  is currently engaged in  negotiations to refinance its
obligations under the First Loan  Agreement. The Second Loan Agreement  provides
for  financing of  $50 million, secured  by certain real  estate assets, bearing
interest at a rate per annum of
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
either LIBOR plus 175 basis points or the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. minus  50
basis  points, requires a draw  fee of 25 basis points  of the amount drawn, and
matures on December  30, 1996.  The amount available  under each  of the  Credit
Facilities  is a function of the  quarterly income performance of the properties
securing the respective Credit Facility and the quarterly debt service  payments
for such Credit Facility.
 
    Copies  of the Loan  Agreements have been  filed with the  Commission by the
Purchaser as  exhibits  to  the  Schedule 13E-3  and  the  Schedule  14D-1.  The
foregoing  summary  of the  Credit Facilities  is qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to the Loan Agreements.
 
                         ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN OR LOSS
 
    To assist a Unitholder in estimating the federal income tax consequences  of
this  Offer and the Merger with respect solely to the Partnership, the following
table, prepared by the  General Partner, sets forth  the estimated gain or  loss
that may be recognized by a Unitholder either participating in this Offer or the
Merger. These estimates assume that the fair market value of the REIT Shares and
amount  of cash paid as  Additional Consideration or in  lieu of fractional REIT
Shares in the Merger will equal the amount of cash paid per Unit in this  Offer.
The  Merger  Consideration  and  the  Offer  Price  may  not  be  the  same and,
accordingly, the resulting taxable  gain or loss for  these transactions may  be
different. In addition to the effect that the value of the REIT Shares will have
on  the amount of gain or loss, other factors will also affect the actual amount
and timing of gain or loss recognized by each Unitholder, including the adjusted
tax basis of the Partnership's  assets as of the date  of Closing of the  Merger
and  the adjusted tax basis of the  Unitholder's Units when they are sold. These
estimates assume that the Unitholder acquired  his or her Units in the  original
offering  and not through the secondary market. In connection with this Offer, a
purchaser of Units on the secondary market will recognize a different amount  of
gain  or loss depending upon the difference between his or her adjusted basis in
the Units  and  the amount  estimated  below.  In connection  with  the  Merger,
however,  a purchaser of Units on  the secondary market may recognize additional
gain to the extent that the fair market  value of the REIT Shares and amount  of
cash  received as Additional Consideration or  in lieu of fractional REIT Shares
exceeds such Unitholder's adjusted  tax basis in his  or her Units (adjusted  to
reflect his or her allocable share of Partnership gain or loss recognized in the
Merger).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 CONSIDERATION       TAX BASIS PER      ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN
  PER UNIT (1)          UNIT (2)             PER UNIT (3)
- ----------------  --------------------  ----------------------
<S>               <C>                   <C>
       $308                $236                    $72
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) With respect to this Offer, the "Consideration Per Unit" is equal to the net
    cash  price per Unit paid by the  Purchaser. With respect to the Merger, the
    "Consideration Per Unit"  is computed by  dividing that portion  of the  Net
    Asset  Value allocable to the Unitholders by the number of outstanding Units
    in the Partnership and assumes that the REIT Share Price is within the Share
    Price Range.
 
(2) "Tax Basis Per Unit" is computed  by dividing the adjusted tax basis of  the
    Partnership's assets net of the Partnership's liabilities as of December 31,
    1995 that is allocable to the Unitholders by the number of outstanding Units
    in  the Partnership. The  adjusted tax basis  per Unit will  differ from the
    above amounts depending upon the timing of this Offer and the Merger.
 
(3) "Estimated Taxable Gain Per Unit"  is computed by subtracting the tax  basis
    per Unit from the Offer Price or the Merger Consideration per Unit.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The  following summary is a general discussion of certain federal income tax
consequences to  Unitholders  as a  result  of the  sale  of the  Units  to  the
Purchaser pursuant to this Offer, as well as a summary of certain federal income
tax  consequences  associated with  the Merger.  The summary  is based  upon the
Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"), Treasury  Regulations
thereunder,  rulings and the pronouncements, and decisions now in effect, all of
which are subject to change.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    The following discussion is  limited to the material  income tax aspects  of
this  Offer or the Merger  for a holder of Units  who (except as mentioned under
"--Information Return and  Filing Requirements  Relating to  Withholding") is  a
citizen  or resident of the United States and  who holds the Units as a "capital
asset" (generally, property held for the investment) within the meaning of  Code
Section  1221.  The  summary does  not  discuss  all aspects  of  federal income
taxation that may be relevant  to a person disposing of  Units in this Offer  or
participating  in  the  Merger in  light  of such  person's  personal investment
circumstances or to certain types of persons subject to special treatment  under
the  federal income  tax laws  (for example,  trusts, life  insurance companies,
financial institutions, S  corporations, foreign  corporations or  partnerships,
and,  except to the limited extent described below, tax-exempt organizations and
persons who are  not citizens of  the United  States) and does  not discuss  any
aspects of state, local or foreign tax laws.
 
RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    A  Unitholder selling his or her Units  pursuant to the Offer will recognize
taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized by  the
Unitholder  from  such sale  and the  Unitholder's adjusted  tax basis  for such
Units. The amount realized by a Unitholder on a sale of his or her Units  equals
the  amount of cash  received in this  Offer plus the  Unitholder's share of the
Partnership's liabilities  as  determined  pursuant to  Code  Section  752.  The
Unitholder's  adjusted  tax basis  of  his or  her  Units used  for  purposes of
calculating such  gain or  loss will  be adjusted  to reflect  the  Unitholder's
allocable  share of  Partnership taxable  income or  loss for  the fiscal period
ending on the  effective date  of the purchase  as provided  in the  Partnership
Agreement.  Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement,  assignments of Units will be
recognized and  effective on  and as  of the  first day  of the  first  calendar
quarter  following the closing date of this Offer. Prior to this effective date,
pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the tendering Unitholder will continue to
be allocated his or her share of Partnership taxable income and loss, including,
without limitation, any gain or loss realized by the Partnership attributable to
the Merger if the Merger closes prior  to the effective date of the transfer  of
Units pursuant to this Offer. Any income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to a
tendering  Unitholder for periods after the closing date will, however, increase
the Unitholder's  adjusted  tax basis  in  his  or her  tendered  Units  thereby
offsetting  and  reducing the  gain  or increasing  the  loss recognized  by the
Unitholder  tendering  his  or  her  Units  pursuant  to  this  Offer.  If   the
Unitholder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in  his  or  her  Units  is  less  than such
Unitholder's allocable share of Partnership liabilities (e.g., as a result of  a
Unitholder  being allocated Partnership net losses (in excess of Partnership net
income) and receiving Partnership distributions in  excess of the cost basis  of
his or her Units), the Unitholder's gain would exceed the cash proceeds realized
upon  the sale of  Units. Assuming that  the Partnership assets  are held by the
Partnership for trade or business purposes and not for sale to customers in  the
ordinary  course of a trade  or business, a tax-exempt  Unitholder that does not
hold an  interest in  the Partnership  either  as a  dealer under  Code  Section
512(b)(5)(B)  or as "debt-financed property" within  the meaning of Code Section
514, and is  not an  organization described  in Code  Section 501(c)(7)  (social
clubs),  501(c)(9)  (voluntary  employee  beneficiary  associations), 501(c)(17)
(supplemental unemployment benefit trusts) or 501(c)(20) (qualified group  legal
services  plans)  should  not  recognize unrelated  business  taxable  income in
tendering its  Units. The  four classes  of exempt  organizations noted  in  the
previous  sentence may recognize a material amount  of gain or loss by tendering
their Units.
 
CHARACTERIZATION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    Generally, gain or loss  recognized by a  Unitholder on the  sale of a  Unit
held  for more than 12 months will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss.
However, a Unitholder will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount  equal
to  the  difference  between (i)  the  portion  of the  amount  realized  by the
Unitholder that  is  attributable to  his  or  her share  of  the  Partnership's
"unrealized   receivables"  and  "substantially   appreciated  inventory  items"
(including depreciation recapture), as  such terms are  defined in Code  Section
751, and (ii) the portion of the Unitholder's tax basis in his or her Units that
is attributable to such Section 751 property of the Partnership. The Partnership
believes   that  an  insignificant  portion  of   its  property  is  subject  to
depreciation recapture and  that substantially all  of the gain  or loss on  the
sale  of the Units should be treated as capital gain or loss, although there can
be no assurance  that other  assets of the  Partnership will  not be  considered
Section 751 property.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
TAX BASIS IN UNITS
 
    The  Internal Revenue Service (the  "IRS") has ruled that  a partner has one
tax basis for his or  her entire interest in a  partnership even if the  partner
bought partnership interests in different transactions. Upon a sale of a portion
of  such aggregate interest  (e.g., in a  partial tender of  Units caused by the
tender of more Units  than offered to  be purchased pursuant  to this Offer),  a
Unitholder  would be required to allocate his or her aggregate tax basis between
the Units sold and  the Units retained by  some equitable apportionment  method,
such as the relative fair market value of such Units on the date of sale.
 
TAXATION OF CAPITAL GAINS/CAPITAL LOSSES AND ORDINARY INCOME
 
    As  described above, any  gain or loss  recognized on the  sale of the Units
should be characterized as  capital gain or  loss (except to  the extent of  any
gain  or  loss  associated with  Section  751 property).  The  maximum long-term
capital gains tax rate for  individual Unitholders (or individuals owning  their
Units  through pass-through entities such as partnerships, limited partnerships,
or limited liability companies)  is currently 28%.  The maximum ordinary  income
tax   rate  for  such  individual  Unitholders,  however,  is  39.6%.  Corporate
Unitholders do not currently  have a capital  gain preferred rate.  Accordingly,
the  maximum corporate rate  for both capital  gains and ordinary  income tax is
35%. Legislative changes  to the  tax rates  for both  individual and  corporate
taxpayers  have recently  been proposed  to Congress  and there  is currently no
certainty with respect  to the  tax rates  that may  be applied  to this  Offer.
Unitholders  are encouraged to consult their  tax advisers to discuss the status
of any proposed tax legislation and the effect that such legislation may have on
this Offer.
 
    Capital losses generally are deductible only to the extent of capital  gains
plus,  in the case of noncorporate Unitholders,  up to $3,000 of ordinary income
($1,500 in the case of married  individuals filing separate returns). Losses  in
excess  of  these amounts  may be  carried  forward by  noncorporate Unitholders
indefinitely. In  general,  corporate  Unitholders  may  carry  back  unutilized
capital losses for three years and carry over such losses for five years.
 
EFFECT OF PASSIVE LOSS RULES
 
    Upon  the sale by a Unitholder  of all of his or  her Units pursuant to this
Offer, any net losses of the  Partnership that were suspended under the  passive
loss  rules of the Code may be used to offset income and gain on such sale. If a
Unitholder's suspended passive losses exceed the gain on the sale of Units, such
loss may be applied against  any passive income or  gain of the Partnership  for
the  current  year  and thereafter  may  be  applied against  any  other passive
activity income of  such Unitholder  in the  current year.  Finally, any  excess
suspended  losses from prior years  will be available to  offset income and gain
from any other sources. If the Unitholder does not sell all of his or her  Units
in  this Offer, however, suspended passive losses remain suspended to the extent
such losses exceed the gain recognized  on the partial tender and any  allocable
income from the Partnership for the year of tender.
 
PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP CHARACTERIZATION
 
    A  partnership will be characterized as a publicly traded partnership if its
interests are  readily  tradable  on  a  secondary  market  or  the  substantial
equivalent  thereof.  If a  partnership is  characterized  as a  publicly traded
partnership, it  will be  taxed as  a corporation  unless at  least 90%  of  the
partnership's  gross income is  attributable to passive  sources, including real
estate rentals. If a publicly  traded partnership satisfies this passive  income
requirement,  however, allocations of partnership income and loss would be taxed
as "portfolio" income or loss for passive income and loss purposes. A  secondary
market  is generally indicated  by the existence  of a person  standing ready to
make a  market  in the  partnership  interest.  A substantial  equivalent  of  a
secondary  market exists if there is not an identifiable market maker but either
(a) the  holder of  an interest  has a  readily available,  regular and  ongoing
opportunity  to  sell  or exchange  such  interests  through a  public  means of
obtaining or providing information of offers to buy, sell or exchange  interests
or  (b)  buyers  and sellers  have  the  opportunity to  buy,  sell  or exchange
interests in a timeframe and with a regularity and continuity that the existence
of a market  maker would provide.  When determining whether  a secondary  market
exists, however, the
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
IRS provides safe harbors that permit partnerships to disregard certain private,
incidental  or occasional transfers. Although failing to meet a safe harbor does
not presume the existence  of a secondary market,  if a partnership satisfies  a
safe  harbor it will not be considered to  be publicly traded. As of the date of
this Offer, there is no established or regular trading market for the Units, nor
is there a reliable  standard for determining the  value of the Units.  Although
several  secondary market firms  maintain price data with  respect to the Units,
prior trading of Units has been monitored and limited by the General Partner  to
comply  with the  IRS safe harbors.  See "Market Prices  of Units." Furthermore,
although this Offer does not come within one of these specified safe harbors, it
does not, in and  of itself, create an  ongoing secondary market or  substantial
equivalent  thereof on which Units may  be traded. The General Partner therefore
believes that the Units have not been and are not being readily traded, pursuant
to this Offer or  otherwise, on a secondary  market or a substantial  equivalent
thereof.  Accordingly, the Partnership should not be characterized as a publicly
traded partnership. Because the determination of whether this Offer  constitutes
the creation of a secondary market or its substantial equivalent is based upon a
variety of factors, there can be no certainty with respect to this issue. If the
Partnership were characterized as a publicly traded partnership, the Partnership
will  continue to be taxed  as a partnership because more  than 90% of its gross
income is attributable to real estate rentals. Nonetheless, if so characterized,
allocations of Partnership  income or loss  to Unitholders would  be treated  as
"portfolio"  income or loss for passive  income or loss purposes. Accordingly, a
Unitholder would be  unable to shelter  his or her  share of Partnership  income
with  losses  from  other  passive activities  and  such  Unitholder's  share of
Partnership losses  could not  be  used to  shelter  passive income  from  other
passive activities.
 
INFORMATION RETURN AND FILING REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO WITHHOLDING
 
    No  reporting  requirements apply  with respect  to  a sale  of Units  by an
individual who is a  U.S. citizen and  who effects such  sale through a  broker,
dealer,  commercial bank, trust company or other nominee. A Unitholder who sells
Units pursuant to  this Offer other  than through a  broker, dealer,  commercial
bank,  trust company or other nominee or who  is not a U.S. citizen is, however,
required to notify the  Partnership in writing of  such sale. Completion of  the
Letter  of Transmittal  will constitute such  notice for  Unitholders who tender
their Units in this Offer.  In turn, the Partnership  is required to notify  the
IRS of such sale and to furnish the transferor with certain information.
 
    The tender of Units pursuant to this Offer constitutes a sale of a U.S. real
property  interest under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980
("FIRPTA"). Under FIRPTA,  any foreign Unitholder  selling his or  her Units  in
this Offer will be subject to U.S. taxation at regular U.S. rates on the gain on
the  sale of such Units. A foreign Unitholder  should consult his or her own tax
advisors as  to the  treatment  of this  Offer and  the  Merger under  the  laws
applicable  to him or her. Furthermore, the  Purchaser is required to deduct and
withhold 10%  from the  amount paid  to any  tendering Unitholder  who fails  to
provide  a nonforeign  affidavit to the  Purchaser. The amount  withheld will be
advanced to the IRS and may be applied against the income tax otherwise owed  by
the foreign Unitholder on the sale of his or her Units.
 
NO CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
    Under  Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), the Partnership will be considered to have
been terminated if within a 12-month period  there is a sale or exchange of  50%
or  more of the total interest in  Partnership capital and profits. Because this
Offer is  limited  to  less than  45%  of  the Units  of  the  Partnership,  the
Partnership  believes  that any  sales  of Units  pursuant  to this  Offer, when
combined with other  sales and  exchanges of Units  during the  past 12  months,
should not result in the termination of the Partnership.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER
 
    If a Unitholder does not tender his or her Units pursuant to this Offer, the
Unitholder  will  need  to consider  the  tax  consequences of  the  Merger when
deciding whether to approve the Merger. Accordingly, the tax consequences of the
Merger should  be considered  by  Unitholders prior  to determining  whether  to
tender their Units. The Merger involves numerous federal income tax consequences
to the
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
Unitholders.  Although  a  complete  analysis of  the  federal  tax consequences
associated with the Merger is  beyond the scope of  this Offer to Purchase,  set
forth  below is a summary  of the material tax  consequences associated with the
Merger.
 
    MERGER AS A TAXABLE EVENT.  All Unitholders participating in the Merger  who
are subject to income tax will be involved in a taxable transaction resulting in
the   recognition  of  either  taxable  income  or  loss  and  no  special  cash
distribution will be made for the payment of any tax. Solely for federal  income
tax  purposes, the Merger will be treated  as if the Partnership transferred its
assets to the Purchaser in exchange for the Merger Consideration and immediately
thereafter distributed the  Merger Consideration among  the General Partner  and
Unitholders  in  liquidation of  the Partnership.  Accordingly, the  Merger will
result in  the recognition  of gain  or loss  to the  Partnership based  on  the
difference  between (i) the sum of the fair  market value of REIT Shares and the
amount of any cash paid by the Purchaser as Additional Consideration or in  lieu
of  fractional  REIT Shares  and the  amount of  liabilities of  the Partnership
assumed or pertaining  to properties  deemed acquired  by the  Purchaser in  the
Merger  and (ii)  the Partnership's adjusted  tax basis in  its assets exchanged
therefor. Each Unitholder (except certain tax-exempt Unitholders) generally will
recognize his or her allocable share of such gain or loss in accordance with the
terms of the Partnership  Agreement. Any gain or  loss realized from the  Merger
generally  will be treated as arising from the sale of assets used in a trade or
business and will be characterized as capital gain or loss or ordinary income or
loss depending  on  the  amount  of  the  Unitholder's  other  gains  or  losses
attributable  to any sales of  assets used in a  trade or business. Furthermore,
such Unitholder  will recognize  gain on  the deemed  distribution of  the  REIT
Shares  or cash to the Unitholder to the extent of the excess of the fair market
value of the REIT Shares  and the amount of cash  received by the Unitholder  in
the  Merger over such  Unitholder's adjusted tax  basis in his  or her Units (as
adjusted after taking into account such Unitholder's allocable share of gain  or
loss  recognized by the Partnership  in the Merger). Any  gain recognized on the
deemed distribution of the REIT Shares or cash will be treated substantially  as
capital  gain. Gain or loss  recognized by the Unitholders  should be treated as
passive income  or  loss. It  is  uncertain, however,  whether  the  Unitholders
receiving  REIT  Shares  will be  treated  as  having disposed  of  their entire
interest in the Partnership's  activity for purposes  of "freeing up"  suspended
passive  losses from such activity, and,  thus, Unitholders may not be permitted
to deduct suspended Partnership losses in connection with the Merger.
 
    QUALIFICATION OF  PURCHASER AS  A REIT.   Unitholders  participating in  the
Merger will own REIT Shares. The Purchaser has made an election to be taxed as a
REIT under Code Sections 856 through 860, commencing with its taxable year ended
December 31, 1994. The Purchaser believes that, commencing with its taxable year
ended December 31, 1994, it has been organized and has operated in such a manner
as  to qualify for taxation  as a REIT under the  Code. The Purchaser intends to
continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurance can be given that it will
operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified.
 
    Qualification as a  REIT involves  the application of  highly technical  and
complex   Code  provisions  for  which  there   are  only  limited  judicial  or
administrative interpretations. The determination of various factual matters and
circumstances not entirely within the Purchaser's control may affect its ability
to qualify as  a REIT. If  the Purchaser qualifies  for taxation as  a REIT,  it
generally  will not  be subject  to federal  corporate income  taxes on  its net
income  that   is  currently   distributed  to   stockholders.  This   treatment
substantially eliminates the "double taxation" (at the corporate and stockholder
levels)   of  income  that  generally  results  from  investment  in  a  regular
corporation. The Purchaser, however, will  be subject to various federal  income
and  excise  taxes  generally  designed  to  enforce  compliance  with  the REIT
qualification tests. For any taxable year that the Purchaser fails to qualify as
a REIT, it will be taxed as a corporation. Consequently, because it would not be
entitled to a deduction  for dividends paid to  its stockholders in  calculating
its   taxable  income,  assets  of  the   Purchaser  and  distributions  to  the
stockholders would be substantially reduced or perhaps eliminated to the  extent
necessary to pay any resulting tax liability of the Purchaser.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    TAX  TREATMENT OF REIT DISTRIBUTIONS.  As long as the Purchaser qualifies as
a REIT,  distributions  made to  the  Purchaser's taxable  stockholders  out  of
current  or accumulated earnings and profits (and not designated as capital gain
dividends) will be taken into account by them as ordinary income and will not be
eligible for the  dividends received deduction  for corporations.  Distributions
that are designated as capital gain dividends will be taxed as long-term capital
gain  (to the extent they do not  exceed the Purchaser's actual net capital gain
for the taxable year) without regard to the period for which the stockholder has
held its shares. However, corporate stockholders may be required to treat up  to
20%  of  certain capital  gain dividends  as  ordinary income.  Distributions in
excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to  a
stockholder  to the  extent that they  do not  exceed the adjusted  basis of the
stockholder's shares, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such  shares.
To   the  extent  that  such  distributions  exceed  the  adjusted  basis  of  a
stockholder's shares they will be included  in income as long-term capital  gain
(or  short-term capital gain if the shares have  been held for one year or less)
assuming the shares are a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder.  Unlike
partnerships,  taxable losses  generated by  a REIT do  not pass  through to its
stockholders.
 
    CHARACTERIZATION OF REIT DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions paid to  stockholders
will  constitute  portfolio  income (i.e.,  income  from dividends  that  is not
derived in the  ordinary course of  a trade  or business) for  purposes of  Code
Section  469 and  not passive  activity income. The  IRS has  ruled that amounts
distributed as  dividends  by  a  qualified REIT  do  not  constitute  unrelated
business taxable income ("UBTI") when received by a tax-exempt entity.
 
    DISPOSITION OF REIT SHARES.  Gain or loss recognized by a stockholder who is
not  a dealer in securities on  the sale of shares that  have been held for more
than one  year will  generally be  taxable as  long-term capital  gain or  loss.
Furthermore, if a stockholder sells shares that were held for six months or less
(after  applying  certain holding  period  rules) and  with  respect to  which a
capital gain distribution was received, any loss on the sale up to the amount of
the capital  gain  distribution  will  be treated  as  long-term  capital  loss.
Finally,  income from the  sale of shares  will not constitute  UBTI unless such
tax-exempt stockholder has held such  shares as "debt-financed property"  within
the meaning of Code Section 514 or is a dealer under Code Section 512(b)(5)(B).
 
    UNITHOLDERS  ARE ADVISED  TO CONSULT  THEIR OWN  TAX ADVISORS  REGARDING THE
SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM RESULTING FROM THE TRANSACTION, INCLUDING  THE
CONSEQUENCES  UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY POTENTIAL
CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                                   THE OFFER
 
    1.  TERMS OF  THE OFFER.  Upon  the terms and subject  to the conditions  of
this  Offer, the  Purchaser will  accept for payment  and purchase  up to 52,000
Units which are validly tendered prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the
following sentence) and not properly withdrawn in accordance with "The Offer" --
Section 5 ("Withdrawal Rights").  The term "Expiration  Date" means 11:59  p.m.,
New York City time, on Wednesday, July 31, 1996, unless and until the Purchaser,
in  its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which this Offer is
open, in which event the term "Expiration  Date" means the latest time and  date
at  which this Offer, as so extended  by the Purchaser, expires. See "The Offer"
- -- Section 6 ("Extension of the Offer Period; Termination and Amendment") for  a
description  of the Purchaser's rights to extend the period of time during which
this Offer is open and to terminate this Offer.
 
    If more than 52,000 Units are validly tendered prior to the Expiration  Date
and  not withdrawn,  Units so  tendered and not  withdrawn will  be accepted for
payment on a pro rata  basis according to the  number of Units validly  tendered
and  not  withdrawn in  accordance with  "The Offer"  -- Section  5 ("Withdrawal
Rights") by  the Expiration  Date. If  proration would  result in  a  Unitholder
owning  fewer Units than  the "minimum subscription  requirement", the Purchaser
will not accept any Units tendered by such Unitholder in this Offer. The minimum
subscription requirement is 10 Units, except
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
that the minimum subscription requirement is 4 Units for tax-exempt Unitholders.
For Minnesota Unitholders, the  minimum subscription requirement  is 8 for  IRAs
and 10 for all other Minnesota tax-exempt Unitholders.
 
    In  the  event that  proration  is required,  because  of the  difficulty of
determining the precise number of Units validly tendered and not withdrawn,  the
Purchaser  does not expect to announce the  final results of proration or to pay
for any Units until at least five  NYSE trading days after the Expiration  Date.
Preliminary  results of proration will be announced  by press release as soon as
practicable after the Expiration Date.  Unitholders may obtain such  preliminary
information  from  the  Information  Agent  and  may  be  able  to  obtain  such
information from their brokers.
 
    Unitholders may tender  all or any  portion of their  Units, provided  that,
after  giving effect  to partial  tenders, a  Unitholder will  own at  least the
number of Units constituting the applicable "minimum subscription requirement."
 
    The Partnership will provide the Purchaser with the Partnership's Unitholder
list, a  nonobjecting beneficial  owners  list, if  any, and  security  position
listings  for the purpose of disseminating this Offer to Unitholders. This Offer
to Purchase  and  the  related Letter  of  Transmittal  will be  mailed  by  the
Purchaser to record holders of Units and will be furnished to beneficial owners,
brokers,  dealers, commercial banks,  trust companies and  similar persons whose
names, or the names  of whose nominees, appear  on the Partnership's  Unitholder
list  or, if applicable, who  are listed as participants  in a clearing agency's
security position listing,  for subsequent transmittal  to beneficial owners  of
Units.
 
    2.   ACCEPTANCE FOR PAYMENT  AND PAYMENT OF PURCHASE  PRICE.  Upon the terms
and subject  to  the conditions  of  this Offer  (including,  if this  Offer  is
extended  or  amended,  the  terms  and  conditions  of  any  such  extension or
amendment), the  Purchaser will  accept for  payment, and  will pay  for, up  to
52,000  Units validly  tendered prior  to the  Expiration Date  and not properly
withdrawn promptly after the later to occur of (i) the Expiration Date and  (ii)
the  satisfaction or waiver  of the conditions  to this Offer  set forth in "The
Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    For purposes of this Offer, the  Purchaser shall be deemed to have  accepted
for payment (and thereby purchased) all Units properly tendered to the Purchaser
and  not withdrawn if, as and when the Purchaser gives oral or written notice to
the Depositary of the Purchaser's acceptance of those Units for payment pursuant
to this Offer.  Payment for Units  accepted for payment  pursuant to this  Offer
will  be made through the Depositary, which  will act as agent for the tendering
Unitholders for  the  purpose  of  receiving  payment  from  the  Purchaser  and
transmitting payments to tendering Unitholders.
 
    UNDER  NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL INTEREST  BE PAID ON THE  PURCHASE PRICE OF THE
UNITS TO BE PAID BY  THE PURCHASER, REGARDLESS OF  ANY DELAY IN MAKING  PAYMENT.
UPON THE DEPOSIT OF FUNDS WITH THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAKING PAYMENTS
TO  TENDERING UNITHOLDERS, THE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION  TO MAKE PAYMENTS SHALL BE
SATISFIED  AND  TENDERING  UNITHOLDERS  MUST  THEREAFTER  LOOK  SOLELY  TO   THE
DEPOSITARY  FOR PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS OWED TO  THEM BY REASON OF THE ACCEPTANCE FOR
PAYMENT OF UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER.
 
    If any tendered Units are not accepted for payment pursuant to the terms and
conditions of this Offer,  the Letter of Transmittal  with respect to Units  not
purchased  will be destroyed  by the Depositary. If,  for any reason whatsoever,
acceptance for payment of, or payment  for, any Units tendered pursuant to  this
Offer  is delayed or the Purchaser is  unable to accept for payment, purchase or
pay for Units tendered  pursuant to this Offer,  then, without prejudice to  the
Purchaser's  rights  under  this  Offer (but  subject  to  compliance  with Rule
14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act), the Depositary may, nevertheless, on behalf of
the Purchaser, retain tendered Units,  subject to any limitations of  applicable
law, and such Units may not be withdrawn except to the extent that the tendering
Unitholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described in this Offer.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    If,  on  or  prior  to  the Expiration  Date,  the  Purchaser  increases the
consideration offered  to  Unitholders pursuant  to  this Offer,  the  increased
consideration  will be  paid to  all Unitholders  that are  accepted for payment
pursuant to this Offer.
 
    The Purchaser reserves the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part,
to one or more affiliates or  direct or indirect subsidiaries of the  Purchaser,
the  right to purchase Units tendered pursuant to this Offer, but no transfer or
assignment will relieve  the Purchaser of  its obligations under  this Offer  or
prejudice  the  rights of  tendering Unitholders  to  receive payment  for Units
validly tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to this Offer.
 
    3.  PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTING THE OFFER  AND TENDERING UNITS.  In order for  a
Unitholder  to  validly  tender Units  pursuant  to  this Offer,  the  Letter of
Transmittal, properly  completed  and duly  executed,  together with  any  other
documents  required  by  the Letter  of  Transmittal,  must be  received  by the
Depositary at its address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to  Purchase
on  or prior to the Expiration Date, which is 11:59 p.m., New York City Time, on
July 31, 1996 (unless extended).
 
    The signature(s)  on the  Letter of  Transmittal must  be guaranteed  by  an
eligible   guarantor  institution   (a  bank,  stockbroker,   savings  and  loan
association or credit union with  membership in an approved signature  guarantee
Medallion program).
 
    THE  METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING UNITHOLDER. IF DELIVERY  IS
BY   MAIL,  REGISTERED  MAIL  WITH  RETURN  RECEIPT  REQUESTED  IS  RECOMMENDED.
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO  ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY TO THE  DEPOSITARY.
EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE  PROVIDED IN  THE  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL,  THE DELIVERIES
REFERRED TO  ABOVE  WILL BE  DEEMED  MADE ONLY  WHEN  ACTUALLY RECEIVED  BY  THE
DEPOSITARY.
 
    By  executing  the Letter  of Transmittal  as set  forth above,  a tendering
Unitholder irrevocably appoints designees of  the Purchaser as the  Unitholder's
attorneys-in-fact  and proxies,  each with  full power  of substitution,  in the
manner set  forth in  the Letter  of Transmittal,  to the  full extent  of  such
Unitholder's  rights with  respect to the  Units tendered by  the Unitholder and
accepted for payment by the Purchaser. All powers of attorney and proxies  shall
be  considered coupled with  an interest in the  tendered Units. The appointment
will be effective when, and only to  the extent that, the Purchaser accepts  the
Units for payment. Upon acceptance for payment, all prior powers of attorney and
proxies  given by  such Unitholder  with respect  to the  Units will  be revoked
without further action,  and no  subsequent proxies nor  any subsequent  written
consent  executed by the Unitholder  with respect thereto may  be given (and, if
given or executed, will  not be deemed  to be effective).  The designees of  the
Purchaser  will,  with  respect  to  the  Units  for  which  the  appointment is
effective, be  empowered  to  exercise  all  voting  and  other  rights  of  the
Unitholder  as they in their  sole discretion may deem  proper at any meeting of
the Partnership's Unitholders, by written consent in lieu of any such meeting or
otherwise.
 
    A tender of  Units pursuant to  any of the  procedures described above  will
constitute  a tendering Unitholder's  acceptance of the  terms and conditions of
this Offer and  a binding  agreement between  the tendering  Unitholder and  the
Purchaser upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Offer.
 
    UNDER  THE BACKUP  WITHHOLDING PROVISIONS  OF THE  FEDERAL INCOME  TAX LAWS,
UNLESS  AN  EXCEPTION  APPLIES  UNDER  APPLICABLE  LAWS  AND  REGULATIONS,   THE
DEPOSITARY  WILL BE REQUIRED TO WITHHOLD 31%  OF THE AMOUNT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE
TO UNITHOLDERS PURSUANT  TO THIS  OFFER. TO  PREVENT FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  BACKUP
WITHHOLDING  WITH RESPECT  TO PAYMENT OF  THE PURCHASE PRICE  OF UNITS PURCHASED
PURSUANT TO  THIS OFFER,  A  UNITHOLDER MUST  PROVIDE  THE DEPOSITARY  WITH  THE
UNITHOLDER'S  CORRECT  TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER  AND  CERTIFY  THAT  THE
UNITHOLDER IS NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING BY COMPLETING
THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 IN THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL. SEE INSTRUCTION 8 OF  THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    4.   DETERMINATION OF VALIDITY; REJECTION OF  UNITS; WAIVER OF DEFECTS.  All
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt)  and
acceptance  for  payment  of any  tender  of  Units will  be  determined  by the
Purchaser in  its  sole  discretion,  which determination  shall  be  final  and
binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance for payment of which
may, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. The Purchaser also reserves the
absolute  right  to  waive  any  condition  of  this  Offer,  or  any  defect or
irregularity in  the tender  of any  Units  of any  Unitholder, whether  or  not
similar  defects or irregularities are waived  in the case of other Unitholders.
No tender of Units will  be deemed to have been  validly made until all  defects
and  irregularities  have  been cured  or  waived.  None of  the  Purchaser, the
Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person will be under any duty  to
give  notification  of any  defects or  irregularities in  tenders or  incur any
liability  for  failure   to  give  any   such  notification.  The   Purchaser's
interpretation  of the terms and conditions  of this Offer (including the Letter
of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be final and binding.
 
    5.  WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.   Tenders of  Units made pursuant  to this Offer  are
irrevocable,  except that the  Units may be  withdrawn at any  time prior to the
Expiration Date and, unless  theretofore accepted for  payment by the  Purchaser
pursuant to this Offer, may also be withdrawn at any time after August 31, 1996.
If the Purchaser extends this Offer, is delayed in its acceptance for payment of
Units  or is unable to  accept Units for payment pursuant  to this Offer for any
reason, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights under this Offer,  the
Depositary  may nevertheless, on behalf of the Purchaser, retain tendered Units,
and the  Units  may  not  be  withdrawn except  to  the  extent  that  tendering
Unitholders  are entitled to  withdrawal rights as described  in this Section 5,
subject to  Rule  14e-1(c)  under the  Exchange  Act.  Any such  delay  will  be
accompanied by an extension of this Offer to the extent required by law.
 
    For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice
of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at its address set forth
on  the back cover page of this Offer to Purchase. Any such notice of withdrawal
must specify  the  name(s)  of  the  person(s) who  tendered  the  Units  to  be
withdrawn, the number of Units to be withdrawn and the name(s) of the registered
holder(s)  of such Units, if  different from that of  the person(s) who tendered
such Units. The signature(s) on the  notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed  by
an  eligible  guarantor  institution  (a  bank,  stockbroker,  savings  and loan
association or credit union with  membership in an approved signature  guarantee
Medallion program).
 
    All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any
notice  of  withdrawal  will  be  determined  by  the  Purchaser,  in  its  sole
discretion,  whose  determination  will  be  final  and  binding.  None  of  the
Purchaser,  the Depositary,  the Information Agent  or any other  person will be
under any duty  to give  notification of any  defects or  irregularities in  any
notice  of  withdrawal or  incur  any liability  for  failure to  give  any such
notification.
 
    Any Units properly  withdrawn will  thereafter be  deemed not  to have  been
validly  tendered for  purposes of this  Offer. However, withdrawn  Units may be
re-tendered at any time prior to the Expiration Date by following the procedures
described in "The Offer"  -- Section 3 ("Procedure  for Accepting the Offer  and
Tendering Units").
 
    6.  EXTENSION OF THE OFFER PERIOD; TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.  The Purchaser
expressly  reserves  the  right  (but  will  not  be  obligated),  in  its  sole
discretion, at any  time or  from time  to time, to  extend the  period of  time
during  which  this Offer  is  open by  giving oral  or  written notice  of such
extension to  the  Depositary  and  by making  a  public  announcement  of  such
extension.  During any  such extension,  all Units  previously tendered  and not
accepted for payment or withdrawn will remain  subject to this Offer and may  be
accepted for payment by the Purchaser at the conclusion of this Offer, except to
the  extent such Units may be withdrawn as set forth in "The Offer" -- Section 5
("Withdrawal Rights").  There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  Purchaser  will
exercise  its  right  to extend  this  Offer.  In addition,  this  Offer  may be
extended, amended or terminated  upon the occurrence of  any event described  in
"The Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    If  the Purchaser decides, in its sole discretion, to decrease the number of
Units being sought  or to increase  the consideration offered  in this Offer  to
Unitholders  and, at the time that notice  of such decrease or increase is first
published, sent or  given to  Unitholders in  the manner  specified below,  this
Offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the expiration of a period
ending  on the tenth business  day following, and including,  the date that such
notice is first so published,  sent or given, then  this Offer will be  extended
until the expiration of such period of ten business days.
 
    The  Purchaser also expressly reserves the right (i) to terminate this Offer
and not accept for  payment or pay  for any Units  not theretofore accepted  for
payment  or paid for or to delay the  acceptance for payment of, or payment for,
any Units validly tendered and not withdrawn, upon the occurrence of any of  the
conditions  specified in  "The Offer" --  Section 7 ("Certain  Conditions of the
Offer"), by giving oral or  written notice of such  termination or delay to  the
Depositary  and (ii) at any time,  or from time to time,  to amend this Offer in
any respect. Any extension, delay in  payment, termination or amendment will  be
followed  as  promptly  as  practicable  by  public  announcement  thereof, such
announcement in the case of an extension  to be issued no later than 9:00  a.m.,
New  York City  time, on  the next business  day after  the previously scheduled
Expiration Date in accordance with the public announcement requirements of  Rule
14d-4(c)  and  Rule  14d-6(d)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Without  limiting the
obligations of  the  Purchaser under  such  rules or  the  manner in  which  the
Purchaser  may choose to  make any public  announcement, the Purchaser currently
intends to make announcements by issuing a release to the Dow Jones New  Service
and making any appropriate filing with the Commission.
 
    If  the Purchaser extends this  Offer or if the  Purchaser is delayed in its
acceptance for payment  of, or payment  for, Units  or is unable  to accept  for
payment  or pay for Units  pursuant to this Offer  for any reason, then, without
prejudice to the Purchaser's  rights pursuant to  this Offer (including  without
limitation,  as set forth in  "The Offer" -- Section  6 ("Extension of the Offer
Period; Termination and Amendment")  and Section 7  ("Certain Conditions of  the
Offer"),  the Depositary  may nevertheless, on  behalf of  the Purchaser, retain
tendered Units  subject to  withdrawal rights  as described  in "The  Offer"  --
Section  5 ("Withdrawal Rights"). The ability  of the Purchaser to delay payment
for Units which it has  accepted for payment is  limited by Rule 14e-1(c)  under
the  Exchange Act, which  requires any person  making a tender  offer to pay the
consideration offered  or  return the  tendered  securities promptly  after  the
termination or withdrawal of a tender offer.
 
    7.   CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF THE  OFFER.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Offer and subject to the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the  Purchaser  will not  be  required  to accept  for  payment,  or
purchase  any Units  tendered and  may postpone  the acceptance  for purchase of
Units tendered and may  terminate or amend  this Offer if prior  to the time  of
purchase  of any such  Units any of  the following shall  occur or the Purchaser
shall have learned of the occurrence of any such events:
 
    (a)  There  shall  be  threatened,  instituted  or  pending  any  action  or
proceeding  before any domestic or foreign court or governmental agency or other
regulatory  or  administrative   agency  or  commission   (i)  challenging   the
acquisition  by the Purchaser of the Units,  seeking to restrain or prohibit the
making or consummation of this Offer, seeking to obtain any material damages  or
otherwise  directly or indirectly  relating to the  transactions contemplated by
this Offer, (ii) seeking  to prohibit or restrict  the Purchaser's ownership  or
operation  of any material portion of the  Purchaser's business or assets, or to
compel the Purchaser to dispose of or hold separate all or any material  portion
of  its business or assets as a result  of this Offer, (iii) seeking to make the
purchase of, or payment for, some or  all of the Units illegal or invalid,  (iv)
resulting  in a delay in  the ability of the Purchaser  to accept for payment or
pay for some or all of the Units, (v) seeking to impose material limitations  on
the  ability of the Purchaser effectively to acquire or hold or to exercise full
rights of ownership of  the Units, including, without  limitation, the right  to
vote  the Units purchased by the Purchaser  on all matters properly presented to
the Unitholders of the  Partnership, (vi) which  could materially and  adversely
affect the
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
treatment  of this Offer for federal  income tax purposes, (vii) which otherwise
is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the Partnership or value  of
the  Units or  (viii) which imposes  any material condition  unacceptable to the
Purchaser;
 
    (b) Any statute, rule,  regulation or order  shall be enacted,  promulgated,
entered or deemed applicable to this Offer, any legislation shall be pending, or
any  other action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any domestic
government or governmental authority or by any court, domestic or foreign, which
is likely, directly or indirectly, to result in any of the consequences referred
to in paragraph (a) above; or
 
    (c) There shall have occurred (i)  any general suspension of, or  limitation
on  prices for,  trading in securities  on the  NYSE, (ii) the  declaration of a
banking moratorium or  any suspension  of payments in  respect of  banks in  the
United  States,  (iii) the  commencement of  a war,  armed hostilities  or other
international or national calamity materially affecting the United States,  (iv)
any  limitation  by  any governmental  authority  or  any other  event  which is
reasonably likely to affect  the extension of credit  by banks or other  lending
institutions  in the United States, (v)  any material decline in security prices
on the NYSE or (vi) in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time  of
this Offer, any material worsening thereof;
 
which, in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, acting in good faith, with respect
to  each and every matter referred to above, and regardless of the circumstances
(including any action  or inaction  by the Purchaser)  giving rise  to any  such
condition  makes  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  this  Offer  or  with such
acceptance for purchase.
 
    The foregoing conditions are for the  sole benefit of the Purchaser and  may
be  asserted by the Purchaser regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such conditions (including any  action or inaction by  the Purchaser) or may  be
waived by the Purchaser in whole or in part. The failure by the Purchaser at any
time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any
such  right, and  each right  shall be  deemed a  continuing right  which may be
asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
    8.  CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS AND REGULATORY APPROVALS.  Except as described  in
this  Section 8, the Purchaser  is not aware of  any license or other regulatory
permit which appears to be material to  the business of the Partnership and  its
subsidiaries  taken as a whole  and which is likely  to be adversely affected by
the Purchaser's acquisition of Units pursuant  to this Offer or of any  approval
or other action by any domestic or foreign governmental or administrative agency
that  would  be required  prior to  the  acquisition of  Units by  the Purchaser
pursuant to this  Offer. Should any  approval or other  action be required,  the
Purchaser presently intends to seek such approval or take such action (except as
described  below under "State Takeover Laws").  The Purchaser does not presently
intend to delay the  purchase of Units tendered  pursuant to this Offer  pending
the  outcome of  any such  action or  receipt of  such approval  (subject to the
Purchaser's right to decline to purchase Units if any of the conditions in  "The
Offer"  -- Section 7  ("Certain Conditions of the  Offer") shall have occurred).
There can be no assurance that any such approval or action, if needed, would  be
obtained,  or,  if  obtained,  that  it  will  be  obtained  without substantial
conditions. The Purchaser's obligations under this Offer are subject to  certain
conditions,  among them conditions which might not  be satisfied if there were a
failure to obtain regulatory approval and  such failure were material. See  "The
Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    STATE  TAKEOVER  LAWS.   The Partnership  conducts business  in a  number of
states throughout the United States, some  of which have enacted takeover  laws.
The  Purchaser does  not know whether  any of  these laws will,  by their terms,
apply to this Offer. Should any person seek to apply any state takeover law, the
Purchaser will take  such action as  then appears desirable,  which may  include
challenging  the validity  or applicability of  any such  statute in appropriate
court proceedings. In the event it is  asserted that one or more state  takeover
laws  is applicable to this  Offer, and an appropriate  court does not determine
that it is inapplicable or invalid as applied to this Offer, the Purchaser might
be required to  file certain information  with, or receive  approvals from,  the
relevant state authorities.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
In  addition, if enjoined, the  Purchaser might be unable  to accept for payment
any Units  tendered pursuant  to this  Offer,  or be  delayed in  continuing  or
consummating  this Offer. In  such case, the  Purchaser may not  be obligated to
accept for payment any  Units tendered. See "The  Offer" -- Section 7  ("Certain
Conditions of the Offer").
 
    ANTITRUST.   Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1986,
as amended (the "HSR Act") and  the rules that have been promulgated  thereunder
by  the Federal Trade  Commission (the "FTC"),  certain acquisition transactions
may not be consummated  unless information has been  furnished to the  Antitrust
Division   of  the  Department  of  Justice  and  the  FTC  and  waiting  period
requirements have been satisfied. The Purchaser believes that this Offer is  not
subject  to the HSR Act and that this Offer will not violate the antitrust laws.
However, there can be no assurance that  a challenge to this Offer on  antitrust
grounds  will not be made, or if such  a challenge is made, what the result will
be. See "The Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer") for certain
conditions of this Offer,  including conditions with  respect to litigation  and
certain governmental actions.
 
    MARGIN  REQUIREMENTS.    The Units  are  not "margin  securities"  under the
regulations of  the  Board of  Governors  of  the Federal  Reserve  System  and,
accordingly, such regulations generally are not applicable to this Offer.
 
    9.    DISSENTERS'  RIGHTS  AND  INVESTOR  LISTS.    Neither  the Partnership
Agreement nor Washington law  provides any right for  Unitholders to have  their
respective Units appraised or redeemed in connection with or as a result of this
Offer.  Each Unitholder  has the opportunity  to make an  individual decision on
whether or not  to tender in  this Offer. Under  the Partnership Agreement,  any
Unitholder  is entitled to inspect  the books and records  of the Partnership at
reasonable times and upon two business days' notice to the General Partner.  Any
Unitholder,  upon paying the cost  of duplicating and mailing,  is entitled to a
copy of  the list  of names  and addresses  of Unitholders  of the  Partnership,
including the number of Units held by each of them.
 
    10.  FEES AND EXPENSES.   Except as set forth  below, the Purchaser will not
pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person for soliciting
tenders of Units pursuant to this  Offer. The Purchaser will reimburse  brokers,
dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for customary handling and mailing
expenses incurred in forwarding this Offer to Purchase to their customers.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
    The  costs  and  fees listed  below  are  estimates of  the  aggregate costs
expected to  be  incurred  by  the Purchaser,  the  Partnership  and  the  Other
Partnerships as a result of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions. The
"Shared  Transaction Costs"  listed below will  be shared by  the Purchaser, the
Partnership, and  the  Other Partnerships  in  accordance with  the  Acquisition
Agreement.  The "Individual Transaction Costs" listed below will be borne by the
entity that incurred the expense. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Shared Transaction Costs:
  Printing and Mailing.................................................  $  500,000
  Accounting Fees......................................................     255,000
  Real Estate Transaction Costs........................................     165,000
  Information Agent/Inspector of Elections.............................     425,000
  Other................................................................     340,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                          1,685,000
Individual Transaction Costs:
  Legal Fees...........................................................  $1,811,000
  Investment Banking Fees..............................................     955,000
  Partnership Transfer Fees for Tendered Units.........................     210,000
  Appraisal Fee........................................................      92,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                          3,068,000
                                                                         ----------
Total Transaction Costs................................................  $4,753,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    If the Merger and the Additional Mergers are consummated, of the  Individual
Transaction  Costs,  approximately $617,000  will be  borne by  the Partnership,
approximately $623,000 will  be borne  by IDS1, approximately  $418,000 will  be
borne  by IDS2 and approximately  $1,410,000 will be borne  by the Purchaser. If
the Merger and the Additional Mergers are consummated, the Purchaser expects  to
incur  total costs of approximately $2.3  million and the Partnership expects to
incur total costs of approximately $930,000.  The remaining costs and fees  will
be incurred by the Other Partnerships.
 
    The  Purchaser has retained D.F. King &  Co., Inc. to act as the Information
Agent and  Gemisys Corporation  to act  as Depositary  in connection  with  this
Offer.  The Information Agent  may contact holders of  Units by mail, telephone,
telex, telegraph and  personal interview  and may request  brokers, dealers  and
other  nominee  Unitholders  to  forward materials  relating  to  this  Offer to
beneficial owners of the  Units. The Information Agent  and the Depositary  each
will  receive  reasonable  and  customary  compensation  for  their  services in
connection  with  this   Offer,  will   be  reimbursed   for  their   reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses and will be  indemnified against certain liabilities and
expenses in connection with this Offer, including certain liabilities under  the
federal securities laws.
 
    11.  MISCELLANEOUS.    This Offer  is  being  made to  all  Unitholders. The
Purchaser is not aware of any state where the making of this Offer is prohibited
by administrative  or  judicial action  pursuant  to  a state  statute.  If  the
Purchaser  becomes  aware of  any state  where the  making of  this Offer  is so
prohibited, the Purchaser will make a good faith effort to comply with any  such
statute  or seek to have  such statute declared inapplicable  to this Offer. If,
after such good faith  effort, the Purchaser cannot  comply with any  applicable
statute, this Offer will not be made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on
behalf of) the Unitholders in such state.
 
    No  person  has  been  authorized  to  give  any  information  or  make  any
representation on behalf of the Purchaser  not contained in this Offer, and,  if
given  or made, such  information or representation  must not be  relied upon as
having been authorized.  In those  jurisdictions where securities,  blue sky  or
other  laws require this Offer  to be made by a  licensed broker or dealer, this
Offer shall be  deemed to  be made on  behalf of  the Purchaser by  one or  more
registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE I
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                       OF SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  name,  business  address, principal
occupation or employment at the present time and during the last five years, and
the  name,  principal  business  and   address  of  any  corporation  or   other
organization  in which such occupation or employment is or was conducted, of the
directors and executive officers of the  Purchaser, all of whom are citizens  of
the  United  States.  Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  address  of  each such
corporation or  organization listed  and  the business  address of  each  person
listed  is the address of the Purchaser, 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle,
Washington 98101.  Except as  otherwise noted,  the principal  business of  each
corporation  or organization  listed is real  estate investment  and each person
listed has had the principal occupation  or employment listed for more than  the
past five years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY/ADDRESS/
        NAME                     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                      OFFICE AND DATE OF ELECTION
- --------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>                                            <C>
Charles K. Barbo      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1995-present);
                                                                     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                                                     Executive Officer (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Chairman of the Board;
                                                                     President (1992-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                                                     Officer (1972-1995)
Harrell L. Beck       Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1993-present);
                                                                     President (1993-1995);
                                                                     Chief Financial Officer,
                                                                     Treasurer (1993-present);
                                                                     Senior Vice President (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Treasurer (1992-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Chief Financial Officer (1990-1995)
Michael Rowe          Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Executive Vice President
                                                                     (1993-present);
                                                                     Chief Operating Officer
                                                                     (March 19, 1996-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Vice President (1994-present);
                                                                     Treasurer (1991-1992)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Director of Storage Operations (1987-1993)
Kristin H. Stred      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Secretary (1993-present);
                                                                     Senior Vice President (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Secretary (1993-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Secretary and General Counsel (1992-1995)
                      The Boeing Company                             Attorney (1991-1992)
                      (aerospace and defense)
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule I - Page 1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY/ADDRESS/
        NAME                     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                      OFFICE AND DATE OF ELECTION
- --------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------
David K. Grant        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Executive Vice President
                                                                     (1993-present);
                                                                     Director of European Operations (May 14,
                                                                     1996-present)
<S>                   <C>                                            <C>
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Director of Real Estate Investments
                                                                     (1985-1995)
Donald W. Lusk        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1994-present)
                      Lusk Consulting Group                          President
                      P.O. Box 3235
                      Redmond, WA 98087
                      (general management consulting)
Wendell J. Smith      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1994-present)
                      W.J.S. & Associates                            Founder
                      1301 Gary Way
                      Carmichael, CA 95608
                      (advisory and consulting services)
Howard Johnson        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1996-present)
                      Howard Johnson & Company                       Chairman, President and Chief Executive
                      375 Park Avenue                                Officer
                      New York, NY 10152
                      (independent consulting)
Greenlaw Grupe        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1996-present)
                      The Grupe Company                              Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                      3255 W. March Lane, 4th Floor
                      Stockton, CA 95219
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule I - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE II
 
                       SUMMARY PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL REPORT
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
 
                              Schedule II - Page 1
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Letter of Transmittal......................................................................................           3
Identification of Subject Portfolio........................................................................           5
Property Ownership and History.............................................................................           5
Purpose of Appraisal.......................................................................................           5
Function of Appraisal......................................................................................           5
Scope of Appraisal.........................................................................................           5
Date of Valuation..........................................................................................           6
Value Definition...........................................................................................           6
Valuation Methodology......................................................................................           6
  Site Inspections and Data Gathering......................................................................           7
  Income and Expense Analysis..............................................................................           8
  Income Approach Analysis.................................................................................           9
  Sales Comparison Analysis................................................................................           9
  Reconciliation...........................................................................................          10
Portfolio Value Conclusion.................................................................................          10
Portfolio Summary..........................................................................................          11
Assumptions and Limiting Conditions........................................................................          12
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule II - Page 2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   June 26, 1996
 
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
 
Gentlemen:
 
    IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III (the "Partnership") has engaged
Robert  A. Stanger & Co.,  Inc. ("Stanger") to estimate  the market value of the
portfolio of self-storage facilities (the "Portfolio") owned by the Partnership.
Such appraisals reflect the estimated market  value of the fee simple  interests
or,  where appropriate, leased fee interests in the Portfolio as of December 31,
1995, assuming the Portfolio to be free and clear of any existing debt or  other
encumbrances (the "Portfolio Valuation").
 
    This  summary appraisal report  is prepared in  accordance with an agreement
between Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.  and the Partnership dated March 8,  1996.
In  accordance  with the  agreement,  Stanger has  been  engaged to  perform the
appraisal on a limited scope basis  in conformity with the departure  provisions
of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the standards of
the  Appraisal Institute as  they relate to limited  scope appraisal reports. We
have relied upon the Income Approach and Sales Comparison Approach to value  and
have  been engaged to deliver to the Partnership a summary appraisal report that
is not  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Title  XI  of  the  Financial
Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA").
 
    The  Portfolio Valuation is based in part upon information supplied to us by
the Partnership  and  the  property  manager, including,  but  not  limited  to:
descriptions  of the subject properties  (the "Properties"), unit mix, operating
statements of the  Properties, property  tax bills,  expense details,  occupancy
reports, rent rolls and other supporting data. We have also received information
from interviews of property and Partnership management personnel. We have relied
upon such information and have assumed that the information provided is accurate
and complete. We have not attempted to independently verify such information.
 
    We  are advised by the  Partnership that the purpose  of the appraisal is to
estimate the value of the fee interests in the Portfolio under market conditions
as of the appraisal date, and that  the Portfolio Valuation will be used  solely
in  connection with a proposed tender offer for Partnership interests and merger
of the  Partnership  with  Shurgard  Storage  Centers,  Inc.  ("SSCI").  Stanger
understands  that the Portfolio  Valuation will be reviewed  and utilized by the
Partnership in connection with the above transactions, and Stanger agrees to the
use of  the  Portfolio Valuation  for  this purpose  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  of the agreements related thereto.  For these purposes, this summary
appraisal report  was prepared  stating our  opinion as  to the  aggregate  fair
market  value of the Partnership's interests in the Portfolio as of December 31,
1995. Portions  of this  report may  be  summarized and  referenced in  a  proxy
statement  or other offering materials relating  to the transactions, subject to
prior review by Stanger. However,  the attached summary appraisal report  should
be  reviewed in  its entirety  and is  subject to  the assumptions  and limiting
conditions contained  herein. Background  information  and analysis  upon  which
value conclusions are based has been retained in our files.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 3
<PAGE>
    Our  review was undertaken solely for the purpose of providing an opinion of
market value, and we make  no representation as to  the adequacy of such  review
for any other purpose. Our opinion is expressed with respect to the total market
value  of the Portfolio. Neither Stanger nor the undersigned have any present or
contemplated future  financial  or ownership  interest  in the  Properties,  the
Partnership or SSCI.
 
    The  Portfolio  Valuation has  been  prepared on  a  limited scope  basis in
conformity  with  the   departure  provisions  of   the  Uniform  Standards   of
Professional  Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal Institute, in accordance with
an agreement between  Robert A. Stanger  & Co., Inc.  and the Partnership  dated
March  8, 1996. Pursuant to  that agreement, Stanger has  relied upon the Income
Approach and Sales  Comparison Approach  to value and  did not  employ the  Cost
Approach.
 
    The  appraisal is  only an estimate  of the  market value of  the fee simple
interests or, where appropriate, leasehold interests in the Portfolio as of  the
date  of valuation and should not be relied  upon as being the equivalent of the
price that  would necessarily  be  received in  the event  of  a sale  or  other
disposition of the Portfolio. Changes in corporate financing rates or changes in
real  estate  property markets  may result  in  higher or  lower values  of real
property. The use  of other valuation  methodologies might produce  a higher  or
lower  value. Our opinion is subject  to the assumptions and limiting conditions
set forth herein. We have used methods and assumptions deemed appropriate in our
professional  judgment;  however,  future   events  may  demonstrate  that   the
assumptions  were incorrect or that other,  different methods or assumptions may
have been more appropriate.
 
    This summary appraisal report provides our value conclusion with respect  to
the  Portfolio, definitions of  value, discussions of  the valuation methodology
employed, assumptions, and  limiting conditions.  The attached  exhibits are  an
integral part of this report.
 
    Based  upon the review described  herein, it is our  opinion that the market
value of  the  fee  simple  interests or,  where  appropriate,  the  leased  fee
interests  in the Portfolio  of Properties owned by  IDS/ Shurgard Income Growth
Partners L.P. III as of December 31, 1995 is:
 
            FIFTY MILLION, EIGHT HUNDRED AND NINETY THOUSAND DOLLARS
                                  $50,890,000
                            ------------------------
 
                                          Sincerely,
                                          Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
                                          Shrewsbury, New Jersey
 
                              Schedule II - Page 4
<PAGE>
                      IDENTIFICATION OF SUBJECT PORTFOLIO
 
    The subject  of this  summary  appraisal report  is  the portfolio  of  real
properties  (the "Portfolio") in which  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
III own interests. The Portfolio is comprised of sixteen self-storage properties
and one  office  property,  aggregating  approximately  1,004,000  square  feet,
located  in seven  states. (A summary  description of the  Portfolio is provided
elsewhere in this report.)
 
                         PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND HISTORY
 
    All the properties in the Portfolio are owned by IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth
Partners  L.P. III and were purchased by  the Partnership between 1991 and 1994.
Information concerning properties purchased within the past three years has been
reviewed and retained in our files.
 
                              PURPOSE OF APPRAISAL
 
    The purpose of  the appraisal is  to estimate  the market value  of the  fee
simple  interests or, where  appropriate, leased fee  interests in the Portfolio
under market conditions as of December 31, 1995.
 
                             FUNCTION OF APPRAISAL
 
    The function of  the appraisal is  to provide a  current estimate of  market
value of the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, leased fee interests in
the  Portfolio for use solely  by the Partnership in  connection with a proposed
tender offer for interests in the Partnership and merger of the Partnership with
Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. No representation  is made as to the adequacy  of
this appraisal for any other purpose.
 
                               SCOPE OF APPRAISAL
 
    The  Portfolio  Valuation has  been  prepared on  a  limited scope  basis in
conformity  with  the   departure  provisions  of   the  Uniform  Standards   of
Professional  Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal Institute, in accordance with
an agreement between  Robert A. Stanger  & Co., Inc.  and the Partnership  dated
March  8, 1996. Pursuant to  that agreement, Stanger has  relied upon the Income
Approach and Sales  Comparison Approach  to value and  did not  employ the  Cost
Approach (as described below).
 
    In  estimating the value of a  property, appraisers typically consider three
approaches to value: the  Cost Approach, the Sales  Comparison Approach and  the
Income  Approach. The  type and  age of  a property,  market conditions  and the
quantity and quality  of data  affect the applicability  of each  approach in  a
specific   appraisal  situation.  The  value  estimated  by  the  Cost  Approach
incorporates separate estimates of  the value of the  unimproved site under  its
highest  and best use and  the value of the  improvements, less observed accrued
depreciation resulting  from  physical  wear  and  tear  and  functional  and/or
economic  obsolescence. The Market Data or  Sales Comparison Approach involves a
comparative analysis of the subject property with other similar properties  that
have  sold recently or  that are currently  offered for sale  in the market. The
Income Approach  involves an  economic analysis  of the  property based  on  its
potential to provide future net annual income.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  terms  of our  engagement,  the  Portfolio  Valuation was
performed using  the Income  Approach  and Sales  Comparison Approach.  Since  a
primary  buyer group for the type of property appraised herein is investors, the
Income Approach and Sales Comparison Approach were deemed appropriate  valuation
methodologies. Further, given the primary criteria used by buyers of the type of
property  appraised herein, the Cost Approach  was considered less reliable than
either of the Income Approach or Sales Comparison Approach.
 
    Changes in corporate financing  rates generally or  in real estate  property
markets  may result in higher or lower values of real property. The use of other
valuation methodologies might produce  a higher or lower  value. Our opinion  is
subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions set forth herein.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 5
<PAGE>
    DEPARTURES  -- UNIFORM STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE -- With respect to
the limited  appraisal, the  departure provisions  of the  Uniform Standards  of
Professional  Appraisal Practice permit departures  from the specific guidelines
of Standard 1. In this report the following departures were taken:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
    Standard Rule     Details relating to comparable sales and rental data and
     1-4 (b)          reconciliations of value for each property are not specifically
                      described or set forth in this report but have been retained in our
                      files.
</TABLE>
 
                               DATE OF VALUATION
 
    The date of valuation for the Portfolio is December 31, 1995.
 
                                VALUE DEFINITION
 
    Market value, as used in this report and defined by the Appraisal Institute,
is the most probable price as of a specified date, in cash, in terms  equivalent
to  cash, or in other precisely revealed terms, for which the specified property
rights should sell after reasonable exposure  in a competitive market under  all
conditions  requisite to  a fair  sale, with  the buyer  and seller  each acting
prudently, knowledgeably and  for self-interest,  and assuming  that neither  is
under undue duress.
 
    Implicit  in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified
date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
 
    (a) buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
    (b) both parties  are well  informed or  well advised,  and each  acts in  a
       manner he considers in his own best interest;
 
    (c) a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
    (d)  payment  is made  in  terms of  cash  in U.S.  dollars  or in  terms of
       financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
    (e) the  price represents  the normal  consideration for  the property  sold
       unaffected  by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted
       by anyone associated with the sale.
 
(Source: THE APPRAISAL OF REAL ESTATE, Tenth Edition.)
 
    The property rights appraised in this report consist of fee simple interests
or, where appropriate, leased  fee interests. Due  to the generally  short-term,
month  to month tenancies in self-storage  facilities, a fee simple interest was
deemed appropriate  for  such facilities.  Fee  simple interest  is  defined  as
absolute  ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate subject only to
the limitations of eminent domain, escheat, police power and taxation.
 
    Leased fee interest is defined as  an ownership interest held by a  landlord
with  the right to  use and occupancy  conveyed by lease  to others, and usually
consists of the  right to  receive rent  and the  right to  repossession at  the
termination of the lease.
 
    The  appraisal includes the value of land, land improvements such as paving,
fencing, on-site sewer  and water lines,  and the buildings  as of December  31,
1995.  The appraisal does not include  supplies, materials on hand, inventories,
furniture, equipment or other personal property, company records, or current  or
intangible  assets  that  may  exist.  The  appraisal  pertains  only  to  items
considered as real estate.
 
                             VALUATION METHODOLOGY
 
    Pursuant to the terms of this engagement, Stanger has estimated the value of
the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, the leased fee interests in  the
Portfolio's Properties based on the
 
                              Schedule II - Page 6
<PAGE>
Income   Approach  and  Sales  Comparison  Approach  to  valuation.  (Appraisers
typically use  up  to  three  approaches in  valuing  real  property:  the  Cost
Approach,  the Income Approach, and the  Sales Comparison Approach. The type and
age of a property, market conditions and the quantity and quality of data affect
the applicability of each approach in a specific appraisal situation.)
 
    The Income Approach is based on the assumption that the value of a  property
or  portfolio  of properties  is dependent  upon  the property's  or portfolio's
ability to produce income. The  Income Approach estimates a property's  capacity
to  produce income through an analysis  of the rental market, operating expenses
and net operating income.  Net income may then  be processed into value  through
either  (or a combination  of) two methods:  direct capitalization or discounted
cash flow  analysis.  In  this  Portfolio  Valuation,  a  direct  capitalization
analysis  and a discounted cash flow ("DCF")  analysis are used to determine the
value of the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, leased fee interests in
each Property. The indicated value by the Income Approach represents the  amount
an  investor may pay for the expectation of receiving the net cash flow from the
Properties and proceeds from the ultimate sale of the Properties.
 
    The direct capitalization analysis is based upon the estimated net operating
income of each Property capitalized at an appropriate capitalization rate  based
upon  property characteristics and competitive position and market conditions as
of the date of the appraisal.
 
    In applying  the DCF  analysis,  Stanger utilized  pro forma  statements  of
operations for each Portfolio Property including revenues and expenses projected
over a ten-year period. Each Portfolio Property is assumed to be sold at the end
of  the ten-year holding period. The  reversion value of each Portfolio Property
which can be realized  upon sale at  the end of the  ten-year holding period  is
estimated based on capitalization of the estimated net income of the property in
the year of sale, utilizing a capitalization rate deemed appropriate in light of
the  age,  anticipated  functional  and  economic  obsolescence  and competitive
position of  the property  at  the time  of sale.  Net  proceeds to  owners  are
determined  by deducting appropriate  costs of sale.  The discount rate selected
for the DCF analysis is based upon  estimated target rates of return for  buyers
of  self-storage properties. Total estimated  value for the Portfolio Properties
is arrived at by summing  the discounted present value  of the cash flow  stream
from operations and net proceeds from sale for each property.
 
    The  Sales Comparison Approach utilizes indices of value derived from actual
or proposed  sales  of  comparable  properties to  estimate  the  value  of  the
Portfolio  Property. Price  per square  foot --  a unit  of comparison typically
analyzed for  self-storage facilities  --  was utilized  in applying  the  Sales
Comparison Approach to the Portfolio Properties.
 
    The  following  describes more  fully the  steps  involved in  the valuation
methodology utilized.
 
SITE INSPECTIONS & DATA GATHERING
 
    In conducting the Portfolio Valuation, representatives of Stanger  performed
a site inspection of each Portfolio Property during March 1996. In the course of
these  site visits,  the physical  facilities of  each property  were inspected,
current rental and occupancy information for the property was obtained,  current
market   rental  rates  for  competing  properties  were  investigated,  primary
competing properties were visited, information on the local market was gathered,
and the  on-site manager  or assistant  manager was  interviewed concerning  the
property  and other factors. Information gathered during the site inspection was
supplemented  by  a  review   of  published  information  concerning   economic,
demographic and real estate trends in local or regional and national markets.
 
    In  conducting  the  appraisal,  Stanger also  interviewed  and  relied upon
Partnership and property management personnel to obtain information relating  to
the  condition  of each  property, including  any deferred  maintenance, capital
budgets, known environmental  conditions, status  of on-going  or newly  planned
property  additions, reconfigurations, improvements, and other factors affecting
the physical condition of the property improvements.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 7
<PAGE>
    In addition, Stanger  interviewed district and/or  regional managers of  the
Portfolio  Properties,  SSCI  management  personnel  and  Partnership management
personnel. Such  interviews included  discussions of  competitive conditions  in
local  markets,  area  economic  and development  trends  affecting  the subject
properties,  historical  and  budgeted  operating  revenues  and  expenses   and
occupancies.  Stanger  also reviewed  historical  operating statements  and 1996
operating budgets for  each Portfolio  Property, and reviewed  surveys of  local
self-storage markets conducted by property management personnel.
 
    To  define the occupancy, rental  rate and expense escalators  to be used in
developing operating projections, Stanger reviewed the acquisition criteria  and
projection parameters in use in the marketplace by major self-storage investors,
owners  and operators. In addition, Stanger reviewed other published information
concerning acquisition criteria in  use by property investors  at or around  the
valuation date. Further, Stanger interviewed various sources in local markets to
identify recent sales of self-storage properties and to derive certain valuation
indicators.  Sources for  transaction data  included local  appraisers, property
owners, real estate brokers, tax assessors, and real estate research firms.
 
    In addition, Stanger reviewed the  acquisition criteria and parameters  used
by  self-storage real  estate investors. Such  review included a  search of real
estate data sources  and publications concerning  real estate buyer's  criteria,
and   direct  telephonic  interviews  with  major  national  investors,  owners,
managers,  brokers  and  appraisers  of  self-storage  property  portfolios   to
investigate the interaction of such factors as required rates of return, initial
capitalization rate requirements, and property type or geographical preferences.
 
    Stanger  also compiled  data on  actual transactions  involving self-storage
properties from  which  acquisition  criteria  and  parameters  were  extracted.
Stanger  reviewed publicly available information on acquisitions of self-storage
properties by certain publicly owned real estate companies and contacted various
industry sources for relevant data.
 
INCOME AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS
 
    During the  course  of  the  site  inspections,  competing  properties  were
identified  and data on  local market rental rates  and occupancy were obtained.
Such data  was compared  to national  averages for  self-storage properties  and
posted  rental  rates, the  rent  roll and  occupancy  reports for  each subject
property, as  available.  Historical and  budgeted  effective gross  income  and
income  from ancillary sources  was also reviewed for  each subject property. In
addition, discussions  were conducted  with  relevant Partnership  and  property
management  personnel  concerning  property and  market  trends  and competitive
conditions. After  assessing  the  above  factors,  an  effective  gross  income
estimate  was  prepared for  each property  based  upon the  unit configuration,
market rental rates, market occupancy rate and estimates of ancillary income.
 
    Historical and budgeted data on expenses were obtained from the  Partnership
for  each  property.  In addition,  property  tax  bills were  obtained  and tax
assessments  were  confirmed  with  local  municipalities.  Expenses  for   each
individual  property were estimated  based on historical  and budgeted operating
expenses, discussions with management and certain industry expense guidelines.
 
    Estimated expenses  were  then  deducted  from  estimated  income  for  each
property  to arrive at each properties' estimated net operating income. Expenses
relating solely to investor reporting and accounting were excluded.
 
    During the  course of  the site  inspections, any  deferred maintenance  was
observed.  Historical  and  budgeted  capital  expenditures  were  reviewed  and
discussed with management, and appropriate capital expenditures were  considered
in the analysis.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 8
<PAGE>
INCOME APPROACH ANALYSIS
 
    Stanger  then employed both  direct capitalization and  discounted cash flow
analysis  to  estimate  the  value   of  the  subject  properties.  The   direct
capitalization  rate  used  was  based  on  current  acquisition  criteria among
self-storage investors  and  reflected  in specific  sales  transactions.  Where
appropriate,  the  capitalization  rate  used  for  an  individual  property was
adjusted to reflect valuation  factors unique to the  property, such as  overall
quality,  recent  buildouts,  and  other unique  valuation  facts  affecting the
individual properties.  Where  deferred  maintenance  or  extraordinary  capital
expenditures were required the capitalized value was adjusted accordingly.
 
  -    DIRECT CAPITALIZATION  ANALYSIS --  Based upon  the net  operating income
estimated in accordance with the analyses of effective gross income and expenses
described above, an estimate of value was derived for each Portfolio Property by
capitalizing the  estimated  net  operating  income  at  a  rate  determined  in
accordance  with surveys of buyers of self-storage properties, as confirmed by a
review of  comparable  sales  transactions, and  deemed  appropriate  given  the
characteristics  of each  property. Capitalization  rates ranging  from 9.25% to
10.25% were  applied to  the projected  net operating  income from  each of  the
Portfolio  Properties which were considered to be at stabilized occupancy during
the twelve-month period following the valuation date.
 
  -  DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS -- In applying discounted cash flow analysis,
projections of cash flows from each property (assuming no indebtedness  thereon)
for  a ten-year period  ending December 31,  2005 were developed.  The base year
projection of  net operating  income  was prepared  consistent with  the  direct
capitalization  analysis based upon  the analysis of  effective gross income and
expenses described above. Income and  expense escalators used in developing  the
projections  were based on projection parameters in use as of the Valuation Date
by property investors, market factors, historical and budgeted financial results
for each property, and inflation rates. Income escalators generally ranged  from
3%  to 3.5%. In highly competitive markets or where a property's operations were
below stabilized levels, income escalators  were adjusted as deemed  appropriate
or  until  stabilized  operations were  achieved.  Effective  expense escalators
generally ranged from 2.7% to 3.5%.
 
    To determine  the  residual  value for  each  property  at the  end  of  the
projection  period, the estimated  net operating income of  the property for the
twelve months ending December 2006 was capitalized at a rate deemed  appropriate
for  the property. Terminal capitalization rates generally ranged from 10.25% to
10.75% and for the office property was 11.0%. The residual value was  discounted
to  a present  value after deducting  appropriate sales expenses  using the same
discount rate applied  to the  stream of annual  cash flows.  The discount  rate
employed was based on current acquisition criteria among self-storage investors,
commercial/industrial  property  investors'  target  rates  of  return,  and the
historical spread in rates of return between real estate and other  investments.
Discount rates utilized ranged from 12.25% to 12.5%.
 
    The  results  of each  analysis (direct  capitalization and  discounted cash
flow)  then  were  correlated  to  arrive  at  a  final  income  approach  value
determination.
 
SALES COMPARISON ANALYSIS
 
    In  the course of performing the  Portfolio Valuation, Stanger compiled data
on actual transactions  involving properties  similar in type  to the  Portfolio
Properties.  To gather such  data, Stanger interviewed  various sources in local
markets to identify recent sales  of self-storage or office/storage  properties,
reviewed   publicly  available  information   on  acquisitions  of  self-storage
properties by certain publicly owned real estate companies, reviewed information
provided by management, and contacted various industry sources for data.
 
    For each Portfolio Property, the data was grouped into local and/or regional
transactions. Where  local  transactions  sample  sizes  were  small  or  dated,
regional and/or national data was relied upon.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 9
<PAGE>
    Utilizing  such data,  an index  of value was  derived based  upon price per
square foot. The index of value was applied to each property to estimate  value.
Price per square foot as estimated by reference to comparable sales transactions
was  multiplied by  the rentable  square footage of  each property  to derive an
estimated range of value.
 
    In addition,  Stanger  conducted  a  statistical  analysis  of  self-storage
property  transaction data  to determine  value indicators  reflective of recent
market conditions. Due to  the relatively low number  of recent transactions  in
any specific local or regional market from which to extract reliable statistical
indicators,  Stanger  utilized  a  sample  of  recent  national  transactions. A
regression analysis  was performed  to determine  the relationship  between  the
price  per square foot paid in recent  transactions and the net operating income
of the property acquired. Based on this analysis, a probable range of value  per
square  foot was derived for each  property. The resulting indicated values were
reconciled.
 
    In the case of the Stone Mountain and Forest Park properties, the  valuation
included  consideration of the  value of excess land  parcels currently held for
resale. Such  values were  determined utilizing  the sales  comparison  approach
based  on analysis of transactions involving land parcels in the local market of
each property.
 
SALES COMPARISON APPROACH AND INCOME APPROACH RECONCILIATION
 
    The estimated  values  resulting from  the  Sales Comparison  Approach  were
reconciled  with the values estimated resulting from the Income Approach (direct
capitalization and discounted cash flow  analyses) for each Portfolio  Property,
and  the resulting values  were summed to  determine the estimated  value of the
Portfolio.
 
    The Income  Approach  reflects  the  quality, durability  and  risk  of  the
estimated income stream. Properties such as the subject Portfolio Properties are
typically purchased and sold based upon their income characteristics. The Income
Approach  was given primary consideration based upon the income producing nature
of the Portfolio Properties and their appeal to investors. The Sales  Comparison
Approach was given secondary consideration.
 
    Where  necessary, Stanger adjusted  the value conclusion  for each Portfolio
Property to reflect any deferred maintenance items, excess land associated  with
the Property, and joint venture interests, if any.
 
                           PORTFOLIO VALUE CONCLUSION
 
    Based  upon the review as described above, it is our opinion that the market
value of  the  fee  simple  interests or,  where  appropriate,  the  leased  fee
interests in the Portfolio owned by IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
as of December 31, 1995 is:
 
            FIFTY MILLION, EIGHT HUNDRED AND NINETY THOUSAND DOLLARS
                                  $50,890,000
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             Schedule II - Page 10
<PAGE>
                               PORTFOLIO SUMMARY
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            RENTABLE
                                                                                             SQUARE
 NUMBER                          PROPERTY ADDRESS                             TYPE          FOOTAGE
- ---------  ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>        <C>                                                           <C>              <C>
3-1        Shurgard of Gilbert                                           Self-Storage        65,800
           405 North Gilbert, Gilbert, AZ
3-2        Shurgard of Dobson Ranch 2640 South Alma                      Self-Storage        58,500
           School Road, Mesa, AZ
3-3        Shurgard of Castro Valley                                     Self-Storage        69,300
           21655 & 21082 Redwood Road, Castro Valley, CA
3-4        Castro Valley Office Building                                 Office               3,100
           21663 Redwood Road, Castro Valley, CA
3-5        Shurgard of Newark                                            Self-Storage        61,500
           37444 Cedar Boulevard, Newark, CA
3-6        Shurgard of Sacramento                                        Self-Storage        53,100
           8959 Pocket Road, Sacramento, CA
3-7        Shurgard of San Leandro                                       Self-Storage        58,500
           2011 Marina Boulevard, San Leandro, CA
3-8        Shurgard of San Lorenzo                                       Self-Storage        54,100
           16025 Ashland Avenue, San Lorenzo, CA
3-9        Shurgard of Delray Beach                                      Self-Storage        77,300
           6000 West Atlantic Avenue, Delray Beach, FL
3-10       Shurgard of Norcross                                          Self-Storage        61,800
           5010 Jimmy Carter Boulevard, Norcross, GA
3-11       Shurgard of Stone Mountain                                    Self-Storage        61,200(1)
           840 Hambrick Road, Stone Mountain, GA
3-12       Shurgard of Tucker                                            Self-Storage/       60,000
           2660 Mountain Industrial Boulevard, Tucker, GA                Office
3-13       Shurgard of Forest Park                                       Self-Storage        65,200(2)
           5979 Old Dixie Road, Forest Park, GA
3-14       Shurgard of Rochester/Utica                                   Self-Storage        56,600
           2100 West Utica Road, Utica, MI
3-15       Shurgard of Allen Boulevard                                   Self-Storage        42,500
           11160 SW Allen Boulevard, Beaverton, OR
3-16       Shurgard of Windcrest                                         Self-Storage        86,200
           10652 Interstate Hwy 35 N, San Antonio, TX
3-17       Shurgard of Tracy                                             Self-Storage        69,600
           400 West Larch Road, Tracy, CA
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Stone Mountain Property includes approximately 1.5 acres of excess land held
    for resale.
 
(2)  Forest Park Property includes approximately  1.99 acres of excess land held
    for resale.
 
                             Schedule II - Page 11
<PAGE>
                      ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS
 
    This summary appraisal  report is  subject to the  assumptions and  limiting
conditions as set forth below.
 
    1.  No responsibility is assumed for matters of a legal nature affecting the
Portfolio Properties or the titles thereto. Titles to the properties are assumed
to  be good and marketable and the properties  are assumed free and clear of all
liens unless otherwise stated.
 
    2.  The Portfolio Valuation assumes (a) responsible ownership and  competent
management  of the properties; (b) there  are no hidden or unapparent conditions
of the properties' subsoil or structures that render the properties more or less
valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging  for
engineering  studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance
with all applicable federal,  state and local  zoning, access and  environmental
regulations  and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in
the Appraisal;  and (d)  all required  licenses, certificates  of occupancy  and
other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use
on which the value estimate contained in the Portfolio Valuation is based.
 
    3.  The Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony or appear in court
because  of  having  made  the  appraisal with  reference  to  the  portfolio in
question, unless arrangements have been previously made therefore.
 
    4.  The information contained in  the Portfolio Valuation or upon which  the
Portfolio  Valuation  is based  has been  provided by  or gathered  from sources
assumed to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information has been  provided
by  the owner of the properties. The  Appraiser shall not be responsible for the
accuracy or  completeness  of such  information,  including the  correctness  of
estimates,  opinions,  dimensions,  exhibits  and  other  factual  matters.  The
Portfolio Valuation and the opinion  of value stated herein  are as of the  date
stated in the Portfolio Valuation. Changes since that date in property, external
and market factors can significantly affect portfolio value.
 
    5.   Disclosure of the  contents of the appraisal  report is governed by the
Bylaws and Regulations of the professional appraisal organization with which the
Appraiser is affiliated.
 
    6.  Neither all, nor any part of the content of the report, or copy  thereof
(including  conclusions  as  to  the  portfolio's  value,  the  identity  of the
Appraiser, professional designations,  reference to  any professional  appraisal
organizations,  or the firm with which the Appraiser is connected) shall be used
for any  purpose  by anyone  other  than the  client  specified in  the  report,
including,  but not limited  to, the mortgagee or  its successors and assignees,
mortgage insurers, consultants, professional appraisal organizations, any  state
or   federally  approved  financial  institution,   any  department,  agency  or
instrumentality without the previous written consent of the Appraiser; nor shall
it be conveyed by  anyone to the public  through advertising, public  relations,
news  sales or  other media,  without the  written consent  and approval  of the
Appraiser.
 
    7.  On  all appraisals subject  to completion, repairs  or alterations,  the
appraisal  report and  value conclusions are  contingent upon  completion of the
improvements in a workmanlike manner.
 
    8.  The physical condition of  the improvements considered by the  Portfolio
Valuation   is  based   on  visual   inspection  by   the  Appraiser   or  other
representatives of Stanger and on representations by the owner. Stanger  assumes
no  responsibility for the soundness of  structural members or for the condition
of mechanical equipment,  plumbing or electrical  components. The Appraiser  has
made no surveys of the Portfolio Properties.
 
    9.   The  projections of  income and  expenses and  the valuation parameters
utilized are not  predictions of the  future. Rather, they  are the  Appraiser's
best estimate of current market thinking relating to future income and expenses.
The  Appraiser makes no warranty or  representations that these projections will
materialize. The real estate market  is constantly fluctuating and changing.  It
is not the Appraiser's task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a
future  real estate market;  the Appraiser can only  reflect what the investment
community, as of the date of the Appraisal,
 
                             Schedule II - Page 12
<PAGE>
envisions for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and  demand.
We  have used  methods and  assumptions deemed  appropriate in  our professional
judgment; however,  future  events may  demonstrate  that the  assumptions  were
incorrect  or that  other different  methods or  assumptions may  have been more
appropriate.
 
    10.  The  Portfolio  Valuation  represents  normal  consideration  for   the
Portfolio's Properties based on a cash purchase and unaffected by special terms,
services, fees, costs, or credits incurred in the transaction.
 
    11.  Unless  otherwise  stated in  the  report, the  existence  of hazardous
materials, which may or may not be present on the Portfolio Properties, was  not
disclosed  to the Appraiser by the owner.  The Appraiser has no knowledge of the
existence of such  materials on  or in  the Portfolio  Properties. However,  the
Appraiser is not qualified to detect such substances. The presence of substances
such  as  asbestos,  ureaformaldehyde  foam  insulation,  oil  spills,  or other
potentially hazardous  materials may  affect  the value  of the  Portfolio.  The
Portfolio  Value estimate is predicated on the  assumption that there is no such
material on or in the Portfolio Properties that would cause a loss of value.  No
responsibility  is  assumed  for  such  conditions,  or  for  any  expertise  or
engineering knowledge required to discover them.  The client is urged to  retain
an expert in this field, if desired.
 
    12.  For purposes of this report, it is assumed that each Portfolio Property
is free  of  any  negative  impact with  regard  to  the  Environmental  Cleanup
Responsibility Act (ECRA) or any other environmental problems or with respect to
non-compliance  with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). No investigation
has been made by  the Appraiser with respect  to any potential environmental  or
ADA  problems. Environmental and ADA compliance studies are not within the scope
of this report.
 
    13. Pursuant to the Engagement  Agreement, the Portfolio Valuation has  been
prepared  on a limited scope  basis using a summary  report format in conformity
with the departure provisions of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal
Practice and the Standards of  Professional Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal
Institute,  relying  on the  income approach  and  sales comparison  approach to
value. Further, the engagement calls for delivery of a summary appraisal  report
in  which the content has  been limited to that  data presented herein. As such,
the summary appraisal report is not  designed to meet the requirements of  Title
XI of the Federal Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989. Therefore, federally regulated institutions should not rely on this report
for financing purposes.
 
    14.  The Portfolio Valuation reported herein  may not reflect the premium or
discount a potential buyer may assign to an assembled portfolio of properties or
to  a  group  of  properties  in  a  particular  local  market  which   provides
opportunities  for enhanced market presence  and penetration. In addition, where
properties are owned  jointly with  other entities affiliated  with the  general
partner, minority interest discounts were not applied.
 
    15.  The appraisal is solely for the purpose of providing our opinion of the
value of the Portfolio, and we make no representation as to the adequacy of such
review for  any  other  purpose.  The owner  has  directed  that  the  Portfolio
Properties be valued assuming the properties are free and clear of any debt. The
use of other valuation methodologies might produce a higher or lower value.
 
    16.  In addition to  these general assumptions  and limiting conditions, any
assumptions or conditions applicable to  specific properties have been  retained
in our files.
 
                             Schedule II - Page 13
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
 
    We  have been informed by IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners L.P. III (the
"Partnership") that  the Partnership  is contemplating  a transaction  in  which
Shurgard  Storage Centers,  Inc. ("SSCI"),  an affiliated,  publicly traded real
estate investment  trust which  currently manages  the properties  owned by  the
Partnership,  is offering  to purchase up  to 52,000 of  the outstanding limited
partnership interests in the Partnership (the "Offer"). In the Offer the limited
partners of the Partnership (the "Limited Partners") will be offered cash  equal
to  the Partnership's estimated net asset  value per unit of limited partnership
interest as  of March  31, 1996  as determined  by the  general partner  of  the
Partnership (the "General Partner") in accordance with the Partnership Agreement
and  based in part on an independent appraisal  of the value of the portfolio of
properties  owned   by  the   Partnership   as  of   December  31,   1995   (the
"Consideration"). We have been further advised that the Consideration to be paid
in the Offer will be $308 per unit.
 
    The  General  Partner  has requested  that  Robert  A. Stanger  &  Co., Inc.
("Stanger") provide its opinion as to the fairness to the Limited Partners, from
a financial point of view, of the Consideration to be paid in the Offer.
 
    In the course of  our review to  render this opinion,  we have, among  other
things:
 
    - Reviewed  a draft of (i) the Offer to Purchase statement to be included in
      Form 14(d)-1  related to  the Offer,  and (ii)  the Acquisition  Agreement
      between  the Partnership,  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P., and
      IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II (the "Other Partnerships") and
      SSCI relating to the Offer and a subsequent merger of the Partnership with
      and into SSCI, which drafts management of the Partnership has indicated to
      be in substantially the form intended  to be finalized and filed with  the
      Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC");
 
    - Reviewed  the Partnership's annual reports filed with the SEC on Form 10-K
      for the  fiscal  years  ending  December 31,  1993,  1994  and  1995,  and
      quarterly  reports filed with the  SEC on Form 10-Q  for the period ending
      March 31, 1996;
 
    - Performed an  appraisal  of  the  portfolio of  properties  owned  by  the
      Partnership  as of December 31,  1995 (the "Portfolio Valuation") pursuant
      to a  separate  engagement agreement  to  perform such  services  for  the
      Partnership;
 
    - Reviewed   information  regarding  purchases  and  sales  of  self-storage
      properties by SSCI or  any affiliated entities  during the prior  12-month
      period  and other  information available relating  to acquisition criteria
      for self-storage properties;
 
    - Reviewed  internal  financial  analyses  and  forecasts  prepared  by  the
      Partnership  of the current  net liquidation value  of the Partnership and
      projections of cash flow from operations and going-concern values for  the
      Partnership, which were based in part on the Portfolio Valuation;
 
    - Discussed  with members of  senior management of  the Partnership and SSCI
      conditions in self-storage property markets, conditions in the market  for
      sales/acquisitions   of  properties   similar  to   those  owned   by  the
      Partnership, current and projected  operations and performance,  financial
      condition and future prospects of the properties and the Partnership; and
 
    - Conducted  other  studies, analyses,  inquiries  and investigations  as we
      deemed appropriate.
 
                             Schedule III - Page 1
<PAGE>
    In rendering this fairness opinion, we have relied upon and assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness in all material respects
of all financial  and other information  contained in the  Offer to Purchase  or
that  was furnished or otherwise communicated to us by the Partnership and SSCI.
We have not performed an independent appraisal of the non-real estate assets and
liabilities of the  Partnership and  have relied  upon the  balance sheet  value
determinations  and  the  adjustments thereto  made  by the  General  Partner to
determine the net asset  value of the  Partnership. We have  also relied on  the
assurance  of the Partnership  and SSCI that the  calculations made to determine
allocations within  the  Partnership between  the  General Partner  and  Limited
Partners  are consistent with the provisions  of the Partnership Agreement; that
any  pro  forma  financial   statements,  projections,  budgets,  estimates   of
environmental  liability,  or value  estimates or  adjustments contained  in the
Offer to Purchase or  otherwise provided or comunicated  to us, were  reasonably
prepared  on bases consistent with actual  historical experience and reflect the
best currently available estimates  and good faith  judgments; that no  material
changes  have  occurred  in  the  appraised  value  of  the  properties  or  the
information reviewed between the date of the Portfolio Valuation or the date  of
the  other  information provided  and  the date  of  this letter;  and  that the
Partnership and SSCI are not aware of any information or facts that would  cause
the  information supplied to us  to be incomplete or  misleading in any material
respect.
 
    We have not been requested to, and therefore did not: (i) select the  method
of  determining  the  Consideration to  be  paid  in the  Offer;  (ii)  make any
recommendation to the  Limited Partners  with respect  to whether  to accept  or
reject the Offer; or (iii) express any opinion as to the business decisions made
by  the Partnership in response  to the Offer or  alternatives to the Offer, tax
factors resulting from the  Offer, the impact of  the Offer on Limited  Partners
who  do not accept the  Offer, the allocation of  expenses relating to the Offer
and subsequent merger  between the  Partnership and SSCI,  or any  terms of  the
Offer  other than the Consideration. Our opinion is based on business, economic,
real estate and securities markets, and other  conditions as of the date of  our
analysis  and addresses the Offer in the  context of information available as of
the date of our analysis. Events occurring after that date may materially affect
the assumptions used in preparing the opinion.
 
    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is  our
opinion that as of the date of this letter the Consideration to be paid per unit
of  limited partnership interest  in the Offer  is fair to  the Limited Partners
from a financial point of view.
 
    The preparation  of a  fairness opinion  is  a complex  process and  is  not
necessarily  susceptible  to partial  analysis or  summary description.  We have
advised the Partnership that our entire  analysis must be considered as a  whole
and  that selecting portions of  our analysis and the  factors considered by us,
without considering all analyses and facts,  could create an incomplete view  of
the evaluation process underlying this opinion.
 
Yours truly,
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Shrewsbury, NJ
July 1, 1996
 
                             Schedule III - Page 2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
 
Gentlemen:
 
    We  have  been  advised  that  IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P. II,  and IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P.  III  (collectively,  the  "Partnerships")  are  contemplating  a
transaction (the "Merger")  in which  one or more  of the  Partnerships will  be
merged  with and  into Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc.  ("SSCI"), an affiliated,
publicly traded  real  estate  investment  trust,  pursuant  to  an  acquisition
agreement  (the "Acquisition Agreement")  between the Partnerships  and SSCI. In
the Merger, the limited  partners of the  Partnerships (the "Limited  Partners")
will  be  asked to  approve the  Merger with  SSCI pursuant  to which  they will
receive as consideration newly issued shares of SSCI Class A Common Stock (  the
"Shares")  and, in  the case  of fractional shares,  cash. We  have been further
advised that the Consideration to be received  in the Merger by the partners  of
each  Partnership will be  that number of  Shares and cash  such that the market
value of  the Shares  and cash  will be  equal to  $40,066,700 for  IDS/Shurgard
Income Growth Partners L.P., $26,861,846 for IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners
L.P. II, and $39,649,643 for IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III, which
amounts  represent the estimated net asset value of each Partnership as of March
31, 1996 (collectively, the "Consideration"). To the extent a Partnership's  net
asset  value as of  the closing date of  the Merger exceeds  the net asset value
indicated above, the Partnership will distribute  such excess amount in cash  to
the  partners of such Partnership as soon  as practicable after the closing date
of the Merger. For the purposes of determining the number of Shares to be issued
to each Partnership in the Merger, we have been advised that the market value of
the Shares (the "Share Value")  will be based on  the average per share  closing
prices  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  of  the  Shares  during  the twenty
consecutive trading days ending on the fifth trading day prior to the day of the
meeting of  limited partners  of the  applicable Partnership  on which  day  the
general  partner of such Partnership actually calls  for the vote of the Limited
Partners to approve the Merger, subject  to the condition that such Share  Value
falls within the range of $22.25 to $27.75 per Share (the "Share Value Range").
 
    The  general  partners of  the Partnerships  have  requested that  Robert A.
Stanger & Co., Inc. ("Stanger")  provide its opinion as  to the fairness to  the
Limited  Partners of each  Partnership, from a  financial point of  view, of the
Consideration to be received in the Merger by each respective Partnership.
 
    In the course of  our review to  render this opinion,  we have, among  other
things:
 
    - Reviewed  a draft of (i) the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) Offer to Purchase
      for each Partnership related  to a tender offer  by SSCI for interests  in
      each  Partnership, and (iii) the Proxy Statement/Prospectus related to the
      Merger, which drafts management of the Partnerships has indicated to be in
      substantially the  form  intended  to  be finalized  and  filed  with  the
      Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC");
 
                             Schedule III - Page 3
<PAGE>
    - Reviewed the Partnerships' and SSCI's annual reports filed with the SEC on
      Form  10-K for the fiscal  years ending December 31,  1993, 1994 and 1995,
      and quarterly  reports filed  with the  SEC on  Form 10-Q  for the  period
      ending March 31, 1996;
 
    - Reviewed  the SSCI pro forma financial  statements and pro forma schedules
      prepared by the Partnerships' management and SSCI's management;
 
    - Performed appraisals  of  the  portfolios  of  properties  owned  by  each
      Partnership  as of December 31, 1995 (the "Portfolio Valuations") pursuant
      to a  separate  engagement agreement  to  perform such  services  for  the
      Partnerships;
 
    - Reviewed   information  regarding  purchases  and  sales  of  self-storage
      properties by SSCI or  any affiliated entities  during the prior  12-month
      period  and other  information available relating  to acquisition criteria
      for self-storage properties;
 
    - Reviewed  internal  financial  analyses  and  forecasts  prepared  by  the
      Partnerships  of the current net liquidation value of each Partnership and
      projections of going-concern values for each Partnership, which were based
      in part on the Portfolio Valuations;
 
    - Discussed with members of senior  management of the Partnerships and  SSCI
      conditions  in self-storage property markets, conditions in the market for
      sales/acquisitions  of   properties  similar   to  those   owned  by   the
      Partnerships,  current and  projected operations and  performance, and the
      financial condition and future  prospects of the  properties owned by  the
      Partnerships, the Partnerships and SSCI;
 
    - Reviewed  historical market prices, trading  volume and dividends for SSCI
      Common Stock; and
 
    - Conducted other  studies, analyses,  inquiries  and investigations  as  we
      deemed appropriate.
 
    In rendering this fairness opinion, we have relied upon and assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness in all material respects
of  all financial and other information contained  in each Offer to Purchase and
the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or that  was furnished or otherwise  communicated
to  us  by the  Partnerships  and SSCI.  We  have not  performed  an independent
appraisal of the non-real estate assets and liabilities of the Partnerships, and
we have relied upon the balance  sheet value determinations and the  adjustments
thereto  made by the general  partners to determine the  net asset value of each
Partnership. We have also relied on  the assurance of the Partnerships and  SSCI
that  the allocation  of the Consideration  within each  Partnership between the
general partner and Limited  Partners is consistent with  the provisions of  the
Partnership  Agreements; that  any pro forma  financial statements, projections,
budgets, estimates of environmental liability, or value estimates or adjustments
contained in  the  Offers to  Purchase  and the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  or
otherwise  provided or  communicated to  us, were  reasonably prepared  on bases
consistent with  actual historical  experience and  reflect the  best  currently
available  estimates and  good faith  judgments; that  no material  changes have
occurred in the appraised  value of the properties  or the information  reviewed
between  the  date  of  the  Portfolio  Valuations  or  the  date  of  the other
information provided and the date of this letter; and that the Partnerships  and
SSCI  are not aware of any information or facts that would cause the information
supplied to us to be incomplete or misleading in any material respect.
 
    We have not been requested to, and therefore did not: (i) select the  method
of   determining  the  Consideration  offered  in  the  Merger;  (ii)  make  any
recommendation to  the Limited  Partners  of the  Partnerships with  respect  to
whether  to approve or reject  the Merger, or whether  to select the cash tender
offer made by SSCI  or the Shares  offered in the Merger;  or (iii) express  any
opinion  as to the business  decision to effect the  Merger, alternatives to the
Merger, tax factors resulting from the Merger, the fairness of the Consideration
to be received in  the Merger at  a Share Value  outside of the  low end of  the
Share  Value Range,  the allocation of  expenses associated with  the Merger and
related tender offers between and among the Partnerships and SSCI, or any  terms
of  the Merger other than  the Consideration. Our opinion  is based on business,
economic, real estate and securities markets, and
 
                             Schedule III - Page 4
<PAGE>
other conditions as of the date of our analysis and addresses the Merger in  the
context  of  information  available  as  of the  date  of  our  analysis. Events
occurring after  that  date  may  materially  affect  the  assumptions  used  in
preparing the opinion.
 
    Based  upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is our
opinion that as of the date of  this letter the Consideration to be received  in
the  Merger by  the Limited  Partners is  fair to  the Limited  Partners of each
respective Partnership from a financial point of view.
 
    The preparation  of a  fairness opinion  is  a complex  process and  is  not
necessarily  susceptible  to partial  analysis or  summary description.  We have
advised each of the Partnerships that our entire analysis must be considered  as
a  whole and that selecting portions of  our analysis and the factors considered
by us, without considering  all analyses and facts,  could create an  incomplete
view of the evaluation process underlying this opinion.
 
Yours truly,
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Shrewsbury, NJ
July 1, 1996
 
                             Schedule III - Page 5
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE IV
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  JULY 1, 1996
 
Special Committee of the Board of Directors
  of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
c/o Latham & Watkins
650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626-1925
 
Dear Sirs:
 
    We  understand that Shurgard  Storage Centers, Inc.  (the "Company") and IDS
Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners L.P.  ("IDS  I"), IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P. II ("IDS II")  and IDS/ Shurgard Income  Growth Partners L.P. III
("IDS III"; each of IDS I, IDS II and IDS III may be referred to separately as a
"Partnership" or collectively  as the  "Partnerships") intend to  enter into  an
Acquisition  Agreement  (the "Agreement")  pursuant  to which  the  Company will
commence a cash tender offer  for (i) up to 65,000  of the outstanding units  of
limited  partnership of  IDS I, (ii)  up to  49,000 of the  outstanding units of
limited partnership of IDS II, and (iii)  up to 52,000 of the outstanding  units
of  limited partnership  of IDS  III (collectively,  the "Tender  Offers"). Upon
completion of the Tender Offers and if certain conditions have been satisfied or
waived, including the receipt  of requisite approval by  the holders of  limited
partnership  units of each Partnership, each Partnership will be merged with and
into the  Company  (the  "Mergers")  and the  general  and  limited  partnership
interests  in each  of the  Partnerships will be  converted into  that number of
shares of Class A Common Stock, par  value $.001 per share ("Common Stock"),  of
the  Company obtained  by dividing (i)  the Net  Asset Value (as  defined in the
Agreement) of the respective Partnerships allocable to such interests by (ii)  a
20  trading day average of the per share  closing prices for the Common Stock on
the New York  Stock Exchange (subject  to a  minimum and maximum  of $22.25  and
$27.75, respectively). You have requested our opinion, as investment bankers, as
to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the consideration to be paid
in connection with the Tender Offers and the Mergers.
 
    Alex.  Brown & Sons Incorporated ("Alex. Brown"), as a customary part of its
investment banking business, is engaged in the valuation of businesses and their
securities   in   connection   with   mergers   and   acquisitions,   negotiated
underwritings, private placements and valuations for estate, corporate and other
purposes.  We have acted  as financial advisor  to the Special  Committee of the
Board of Directors in connection with the Tender Offers and the Mergers and have
received a fee for our services. We have also acted as a managing underwriter of
a past offering of the Common Stock and advised a special committee of the Board
of Directors of  the Company  regarding its merger  with Shurgard  Incorporated.
Alex.  Brown regularly publishes research reports  regarding the real estate and
real estate investment  trust industries  and the businesses  and securities  of
publicly  owned companies  in those  industries. In  the ordinary  course of our
business, we may  actively trade the  Common Stock  of the Company  for our  own
account  and for the account of our  customers and, accordingly, may at any time
hold a long or short position in the Company's Common Stock.
 
                              Schedule IV - Page 1
<PAGE>
    In connection with our  opinion, we have reviewed  drafts of the  Agreement,
the  Offer to Purchase and the Registration Statement of the Company on Form S-4
(the "Registration  Statement")  with  respect  to the  Tender  Offers  and  the
Mergers,  as well as certain publicly available information and certain internal
financial and  other  information  furnished  to  us  by  the  Company  and  the
Partnerships.  We  have  also  held  discussions  with  members  of  the  senior
management of the Company  and a general partner  of each Partnership's  general
partner   regarding  the  business   and  prospects  of   the  Company  and  the
Partnerships. In addition, we have (i)  reviewed the reported price and  trading
activity  for the Common Stock and each Partnership's limited partnership units,
(ii) compared certain financial  and stock market  information for certain  real
estate  companies  whose  securities  are publicly  traded,  (iii)  reviewed the
financial terms  of  certain  recent acquisitions  in  the  public  self-storage
industry  and (iv) performed such other studies and analyses and considered such
other factors as we deemed appropriate.
 
    In conducting our review and in rendering our opinion, we have assumed  that
the definitive Agreement, Offer to Purchase and Registration Statement will not,
when  executed or filed, as the case may be, differ in any material respect from
the drafts thereof which  we have reviewed. We  have not independently  verified
the  information described above  and for purposes of  this opinion have assumed
the accuracy, completeness  and fairness  thereof. With  respect to  information
relating  to the prospects of the Company  and the Partnerships, we have assumed
that such  information  reflects  the best  currently  available  estimates  and
judgments  of the Company's management  and of a general  partner of each of the
Partnership's general partner as to  the likely future financial performance  of
the  Company and the Partnerships. In addition,  we have not made or obtained an
independent evaluation  of  the  assets  of  the  Company,  the  assets  of  the
Partnerships  or  reviewed environmental  issues  relating to  the  Company, the
Partnerships, the Tender Offers or the Mergers. Our opinion is based on  market,
economic  and other conditions as they exist and can be evaluated as of the date
of this letter.
 
    Based upon and  subject to the  foregoing, it is  our opinion as  investment
bankers that, as of the date of this letter, the consideration to be paid by the
Company  in each of the Tender Offers and  the Mergers is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the Company.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
 
                              Schedule IV - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE V
                            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                        1995            1994
                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents......................................  $      395,166  $      673,130  $      602,285
  Storage centers, net...........................................      33,903,059      34,146,500      35,121,146
  Other assets...................................................         358,552         250,621         258,242
  Amortizable assets, less accumulated amortization of
   $1,190,330, $1,131,762 and $749,074...........................         305,533         364,101         746,789
  Land held for resale...........................................         201,835         201,835         201,835
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
    Total Assets.................................................  $   35,164,145  $   35,636,187  $   36,930,297
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
  Liabilities:
  Accounts payable and other accrued expenses....................  $      422,533  $      476,306         428,900
  Notes payable..................................................      10,384,296      10,745,854      11,619,725
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
    Total Liabilities............................................      10,806,829      11,222,160      12,048,625
  Partners' equity (deficit):
  Limited partners...............................................      24,464,765      24,518,638      24,962,899
  General partner................................................        (107,449)       (104,611)        (81,227)
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
    Total Partners' Equity.......................................      24,357,316      24,414,027      24,881,672
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
    Total Liabilities and Partners' Equity.......................  $   35,164,145  $   35,636,187  $   36,930,297
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 1
<PAGE>
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  MARCH 31                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ----------------------------  -------------------------------------------
                                            1996           1995           1995           1994           1993
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUE:
  Rental..............................  $   1,806,553  $   1,720,373  $   7,224,762  $   6,608,932  $   4,109,845
  Interest and other income...........          9,343          6,928         36,378         56,948        230,099
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Revenue.....................      1,815,896      1,727,301      7,261,140      6,665,880      4,339,944
EXPENSES:
  Operating...........................        460,398        440,234      1,799,970      1,625,933      1,183,446
  Property management fees............        108,093        103,223        433,316        393,684        246,650
  Depreciation........................        282,034        280,622      1,122,039      1,052,532        661,921
  Real estate taxes...................        134,821        126,333        506,460        504,422        361,790
  Interest............................        194,032        214,039        960,964        820,083        122,691
  Amortization........................         58,568        118,821        382,688        465,348        211,138
  Administrative......................         46,430         57,760        170,424        148,544        125,635
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Expenses....................      1,284,376      1,341,032      5,375,861      5,010,546      2,913,271
EARNINGS..............................  $     531,520  $     386,269  $   1,885,279  $   1,655,334  $   1,426,673
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
EARNINGS PER UNIT OF LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.................  $        4.24  $        3.08  $       15.02  $       13.19  $       11.37
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
DISTRIBUTIONS PER UNIT OF LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.................  $        4.69  $        4.69  $       18.75  $       17.81  $       15.31
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 2
<PAGE>
                    STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     LIMITED
                                                                    PARTNERS      GENERAL PARTNER      TOTAL
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
Balance, January 1, 1993.......................................   $  25,983,981    $     (27,488)  $   25,956,493
Distributions..................................................      (1,825,475)         (96,077)      (1,921,552)
Earnings.......................................................       1,355,338           71,335        1,426,673
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1993.....................................      25,513,844          (52,230)      25,461,614
Distributions..................................................      (2,123,512)        (111,764)      (2,235,276)
Earnings.......................................................       1,572,567           82,767        1,655,334
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1994.....................................      24,962,899          (81,227)      24,881,672
Distributions..................................................      (2,235,276)        (117,648)      (2,352,924)
Earnings.......................................................       1,791,015           94,264        1,885,279
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1995.....................................      24,518,638         (104,611)      24,414,027
Distributions (unaudited)......................................        (558,819)         (29,412)        (588,231)
Earnings (unaudited)...........................................         504,944           26,576          531,520
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, March 31, 1996 (unaudited)............................   $  24,464,763    $    (107,447)  $   24,357,316
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 3
<PAGE>
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                            31,                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ---------------------------  -------------------------------------------
                                                    1996                         1995           1994           1993
                                                ------------      1995       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                              -------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Earnings....................................  $    531,520  $     386,269  $   1,885,279  $   1,655,334  $   1,426,673
    Adjustments to reconcile earnings to net
     cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization...........       340,602        399,443      1,504,727      1,517,880        873,059
      Changes in operating accounts:
        Other assets..........................      (107,931)        (4,414)         7,621        (50,866)       (41,318)
        Accounts payable and other accrued
         expenses.............................       (53,773)       (42,628)        47,406        (14,540)       129,143
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net cash provided by operating
     activities...............................       710,418        738,670      3,445,033      3,107,808      2,387,557
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of and improvements to storage
   centers....................................       (38,593)        (7,659)      (147,393)      (588,910)   (15,476,979)
  Consideration for amortizable assets........                                                   (286,950)      (670,804)
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net cash used in investing activities.....       (38,593)        (7,659)      (147,393)      (875,860)   (16,147,783)
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from notes payable.................       600,000                                    9,500,000      8,865,000
  Payments on notes payable...................      (961,558)      (429,333)      (873,871)    (9,375,275)      (865,000)
  Payments of loan costs......................                                                   (242,226)      (127,846)
  Distributions to partners...................      (588,231)      (588,231)    (2,352,924)    (2,235,276)    (1,921,552)
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing
     activities...............................      (949,789)    (1,017,564)    (3,226,795)    (2,352,777)     5,950,602
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
  (Decrease) increase in cash and cash
   equivalents................................      (277,964)      (286,553)        70,845       (120,829)    (7,809,624)
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
   year.......................................       673,130        602,285        602,285        723,114      8,532,738
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....  $    395,166  $     315,732  $     673,130  $     602,285  $     723,114
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during year for interest..........  $    194,032  $     214,039  $     940,442  $     776,498  $     113,247
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Liabilities incurred in connection with the
   purchase of storage centers................  $    --       $    --        $    --        $     674,000  $   2,821,000
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 4
<PAGE>
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    GENERAL:  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III (the Partnership) was
organized  under the laws  of the State  of Washington on  November 15, 1988, to
serve as a vehicle for investments in and ownership of a professionally  managed
real  estate  portfolio  consisting  of self  storage  properties  which provide
month-to-month leases  for  business  and personal  use.  The  Partnership  will
terminate  December 31, 2030, unless terminated  at an earlier date. The general
partner is Shurgard Associates L.P. III, a Washington limited partnership.
 
    As of March 31, 1996, there were approximately 4,100 limited partners in the
Partnership. There  were  approximately  119,215 units  of  limited  partnership
interest outstanding at a contribution of $250 per unit.
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    The interim financial statements included  in this report are unaudited.  In
the   opinion  of  the  Partnership,  all   adjustments  necessary  for  a  fair
presentation of such financial statements  have been included. Such  adjustments
consisted  only of normal  recurring items. Interim  results are not necessarily
indicative of results for a full year.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS:  Cash equivalents consist of money market instruments with
original maturities of 90 days or less.
 
    STORAGE CENTERS:  Storage centers,  including land, buildings and  equipment
are  recorded at cost. Depreciation on buildings  and equipment is recorded on a
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from three  to
thirty years.
 
    AMORTIZABLE ASSETS:  Amortizable assets, consisting primarily of non-compete
covenants  and loan costs, are amortized over their expected useful lives of two
to eight years.
 
    RENTAL REVENUE:    Rental revenue  is  recognized as  earned  under  accrual
accounting principles.
 
    TAXES  ON INCOME:  The  financial statements do not  reflect a provision for
Federal income taxes because such taxes are the responsibility of the individual
partners.
 
    LITIGATION:  The Partnership has a  policy of accruing for probable  losses,
which  if any, could be material to  the future financial position or results of
operations. As of March 31, 1996, there are currently no known probable  losses,
therefore, no such accruals have been made.
 
    EARNINGS  PER UNIT  OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST:  Earnings  per unit of
limited partnership  interest is  based  on earnings  allocated to  the  limited
partners  divided by the number of  limited partnership units outstanding during
the year (119,215 units for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995  and
the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995).
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS  PER UNIT OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST:  Distributions per
unit of limited partnership interest is based on the total amount distributed to
limited partners divided by the number of limited partnership units  outstanding
during  the year (119,215 units  for each of the  three years ended December 31,
1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995).
 
    VALUATION OF LONG LIVED ASSETS:   The Partnership, using its best  estimates
based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, reviews storage
centers   and  other  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances have indicated that the carrying  amounts of its assets might  not
be recoverable. Impaired assets are reported at the lower of cost or fair value.
Assets  to be disposed  of are reported at  the lower of  cost or net realizable
value. At March 31, 1996, no assets had been written down.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 5
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE B -- STORAGE CENTERS
    Storage centers consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------------
                                                                              1995            1994
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                         --------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
                                                         --------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>             <C>
Land...................................................  $    7,503,081  $    7,503,081  $    7,515,406
Buildings..............................................      29,277,560      29,238,967      29,110,884
Equipment..............................................         699,802         699,802         668,167
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                             37,480,443      37,441,850      37,294,457
Less accumulated depreciation..........................      (3,577,384)     (3,295,350)     (2,173,311)
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                         $   33,903,059  $   34,146,500  $   35,121,146
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE C -- NOTES PAYABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------------
                                                                              1995            1994
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                         --------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
                                                         --------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>             <C>
Notes payable to sellers...............................  $      674,000  $    1,583,653  $    2,264,000
Note payable to bank...................................       9,710,296       9,162,201       9,355,725
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                         $   10,384,296  $   10,745,854  $   11,619,725
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                         --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    On March 31,  1994, the Partnership  consolidated outstanding notes  payable
totaling  $8 million and borrowed  an additional $1.5 million.  The new terms of
this note provide the Partnership the option to borrow an additional $3 million.
This note is secured by real estate  and bears interest at 8%. The note  matures
April 1, 2001 and requires monthly payments of principal and interest based on a
twenty-year  amortization.  The  note  reprices  to  market  every  six  months,
accordingly, the recorded value approximates fair value.
 
    Notes to sellers,  which mature December  31, 1996, are  secured by  certain
storage  centers of the Partnership. The  recorded value of these seller's notes
approximates fair value. Annual payments of principal are due 90 days after year
end under  conditions provided  in the  note agreement  based on  each  center's
performance.  Quarterly  interest  is payable  to  the extent  any  center's net
operating income, as defined, exceeds 10% of the Partnership's investment in the
related center. In  1994 and 1995,  the Partnership made  principal payments  of
$651,000  and $680,347 respectively,  on these notes. On  February 29, 1996, the
Partnership borrowed  $600,000 on  its bank  note to  partially fund  the  final
payment  of $909,653 on the  seller's note that originated  with the purchase of
the Castro Valley storage center and  to replenish cash reserves. Maturities  of
notes payable include this final payment made February 29, 1996.
 
    Maturities of notes payable at December 31, 1995, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
1996..........................................................  $ 1,798,135
1997..........................................................      233,730
1998..........................................................      254,705
1999..........................................................      277,563
2000..........................................................      302,472
Thereafter....................................................    7,879,249
                                                                -----------
                                                                $10,745,854
                                                                -----------
                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule V - Page 6
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE D -- ACQUISITION
    During  the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, the Partnership acquired
existing storage  centers from  unaffiliated  parties. These  acquisitions  were
funded  through  a combination  of bank  notes, seller  notes and  cash. Certain
information about these acquisitions is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PROPERTY            ACQUISITION
             FACILITY                         LOCATION               PRICE              DATE
- -----------------------------------  ---------------------------  -----------  -----------------------
<S>                                  <C>                          <C>          <C>
Castro Valley (1)                    Castro Valley, CA              5,000,000  August, 1993
Newark (1)                           Newark, CA                     3,340,000  August, 1993
San Leandro (1)                      San Leandro, CA                2,671,000  August, 1993
Tracy (1)                            Tracy, CA                      2,250,000  August, 1993
Sacramento (1)                       Sacramento, CA                 2,834,000  February, 1994
San Lorenzo (1)                      San Lorenzo, CA                2,905,000  February, 1994
Castro Valley Office Bldg. (2)       Castro Valley, CA                500,000  May, 1994
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) These purchases were funded  with cash, a $8  million bank note, and  $3.495
    million in seller notes.
 
(2) This purchase was funded with cash.
 
    The  transactions  were  accounted  for as  purchases,  and  the  results of
operations for each  of the  storage centers from  their respective  acquisition
date  have  been  included  in the  financial  statements.  The  general partner
estimates that if  these properties  had been acquired  on January  1, 1994  and
1993,  the pro forma combined results of operations for the year would have been
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1994           1993
                                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
Total revenue.............................................................  $   6,773,234  $   6,237,005
Earnings..................................................................  $   1,613,010  $   1,331,884
Earnings per unit of limited partnership interest.........................  $       12.85  $       10.61
</TABLE>
 
    These pro  forma  operating results  include  the Partnership's  results  of
operations,  less increased depreciation and amortization on storage centers and
other assets, respectively, and increased interest expense on the bank loans.
 
    The pro forma information does not  purport to be indicative of the  results
that  actually  would have  been obtained  if the  combined operations  had been
conducted for the full  year and is  not intended to be  a projection of  future
results.
 
NOTE E -- TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
    In  connection with the management of  the centers, the Partnership has paid
or accrued a monthly property management fee equal to 6% of the properties gross
revenue to Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., an affiliate of the general  partner.
On  March 24, 1995  Shurgard Incorporated merged  with Shurgard Storage Centers,
Inc. Prior to the merger date such fees were paid to Shurgard Incorporated.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 7
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
General Partner and Limited Partners
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
Seattle, Washington
 
    We have  audited  the accompanying  balance  sheets of  IDS/Shurgard  Income
Growth  Partners L.P.  III as  of December  31, 1995  and 1994,  and the related
statements of earnings, partners  equity (deficit), and cash  flows for each  of
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  1995.  These financial
statements  are  the  responsibility   of  the  Partnership's  management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such  financial statements present  fairly, in all  material
respects,  the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the  three
years  in  the  period ended  December  31,  1995 in  conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Seattle, Washington
March 1, 1996
 
                              Schedule V - Page 8
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE VI
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, AND 1995
 
    The Partnership's performance continued to improve with earnings up $145,000
or  38% over the same quarter of 1995. Rental revenue increased $86,000 or 5% in
the first quarter  of 1996 compared  to the corresponding  quarter of 1995.  The
increase  resulted primarily from a 10% increase  in the average rental rate per
square  foot.  Stone  Mountain,  Tracy,   and  Castro  Valley  storage   centers
contributed the largest revenue gain in your Partnership of $21,300 $19,500, and
$18,300,  respectively. During the month of  March 1996 the Partnership lost its
only tenant  in the  Castro Valley  office building  representing  approximately
$5,000  per month in  rent. Management is  currently making efforts  to fill the
office space;  however, it  has  impacted average  occupancies at  quarter  end.
Average occupancies decreased eight percentage points from 89% at March 31, 1995
to 81% at March 31, 1996.
 
    Total  expenses  decreased 4%  for the  first quarter  compared to  the same
quarter of  1995.  The  majority  of  this decrease  was  due  to  the  drop  in
amortization  expense  which  does  not  affect  the  Partnership's  cash  flow.
Additionally, interest expense decreased as a result of the final payment on the
seller's note which originated  with the purchase of  the Castro Valley  storage
center. Operating and administrative expenses increased 2% over the same quarter
of 1995 due to additional hours worked by the store mangers as well as increased
salaries.  Real estate taxes increased 7% over the same quarter of 1995 due to a
refund received in March  1995 for the successful  appeal of San Lorenzo's  1994
real estate taxes.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
    From  1993  to  1995,  the  Partnership's  revenue  and  expenses  increased
primarily due to the acquisition of new storage centers and the interest on  the
corresponding  debt.  The Partnership  acquired  the following  storage centers:
Sacramento and San Lorenzo (February  1994); Castro Valley Office Building  (May
1994); Castro Valley, Newark, San Leandro and Tracy (August 1993).
 
    The Partnership's rental revenue and earnings from 1994 to 1995 increased 9%
and  14%, respectively,  resulting from a  10.7% increase in  the average rental
rate per  square foot.  Rate increases  were partially  offset by  a decline  in
occupancies  from 93% at December 31, 1993 to 90% at December 31, 1994 to 88% at
December 31,  1995.  Although the  average  occupancy for  the  Partnership  has
decreased, the Partnership seeks to maximize revenue by adjusting rents to match
demand  more flexibly. Store managers evaluate their store's rental rates, based
on unit demand, unit availability and competitors' rental rates. The Partnership
trains its store managers  in revenue optimization and  empowers them to  adjust
marginal  rental rates  based on  their "on the  ground" analysis  of demand and
availability at their particular store.  In addition, the use of  month-to-month
leases,  combined with customer turnover, allows rents to be quickly adjusted to
match current demand in a flexible manner.
 
    Revenue for the  three storage centers  purchased in 1994  increased 20%  or
$156,000  in 1995 over  their 1994 results,  while comparable operating expenses
increased by 5% or $15,000. These combined to provide a 32% or $141,000 increase
in 1995 earnings  for these centers  compared to their  1994 operating  results.
These   increases  resulted  from  the  additional  two  months  of  operations.
Occupancies for  these  three centers,  which  averaged 91%  during  1994,  rose
slightly to an average of 92% during 1995.
 
    Revenue  and operating  expenses for the  four properties  purchased in 1993
rose 161% or $1.3 million and 145% or $415,000 from 1993 to 1994,  respectively.
These  increases  reflect the  additional seven  months  of operations  in 1994.
Additionally, revenue and expenses  increased 8% or $173,000  and 4% or  $26,000
from  1994 to 1995, respectively. This provided  a 11% increase in 1995 earnings
for these centers compared  to 1994. Annual occupancies  for these four  centers
averaged 91%, 90%, and 91% at December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 1
<PAGE>
    Storage  centers owned prior to 1993 had  increased revenue of 14% from 1993
to 1994 and 8% from 1994 to  1995. Operating expenses for these storage  centers
increased 8% or $126,000 in 1995 over 1994. The majority of this increase is due
to  additional hours worked by managers,  higher repair and maintenance expenses
which included retail renovations  at the Tucker  facility, and increased  store
inventory costs. Additionally operating expenses increased 3% in 1994 over 1993.
Annual  occupancies for these storage centers averaged 94% at December 31, 1993,
89% at December 31, 1994, and 85% December 31, 1995.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
    TRANSACTION  COSTS.    The  Partnership  continues  to  investigate  various
alternatives  to provide the limited partners with greater liquidity. During the
first quarter of 1996,  costs incurred by the  Partnership in exploring  various
alternative  transactions totaled  approximately $82,000.  Whether and  when the
Partnership will  reach agreement  regarding the  implementation of  any of  the
various  alternatives  will depend  on  a number  of  factors. There  can  be no
assurance  that  any  agreement  will  be  reached,  or  if  reached,  that  the
transactions contemplated thereby will be consummated.
 
    INVESTING  ACTIVITIES:  Capital  improvements for the  first quarter of 1996
totaled $38,600 which represents the conversion  of storage units at the  Dobson
Ranch storage center.
 
    FINANCING  ACTIVITIES:   During the first  quarter of  1996, the Partnership
borrowed $600,000 on its bank note in order to make final payment of $909,653 on
the seller's note that originated with the purchase of the Castro Valley storage
center. During the first quarter of 1995, the Partnership made payments totaling
$378,900 on  the seller's  notes  pertaining to  the  Castro Valley  and  Newark
storage centers. These payments were funded out of operating cash flow.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTNERS:  Annualized distribution rates were 7.50% for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
    CASH  FROM OPERATIONS:  Cash from operations increased by $720,300 from 1993
to 1994 and  $337,200 from 1994  to 1995, reflecting  the increase in  earnings.
Management  believes that  cash balances and  cash flow from  operations will be
adequate to support the future operating needs of the Partnership.
 
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES:    In  1993,  the  Partnership  invested  $237,000  in
existing  storage  centers,  including  office  remodeling  at  Norcross,  Stone
Mountain, Tucker and Forest Park and  new signage at Rochester. The  Partnership
also  purchased four storage centers during the third quarter of 1993 at a total
cost of  $13.3 million.  The Partnership  acquired a  security interest  in  two
additional  properties as  part of  a binding  purchase agreement  with the same
seller. These two centers were purchased on February 10, 1994, for $5.7 million.
All six California properties  are subject to similar  terms under the  purchase
and  sales agreements. These agreements provide  the Partnership a 10% return on
funds invested  for the  first three  years. All  of these  storage centers  are
located  in northern California, San Francisco Bay and Sacramento areas and they
range in size from 58,000 to  69,000 net rentable square feet. Additionally,  in
March 1994, the Partnership purchased an office building from the same seller at
a total cost of $500,000.
 
    In  1994,  the Partnership  invested $157,000  in existing  storage centers.
These improvements included new  signage at Castro  Valley, Newark, San  Leandro
and  Tracy. Security  improvements were also  made at the  Gilbert Dobson Ranch,
Castro Valley, Newark and Tracy storage  centers. As part of Stone Mountain  and
Forest  Park's original acquisitions, the  Partnership acquired undeveloped land
in Atlanta adjacent  to each  storage center.  The Partnership  has listed  both
parcels with a local real estate broker for resale.
 
    During 1995, the Partnership invested $147,000 in capital improvements which
included  pavement work  at the Gilbert,  Allen Boulevard  and Rochester storage
centers, as well as a new perimeter
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 2
<PAGE>
fence at the Windcrest  storage center. Additionally, the  septic system at  the
Delray  Beach storage center  was replaced. Planned  improvements for 1996 total
approximately $188,600 and are  expected to be funded  from operations and  cash
reserves.
 
    FINANCING  ACTIVITIES:  During  1993, the Partnership  issued $10,821,000 of
debt in conjunction  with the purchase  of the  six storage centers  in the  San
Francisco  area.  This  debt  was  comprised of  an  $8  million  bank  note and
$2,821,000 in seller notes. Seller's  notes require quarterly interest  payments
to  the extent any center's net operating income, as defined, exceeds 10% of the
Partnership's investment in the  related center. Annual  payments are due  under
conditions provided in the note agreement based on each center's performance.
 
    During 1994, the Partnership consolidated existing outstanding notes payable
totaling  $8  million and  borrowed an  additional $1.5  million. This  new note
matures April 1, 2001 and bears an interest rate of 8% until September 1,  1996,
at  which  time  it  reprices  and  can be  fixed  for  various  periods  at the
Partnership's option. Cash  proceeds from  the additional  borrowing under  this
note  were used to make $580,000 in payments on the seller's notes taken in 1993
and fund the $500,000 purchase price  of the Castro Valley office building.  The
terms  of  this note  provide  the Partnership  the option  to  borrow up  to an
additional $3 million. It may be  necessary for the Partnership to borrow  under
this provision to meet the future repayment obligations of the seller's notes to
the  extent  they  cannot be  funded  from  operating cash  flow.  In  1994, the
Partnership made  the final  payments of  $651,000 on  the seller's  notes  that
originated with the purchase of the Tracy and San Leandro storage centers.
 
    In  1995, the Partnership made a $65,347  payment on the seller's note which
originated with the  purchase of  the Castro Valley  storage center  as well  as
final  payment  of  $615,000 on  the  seller's  note which  originated  with the
purchase of the Newark storage center.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTNERS:  Annualized distribution rates were 7.5%, 7.125%,
and 6.125% for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Distributions are expected  to
continue  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  will  reflect  the  Partnership's future
operating results and cash position.
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 3
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE VII
                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31,
1996  and unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of net income for the three
month period ended March 31, 1996 set forth the effect of the Transaction on the
Purchaser's historical balance sheet  and historical statement  of income as  of
and for the same dates as if the Transaction had occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
    The  following unaudited consolidated  statement of net  income for the year
ended December  31,  1995  sets forth  the  effect  of the  Transaction  on  the
Purchaser's  pre-Merger pro forma consolidated statement  of income for the year
then ended as if the Transaction had occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
    The Purchaser's pre-Merger pro forma consolidated statement of net income is
based on the Purchaser's historical financial statements adjusted to reflect the
consummation of the following transactions as if they had occurred on January 1,
1995: (i) the merger of Shurgard Incorporated, (ii) the acquisition of  Shurgard
Evergreen  Limited  Partnership, (iii)  the  sale of  approximately  4.9 million
shares of common stock of the Purchaser,  and (iv) the acquisition of 4  storage
centers.   Any  additional  net   income  resulting  from   the  assumption  and
consummation of these transactions  on January 1, 1995  is assumed to have  been
distributed to shareholders during 1995.
 
    These  pro  forma consolidated  financial  statements are  presented  in two
scenarios: (a)  the  purchase  by  the  Purchaser  through  the  Offer  and  the
Additional Offers of 29,640, 23,022 and 23,843 of the outstanding units of IDS1,
IDS2  and  IDS3,  respectively  (representing  approximately  20%  of  the total
outstanding units) and (b) the purchase  by the Purchaser of 65,000, 49,000  and
52,000   of  the  outstanding  units  of   IDS1,  IDS2  and  IDS3,  respectively
(representing the  maximum number  of  units to  be  acquired by  the  Purchaser
through  the  Offer and  the Additional  Offers).  These pro  forma consolidated
financial statements have been  formatted to show the  pro forma adjustments  to
the  Purchaser's  pre-Merger  pro forma  and  historical  consolidated financial
statements related to  the Purchaser and  to the Partnerships  in four  separate
columns  so that the Unitholder can evaluate the Merger of any one, two or three
of the Partnerships with the Purchaser.
 
    The  pro  forma  consolidated  financial  statements  are  not   necessarily
indicative  of  what the  Purchaser's actual  financial  position or  results of
operations would have been as of the  date or for the periods indicated, nor  do
they  purport  to represent  the Purchaser's  financial  position or  results of
operations as of or for any future period. The pro forma consolidated  financial
statements  should be read in conjunction with all financial statements included
elsewhere herein or incorporated by reference in this Offer to Purchase.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 1
<PAGE>
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PURCHASER
                                     PURCHASER    PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)      IDS2 (2)      IDS3 (2)     POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS)                       HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Storage centers, net...............   $537,732       $             $ 42,476(3)    $30,520(3)    $50,688(3)   $661,416
Other real estate investments......     22,169        20,054         (9,810)(4)    (5,104)(5)    (7,136)(5)    20,173
Cash, cash equivalents and other
 assets............................     58,027         2,300          1,088(6)        562(6)        754(6)     62,731
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total assets...................   $617,928       $22,354       $ 33,754       $25,978       $44,306      $744,320
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Accounts payable and other
 liabilities.......................   $ 43,854       $    --       $  1,300(7)    $ 1,371(7)    $ 2,779(7)(8)  $ 49,304
Notes payable......................    132,247        22,354             --         2,850        10,384       167,835
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total liabilities..............    176,101        22,354          1,300         4,221        13,163       217,139
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Stockholders' equity...............    441,827            --         32,454(9)     21,757(9)     31,143(9)    527,181
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity..........   $617,928       $22,354       $ 33,754       $25,978       $44,306      $744,320
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                     ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect  the purchase of  29,640, 23,022 and  23,843 Units of  IDS1,
    IDS2  and  IDS3, respectively  ("Tendered Units"),  as  if such  occurred on
    January 1, 1995, the additional debt incurred to finance the purchase of the
    Tendered Units, and the Purchaser's  estimated costs related to the  Mergers
    and the Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership.
 
(3)  Amounts  reflect  market  value  of  self  storage  centers  based  on  the
    Appraisals.  IDS1 includes only  70% of the  step-up to market  value of SJP
    II's storage centers as the remaining  30% was owned by the Purchaser  prior
    to the Merger and will be carried at the Purchaser's historical cost.
 
(4)  Historical amounts have  been adjusted to eliminate  the Tendered Units and
    the Purchaser's 30% interest in SJP II.
 
(5) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate the Tendered Units.
 
(6) Historical assets have  been reduced to  eliminate amortizable assets  which
    were  specifically excluded from the calculation  of Net Asset Value per the
    Acquisition Agreement.
 
(7) Historical amounts have been  adjusted to include estimated liabilities  for
    Partnership  transaction costs of $939,800,  $630,100 and $930,100 for IDS1,
    IDS2 and  IDS3, respectively.  See  "The Offer"  --  Section 10  ("Fees  and
    Expenses").
 
(8)  Historical amount has been adjusted  to include $257,000 of estimated costs
    to complete the  expansion of Dobson  Ranch, the market  value of which  was
    included in the Appraisal.
 
(9) Amount reflects Net Asset Value less the value of the Tendered Units.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 2
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PURCHASER
                                      PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)      IDS2 (2)      IDS3 (2)     POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)    HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                     -----------  -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Rental revenue.....................  $    23,531      $  --       $    1,622     $  1,093     $    1,807    $    28,053
Revenue from other real estate
 investments.......................          434        287             (186)(3)       (66)(4)       (101)(4)         368
Property management revenue........          854         --             (109)(5)       (75)(5)       (119)(5)         551
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total revenue..................       24,819        287            1,327          952          1,587         28,972
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating expense..................        6,926         --              403          255            468          8,052
Depreciation and amortization......        5,085         21              333(6)       216(6)         350(6)       6,005
Real estate taxes..................        2,081         --              127           90            135          2,433
General and administrative.........        1,082         --               34(5)        29(5)          28(5)       1,173
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total expenses.................       15,174         21              897          590            981         17,663
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from operations.............        9,645        266              430          362            606         11,309
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Interest and other income..........           95         --               10            5              9            119
Interest expense...................       (2,427)      (461)              --          (59)(7)       (214)(7)      (3,161)
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total other income (expense)...       (2,332)      (461)              10          (54)          (205)        (3,042)
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)..................  $     7,313      $(195)      $      440     $    308     $      401    $     8,267
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income per share...............  $      0.32                                                            $      0.31
                                     -----------                                                            -----------
                                     -----------                                                            -----------
FFO (8)............................  $    12,196      $ (16)      $      724     $    479     $      686    $    14,070
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares............................   23,196,858         --        1,276,961(9)   856,799(9)   1,275,199(9)  26,605,817
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                     -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect income from  the Tendered Units as  if the purchase of such
    occurred on January 1, 1995, interest (at 8.25% per annum) on the additional
    debt  incurred  to  finance  the   purchase  of  the  Tendered  Units,   and
    depreciation  of  estimated  costs related  to  the Mergers  and  the Offers
    assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.  Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3) Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to  the
    Tendered Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in the earnings of SJP II.
 
(4)  Historical  amounts  have  been adjusted  to  eliminate  earnings  from the
    Tendered Units.
 
(5) Historical  amounts have  been  adjusted to  eliminate management  fees  and
    reimbursements  (included  as administrative  expenses on  the Partnerships'
    books) received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of  the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6)  Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7) Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25%  per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8)  The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income before
    extraordinary items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus  depreciation
    and  amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO is used by many financial  analysts in evaluating REITs. FFO should  not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP),  as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships' financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative  of
    sufficient  cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships'
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 3
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 PURCHASER                                                         PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER       PRE-MERGER   PURCHASER (1)  IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
SHARE AND SHARE DATA)            PRO FORMA   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    94,381   $       --    $   6,465    $   4,309    $   7,225   $   112,380
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................        1,397        1,111         (739)(3)       (278)(4)       (358)(4)       1,133
Property management revenue...        3,780           --         (443)(5)       (313)(5)       (490)(5)       2,534
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       99,558        1,111        5,283        3,718        6,377       116,047
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............       26,194           --        1,516          958        1,820        30,488
Depreciation and
 amortization.................       18,059           84        1,331(6)        863(6)      1,399(6)      21,736
Real estate taxes.............        7,727           --          466          324          506         9,023
General and administrative....        5,543           --          138(5)         90(5)         94(5)       5,865
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       57,523           84        3,451        2,235        3,819        67,112
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........       42,035        1,027        1,832        1,483        2,558        48,935
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....          507           --          107           11           36           661
Interest expense..............      (10,170)      (1,844)          --         (235)(7)       (857)(7)     (13,106)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (9,663)      (1,844)         107         (224)        (821)      (12,445)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net (loss) income.............  $    32,372   $     (817)   $   1,939    $   1,259    $   1,737   $    36,490
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      1.40                                                       $      1.37
                                -----------                                                       -----------
                                -----------                                                       -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    49,236   $      (61)   $   3,058    $   1,947    $   2,850   $    57,031
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,193,921           --    1,276,961(9)    856,799(9)  1,275,199(9)  26,602,880
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from  the Tendered Units as  if the purchase of  such
    occurred on January 1, 1995, interest (at 8.25% per annum) on the additional
    debt   incurred  to  finance  the  purchase   of  the  Tendered  Units,  and
    depreciation of  estimated  costs related  to  the Mergers  and  the  Offers
    assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership. Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have  been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to the
    Tendered Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in the earnings of SJP II.
 
(4) Historical  amounts  have  been  adjusted to  eliminate  earnings  from  the
    Tendered Units.
 
(5)  Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to  eliminate management  fees and
    reimbursements (included  as administrative  expenses on  the  Partnerships'
    books)  received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6) Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the  market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25% per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8) The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income  before
    extraordinary  items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus depreciation
    and amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO  is used by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO should not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP), as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships'  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the  Partnerships'
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 4
<PAGE>
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PURCHASER
                                  PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)   IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS)                   HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Storage centers, net...........   $ 537,732     $      --     $  42,476(3)  $  30,520(3)  $  50,688(3)  $ 661,416
Other real estate
 investments...................      22,169        43,560       (18,892)(4)    (10,863)(5)    (15,801)(5)     20,173
Cash, cash equivalents and
 other assets..................      58,027         2,300         1,088(6)        562(6)        754(6)     62,731
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total assets...............   $ 617,928     $  45,860     $  24,672    $  20,219    $  35,641    $ 744,320
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Accounts payable and other
 liabilities...................   $  43,854     $      --     $   1,300(5)  $   1,371(7)  $   1,609(  (8)  $  48,134
Notes payable..................     132,247        45,860            --        2,850       10,384      191,341
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities..........     176,101        45,860         1,300        4,221       11,993      239,475
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Stockholders' equity...........     441,827            --        23,372(9)     15,998(9)     23,648(9)    504,845
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity......   $ 617,928     $  45,860     $  24,672    $  20,219    $  35,641    $ 744,320
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect the  purchase of 65,000,  49,000 and 52,000  Units of IDS1,
    IDS2 and IDS3, respectively ("Maximum  Tendered Units"), as if the  purchase
    of such occurred on January 1, 1995, the additional debt incurred to finance
    the  purchase of  the Tendered  Units, and  the Purchaser's  estimated costs
    related to the Mergers and the Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.
 
(3)  Amounts  reflect  market  value  of  self  storage  centers  based  on  the
    Appraisals. IDS1 includes  only 70% of  the step-up to  market value of  SJP
    II's  storage centers as the remaining 30%  was owned by the Purchaser prior
    to the Merger and will be carried at the Purchaser's historical cost.
 
(4) Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to eliminate  the Maximum  Tendered
    Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in SJP II.
 
(5)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  eliminate the  Maximum Tendered
    Units.
 
(6) Historical assets have  been reduced to  eliminate amortizable assets  which
    were  specifically excluded from the calculation  of Net Asset Value per the
    Acquisition Agreement.
 
(7) Historical amounts have been  adjusted to include estimated liabilities  for
    Partnership  transaction costs of $939,800,  $630,100 and $930,100 for IDS1,
    IDS2 and  IDS3, respectively.  See  "The Offer"  --  Section 10  ("Fees  and
    Expenses").
 
(8)  Historical amount has been adjusted  to include $257,000 of estimated costs
    to complete the  expansion of Dobson  Ranch, the market  value of which  was
    included in the Appraisal.
 
(9)  Amount reflects  Net Asset  Value less  the value  of the  Maximum Tendered
    Units.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 5
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER        PURCHASER    PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
SHARE AND SHARE DATA)           HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    23,531     $      --      $   1,622    $   1,093    $   1,807   $    28,053
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................          434           623           (329)(3)       (140)(4)       (220)(4)         368
Property management revenue...          854            --           (109)(5)        (75)(5)       (119)(5)         551
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       24,819           623          1,184          878        1,468        28,972
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............        6,926            --            403          255          468         8,052
Depreciation and
 amortization.................        5,085            21            333(6)        216(6)        350(6)       6,005
Real estate taxes.............        2,081            --            127           90          135         2,433
General and administrative....        1,082            --             34(5)         29(5)         28(5)       1,173
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       15,174            21            897          590          981        17,663
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........        9,645           602            287          288          487        11,309
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....           95            --             10            5            9           119
Interest expense..............       (2,427)         (945)            --          (59)(7)       (214)(7)      (3,645)
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (2,332)         (945)            10          (54)        (205)       (3,526)
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).............  $     7,313     $    (343)     $     297    $     234    $     282   $     7,783
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      0.32                                                          $      0.30
                                -----------                                                          -----------
                                -----------                                                          -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    12,196     $      23      $     522    $     355    $     491   $    13,587
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,196,858            --        913,700(9)    626,436(9)    928,582(9)  25,665,576
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from the Maximum Tendered Units as if the purchase of
    such occurred  on January  1, 1995,  interest (at  8.25% per  annum) on  the
    additional  debt  incurred  to  finance the  purchase,  and  depreciation of
    estimated costs  related to  the Mergers  and the  Offers assuming  all  the
    Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership. Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have  been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to the
    Maximum Tendered Units and the Purchaser's  30% interest in the earnings  of
    SJP II.
 
(4) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate earnings from the Maximum
    Tendered Units.
 
(5)  Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to  eliminate management  fees and
    reimbursements (included  as administrative  expenses on  the  Partnerships'
    books)  received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6) Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the  market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25% per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8) The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income  before
    extraordinary  items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus depreciation
    and amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO  is used by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO should not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP), as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity; nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the  Partnership's
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 6
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 PURCHASER                                                         PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER        PRO FORMA   PURCHASER (1)  IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
SHARE AND SHARE DATA)           PRE-MERGER   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    94,381   $       --    $   6,465    $   4,309    $   7,225   $   112,380
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................        1,397        2,414       (1,306)(3)       (591)(4)       (781)(4)       1,133
Property management revenue...        3,780           --         (443)(5)       (313)(5)       (490)(5)       2,534
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       99,558        2,414        4,716        3,405        5,954       116,047
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............       26,194           --        1,516          958        1,820        30,488
Depreciation and
 amortization.................       18,059           84        1,331(6)        863(6)      1,399(6)      21,736
Real estate taxes.............        7,727           --          466          324          506         9,023
General and administrative....        5,543           --          138(5)         90(5)         94(5)       5,865
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       57,523           84        3,451        2,235        3,819        67,112
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........       42,035        2,330        1,265        1,170        2,135        48,935
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....          507           --          107           11           36           661
Interest expense..............      (10,170)      (3,784)          --         (235)(7)       (857)(7)     (15,046)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (9,663)      (3,784)         107         (224)        (821)      (14,385)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).............  $    32,372   $   (1,454)   $   1,372    $     946    $   1,314   $    34,550
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      1.40                                                       $      1.35
                                -----------                                                       -----------
                                -----------                                                       -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    49,236   $       91    $   2,239    $   1,437    $   2,089   $    55,092
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,193,921           --      913,700(9)    626,436(9)    928,582(9)  25,662,639
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from the Maximum Tendered Units as if the purchase of
    such  occurred on  January 1,  1995, interest  (at 8.25%  per annum)  on the
    additional debt incurred  to finance  the purchase of  the Maximum  Tendered
    Units,  and depreciation of  estimated costs related to  the Mergers and the
    Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.  Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3) Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to  the
    Maximum  Tendered Units and the Purchaser's  30% interest in the earnings of
    SJP II.
 
(4) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate earnings from the Maximum
    Tendered Units.
 
(5) Historical  amounts have  been  adjusted to  eliminate management  fees  and
    reimbursements  (included  as administrative  expenses on  the Partnerships'
    books) received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of  the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6)  Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7) Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25%  per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8)  The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income before
    extraordinary items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus  depreciation
    and  amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO is used by many financial  analysts in evaluating REITs. FFO should  not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP),  as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative  of
    sufficient  cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 7
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE IX
                              PROPERTY INFORMATION
 
    The  following table  sets forth certain  information regarding  each of the
Partnership's self storage  centers, including occupancy  at December 31,  1993,
1994, 1995 and March 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          OCCUPANCY
                                                                    NET                       AT       OCCUPANCY AT
                                                       YEAR      RENTABLE                  DEC. 31        DEC. 31
  PROPERTY NAME     PROPERTY LOCATION   OWNED SINCE    BUILT    SQUARE FEET    ACREAGE       1993          1994
- ------------------  ------------------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                 <C>                 <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Gilbert             Gilbert, AZ               1991     1985         66,000          4.0       *              *
Delray Beach        Delray Beach, FL          1991     1986         77,000          4.5       *            *
Allen Blvd.         Beaverton, OR             1991   1973/1975      42,000          2.6       *            *
Windcrest           San Antonio, TX           1991   1975/1993      86,000          6.3       *            *
Dobson Ranch        Mesa, AZ                  1992     1978         55,000          4.2       *            *
Norcross            Norcross, GA              1992     1984         62,000          9.3       *            *
Stone Mountain      Stone Mountain, GA        1992     1985         61,000         10.1       *            *
Tucker              Tucker, GA                1992     1987         60,000          4.6       *            *
Forest Park         Forest Park, GA           1992     1980         65,000          7.9       *            *
Rochester           Utica, MI                 1992     1989         57,000          4.8       *            *
Castro Valley       Castro Valley, CA         1993   1975/1988      69,000          2.8       96                95
Newark              Newark, CA                1993     1991         61,000          3.1       *            *
San Leandro         San Leandro, CA           1993     1991         59,000          2.7       *            *
Tracy               Tracy, CA                 1993     1986         70,000          3.0       *            *
Sacramento          Sacramento, CA            1994     1991         53,000          2.6      N/A           *
San Lorenzo         San Lorenzo, CA           1994     1990         54,000          1.9      N/A           *
Castro Valley
 Business Park      Castro Valley, CA         1994     1989          3,000          0.3      N/A           *
                                                                -----------       -----
Total                                                            1,000,000         74.7
 
<CAPTION>
                     OCCUPANCY AT     OCCUPANCY AT
                        DEC. 31          MAR. 31
  PROPERTY NAME          1995             1996
- ------------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                 <C>              <C>
Gilbert                  *                *
Delray Beach             *                *
Allen Blvd.              *                *
Windcrest                *                *
Dobson Ranch             *                *
Norcross                 *                *
Stone Mountain           *                *
Tucker                   *                *
Forest Park              *                *
Rochester                *                *
Castro Valley                 91               93
Newark                   *                *
San Leandro              *                *
Tracy                    *                *
Sacramento               *                *
San Lorenzo              *                *
Castro Valley
 Business Park           *                *
Total
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
 *   These properties are individually less than 10% of historical cost of total
    storage  centers  for  the  Partnership.  The  average  occupancy  of  these
    properties  was 93%,  92%, and  87% at  December 31,  1993, 1994,  and 1995,
    respectively and 87% at March 31, 1996.
 
    The following table presents the  average occupancy per net rentable  square
foot  and  average annual  rental  rate per  net  rentable square  foot  for the
Partnership's properties for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and  1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      FOR THE THREE
                                                                   -------------------------------------   MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      1993         1994         1995      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Weighted average occupancy.......................................          90%          92 %         89 %           87   %
Average rental rate per square foot..............................  $     5.79   $     6.72   $     7.45   $       7.92
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule IX - Page 1

<PAGE>
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
                       RELATING TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE
   LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
              PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED JULY 2, 1996
                       OF SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                         DESCRIPTION OF UNITS TENDERED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF UNITHOLDER    NUMBER OF UNITS TENDERED
- --------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>
                                  *
                                  *  Unless otherwise indicated, it will be
                                     assumed that all Units held by the
                                     Unitholder are being tendered. For
                                     restrictions regarding partial tenders, see
                                     Instruction 2.
</TABLE>
 
    THIS OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON WEDNESDAY, JULY
31,  1996, UNLESS EXTENDED. UNITS WHICH ARE  TENDERED PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER MAY
BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THIS OFFER.
 
    To tender  Units,  this  Letter  of Transmittal  must  be  executed  by  the
Unitholder  and  received by  Gemisys  Corporation (the  "Depositary")  prior to
expiration of this Offer at one of the following addresses:
 
               BY MAIL                    BY OVERNIGHT COURIER/HAND DELIVERY
            P.O. Box 3897                       7103 S. Revere Parkway
       Englewood, CO 80155-9756                  Englewood, CO 80112
 
    DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD
BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
 
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The undersigned hereby tenders to Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Purchaser"), for $308 net per Unit in cash (the "Offer Price")
the above-described  units  of limited  partnership  interest (the  "Units")  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners L.P.  III, a Washington limited partnership
(the "Partnership"), in accordance with the terms and subject to the  conditions
of  the Purchaser's offer contained in the  Offer to Purchase dated July 2, 1996
(the "Offer to Purchase") and in this Letter of Transmittal (which together with
the  Offer  to  Purchase  constitutes  the  "Offer").  The  undersigned   hereby
acknowledges receipt of the Offer to Purchase.
 
    Subject  to, and effective upon, acceptance for tender of the Units tendered
herewith in  accordance with  the terms  and subject  to the  conditions of  the
Offer, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Purchaser, all right, title and interest in and to all of the Units that
are  being tendered hereby and that are  being accepted for purchase pursuant to
the Offer and any other non-cash distributions, Units or other securities issued
or issuable  in respect  thereof  on or  after July  2,  1996 and  appoints  the
Depositary  the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with respect
to such Units (and such non-cash distributions, other Units or securities), with
full power  of  substitution (such  power  of attorney  being  deemed to  be  an
irrevocable  power coupled with an interest),  to (a) transfer ownership of such
Units (and any such  non-cash distributions, other Units  or securities), to  or
upon  the order of the Purchaser, (b)  present such Units (and any such non-cash
distributions, other  Units or  securities) for  transfer on  the books  of  the
Partnership  and (c) receive  all benefits and otherwise  exercise all rights of
beneficial ownership of such Units  (and any such non-cash distributions,  other
Units  or securities),  all in accordance  with the  terms of the  Offer. If the
undersigned is  the  beneficial  owner  of the  Units,  the  undersigned  hereby
instructs  the record  owner of the  Units to tender  the Units to,  or upon the
order of, the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Offer.
 
    The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (i)  has
received  and  reviewed  the Offer  to  Purchase  and (ii)  has  full  power and
authority to sell, assign  and transfer the Units  tendered hereby (and any  and
all  non-cash distributions,  other Units  or securities  issued or  issuable in
respect thereof  on  or after  July  2, 1996)  or,  if the  undersigned  is  the
beneficial  owner of the Units, to instruct the  record owner to do so, and that
when the same  are accepted for  purchase by the  Purchaser, the Purchaser  will
acquire  good, marketable and unencumbered title  thereto, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and the same will not be  subject
to  any adverse claim.  The undersigned, upon request,  will execute and deliver
any additional  documents  deemed by  the  Depositary  or the  Purchaser  to  be
necessary  or desirable  to complete  the sale,  assignment and  transfer of the
Units tendered  hereby (and  any non-cash  distributions, other  Units or  other
securities  issued or  issuable in  respect of  such Units  on or  after July 2,
1996). In addition,  the undersigned shall  promptly remit and  transfer to  the
Depositary  for the account of the Purchaser any and all non-cash distributions,
other Units or other securities issued to the undersigned or the record owner on
or after  July 2,  1996 in  respect  of Units  tendered hereby,  accompanied  by
appropriate   documentation  of   transfer,  and  pending   such  remittance  or
appropriate assurance thereof, the Purchaser shall be entitled to all rights and
privileges as owner  of any such  other non-cash distributions,  Units or  other
securities  and  may  withhold  the  entire  consideration  or  deduct  from the
consideration the amount of value thereof as determined by the Purchaser, in its
sole discretion.
<PAGE>
    The undersigned understands that notwithstanding any other provisions of the
Offer and  subject  to the  applicable  rules  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission, the Purchaser will not be required to accept for purchase any Units,
may  postpone the acceptance for purchase of Units tendered and may terminate or
amend the Offer if prior to  the time of purchase of  any such Units any of  the
following  events  shall  occur  or  the Purchaser  shall  have  learned  of the
occurrence of any of such events:
 
        (a) There  shall be  threatened,  instituted or  pending any  action  or
    proceeding  before any domestic  or foreign court  or governmental agency or
    other regulatory or administrative agency or commission (i) challenging  the
    acquisition  by the Purchaser of the  Units, seeking to restrain or prohibit
    the making or  consummation of  the Offer,  seeking to  obtain any  material
    damages  or otherwise  directly or  indirectly relating  to the transactions
    contemplated by  the  Offer,  (ii)  seeking  to  prohibit  or  restrict  the
    Purchaser's   ownership  or  operation  of   any  material  portion  of  the
    Purchaser's business or assets, or to compel the Purchaser to dispose of  or
    hold  separate all or  any material portion  of its business  or assets as a
    result of the Offer, (iii) seeking to make the purchase of, or payment  for,
    some  or all of the  Units illegal or invalid, (iv)  resulting in a delay in
    the ability of the Purchaser to accept for payment or pay for some or all of
    the Units, (v) seeking to impose material limitations on the ability of  the
    Purchaser  effectively  to acquire  or hold  or to  exercise full  rights of
    ownership of the Units, including, without limitation, the right to vote the
    Units purchased by the  Purchaser on all matters  properly presented to  the
    limited  partners  of  the  Partnership,  (vi)  which  could  materially and
    adversely affect the treatment of the Offer for federal income tax purposes,
    (vii) which otherwise  is reasonably likely  to materially adversely  affect
    the  Partnership or value of the Units  or (viii) which imposes any material
    condition unacceptable to the Purchaser;
 
        (b)  Any  statute,   rule,  regulation  or   order  shall  be   enacted,
    promulgated,  entered  or deemed  applicable to  the Offer,  any legislation
    shall be pending,  or any other  action shall have  been taken, proposed  or
    threatened,  by any domestic government or  governmental authority or by any
    court, domestic  or foreign,  which is  likely, directly  or indirectly,  to
    result in any of the consequences referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
 
        (c)  There  shall  have  occurred  (i)  any  general  suspension  of, or
    limitation on  prices for,  trading  in securities  on  the New  York  Stock
    Exchange  ("NYSE"),  (ii) the  declaration of  a  banking moratorium  or any
    suspension of payments in respect of  banks in the United States, (iii)  the
    commencement  of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national
    calamity materially affecting the United States, (iv) any limitation by  any
    governmental  authority or  any other  event which  is reasonably  likely to
    affect the extension of credit by banks or other leading institutions in the
    United States, (v) any  material decline in security  prices on the NYSE  or
    (vi)  in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the Offer,
    any material worsening thereof;
 
which in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, acting in good faith, with  respect
to  each and every matter referred to  above and regardless of the circumstances
(including any action  or inaction  by the Purchaser)  giving rise  to any  such
condition,  makes  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  Offer  or  with such
acceptance for purchase. The  foregoing conditions are for  the sole benefit  of
the   Purchaser  and  may  be  asserted  by  the  Purchaser  regardless  of  the
circumstances giving  rise  to any  such  conditions (including  any  action  or
inaction  by the  Purchaser) or may  be waived by  the Purchaser in  whole or in
part. The failure by the Purchaser at any time to exercise any of the  foregoing
rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and each such right shall
be  deemed a continuing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to
time.
 
    The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints Charles K. Barbo and Kristin  H.
Stred designees of the Purchaser, and each of them, the attorneys and proxies of
the undersigned, each with full power of substitution, to vote in such manner as
each  such attorney and proxy or his or her substitute shall, in his or her sole
discretion, deem  proper,  and  otherwise act  (including  pursuant  to  written
consent)  with  respect to  all of  the  Units tendered  hereby which  have been
accepted for payment by the Purchaser prior  to the time of such vote or  action
(and  any and all  non-cash distributions, other Units  or securities, issued or
issuable in respect thereon on or after July 2, 1996), which the undersigned  is
entitled  to vote,  at any  meeting (whether  or not  an adjourned  or postponed
meeting) of limited partners  of the Partnership, or  with respect to which  the
undersigned  is empowered to act in connection with action by written consent in
lieu of any such meeting or otherwise. This proxy is irrevocable and is  granted
in  consideration of, and is effective upon,  the acceptance for payment of such
Units by  the  Purchaser,  in accordance  with  the  terms of  the  Offer.  Such
acceptance  for payment shall revoke any  other proxy granted by the undersigned
at any time  with respect to  such Units (and  any such non-cash  distributions,
other Units or securities) and no subsequent proxies will be given (and if given
will be deemed not to be effective) with respect thereto by the undersigned.
 
    The undersigned understands that tenders of Units pursuant to any one of the
procedures described in the Offer and in the instructions hereto will constitute
a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Purchaser upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Offer and, if the undersigned is not the record
owner  of the Units, instructions to the record owner to tender the Units to, or
upon the order of, the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Offer.
 
    All authority herein conferred or agreed  to be conferred shall survive  the
death  or incapacity  of the undersigned  and any obligation  of the undersigned
hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, legal  and
personal  representatives, successors and assigns  of the undersigned. Except as
stated in the Offer, this tender is irrevocable.
 
    Unless separate Special Payment/Delivery Instructions are submitted,  please
issue  the payment for the Units in the name(s) of the record owner and mail the
payment (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the record owner at  the
address shown on the Partnership's records.
<PAGE>
                            TENDER OF UNITS IN OFFER
 
    The Undersigned tenders Units in the Offer on the terms described above.
 
SIGN HERE
 
Signature(s)
Date                                                 ()
                                                     TELEPHONE NUMBER
 
    (Must  be signed by Unitholder(s) as  name(s) appear(s) on the mailing label
above. Your signature MUST be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union with  membership
in  an  approved  signature guarantee  Medallion  program). If  signature  is by
trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact,   agents,
officers  of  corporations or  others acting  in  a fiduciary  or representative
capacity, please provide the following information. See Instruction 3.)
 
Name(s)                 (PLEASE PRINT)
Capacity (full title)
 
Address
                        (INCLUDE ZIP
                        CODE)
 
                           GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 3.)
 
Authorized Signature(s)
Name
Name of Firm
 
Address
                          (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
Area Code and Telephone
No.
Date
 
<PAGE>
                              NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 9.)
 
    1.  Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  provides
that  a transferee  of a U.S.  real property  interest must withhold  tax if the
transferor is a foreign person.
 
    2.    In  order  to  inform  Shurgard  Storage  Centers,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Purchaser"),  that  withholding  of  tax  is  not  required  upon
disposition of a  U.S. real property  interest by the  seller referred to  below
("Seller"), the undersigned hereby certifies to the following:
 
    (If Seller is an individual)
 
    a.  I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
    b.  My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security number) is  ___.
 
    c.  My home address is
____________________________________
____________________________________
 
    (If Seller is an entity)
 
    a.   Seller is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust
       or foreign estate  (as these terms  are defined in  the Internal  Revenue
       Code and Income Tax Regulations).
    b.  Seller's U.S. employer identification number
       is ____________________________________.
 
    c.  Seller's office address is
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
 
    Seller  understands that  this affidavit  may be  disclosed to  the Internal
Revenue Service by  Purchaser and  that any  false statement  contained in  this
affidavit may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.
 
    Under  penalties of perjury,  I declare that I  have examined this affidavit
and to the best  of my knowledge  and belief it is  true, correct and  complete,
and,  if Seller is  an entity, I further  declare that I  have authority to sign
this document on behalf of Seller.
 
Dated
 
If Seller is an individual:             If Seller is an entity:
Signature                               Name of Seller
Print Name                              By
                                        Its
<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
 
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
    1.    DELIVERY OF  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL.   A  properly completed  and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and any  other documents required by this  Letter
of  Transmittal must  be received  by the  Depositary at  its address  set forth
herein on or prior to July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and all other  required
documents is at the option and risk of the tendering Unitholder and the delivery
will  be deemed made only when actually  received by the Depositary. If delivery
is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested is recommended. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.
 
    No alternative,  conditional or  contingent tenders  will be  accepted.  All
tendering  Unitholders, by executing this Letter of Transmittal, waive any right
to receive any notice of the acceptance of their Units for payment.
 
    2.  PARTIAL TENDERS.  If fewer than  all the Units held by a Unitholder  are
to  be tendered, (i) fill in the number of Units which are to be tendered in the
section entitled "Number of  Units Tendered" and (ii)  the Unitholder must  hold
after  the tender at least the applicable minimum number of Units required to be
subscribed for in the initial offering of Units. Generally, a Unitholder  should
not  tender  if, as  a result  of such  tender, the  Unitholder (other  than one
transferring all of his or her Units) will hold less than 10 Units. The  minimum
subscription  requirement is four Units  for tax-exempt Unitholders, eight Units
for Minnesota Unitholders  owning Units  through an IRA,  and 10  Units for  all
other  Minnesota tax-exempt Unitholders. All Units  held by a Unitholder will be
deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
 
    3.  SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
    (a) The signature  on the  Letter of Transmittal  must be  guaranteed by  an
eligible   guarantor  institution  with  membership  in  an  approved  signature
guarantee Medallion program. Please refer  to the Guarantee of Signature(s)  box
on the signature page.
 
    (b)  Signatures on this  Letter of Transmittal  must correspond exactly with
the name on the mailing label above.
 
    (c) If any of the Units are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all
such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
    (d) If any Units are registered in different names, it will be necessary  to
complete,  sign and submit as many separate  Letters of Transmittal as there are
different registrations.
 
    (e) If  this  Letter  of  Transmittal is  signed  by  a  trustee,  executor,
administrator,  guardian, attorney-in-fact,  officer of  a corporation  or other
person acting in a fiduciary or  representative capacity, such person should  so
indicate  when signing,  and if requested,  proper evidence  satisfactory to the
Purchaser of such person's authority so to act must be submitted.
 
    4.  STOCK TRANSFER TAXES.   Except as set forth  in this Instruction 4,  the
Purchaser  will pay or cause to be paid any stock transfer taxes with respect to
the transfer and  sale of Units  to it or  its order pursuant  to the Offer.  If
payment  of the purchase price is to be made to any person other than the record
owner, the amount  of any stock  transfer taxes (whether  imposed on the  record
owner  or such other person)  payable on account of  the transfer to such person
will be deducted  from the purchase  price unless satisfactory  evidence of  the
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is submitted.
 
    5.   SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.  If payment for the Units is
to be issued in  the name of  a person other  than the record  owner or sent  to
someone  other than the  record owner or sent  to the record  owner at a address
different than that shown on the Partnership's records, contact the  Information
Agent  (toll-free)  at  1-800-207-2872  to  obtain  a  "Special Payment/Delivery
Instructions" form.
 
    6.  REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR  ADDITIONAL COPIES.  Requests for  assistance
may  be directed  to, or  additional copies  of the  Offer to  Purchase and this
Letter of Transmittal may  be obtained from, the  Depositary or the  Information
Agent at their respective addresses set forth below.
 
    7.   IRREGULARITIES.   All questions  as to the  validity, form, eligibility
(including time  of receipt)  and acceptance  of  any tender  of Units  will  be
determined by the Purchaser, in its sole discretion, and its determination shall
be final and binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any or
all  tenders of  any particular  Units (i)  determined by  it not  to be  in the
appropriate form or (ii) the acceptance for purchase of Units which may, in  the
opinion of the Purchaser's counsel, be unlawful.
 
    8.   TAX IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER.  Federal income  tax law generally requires
that a  Unitholder  whose  Units  are accepted  for  payment  must  provide  the
Depositary  with  his or  her  correct Taxpayer  Identification  Number ("TIN"),
which, in the case of  a Unitholder who is an  individual, is his or her  social
security  number. If the Depositary  is not provided with  the correct TIN or an
adequate basis for an exemption, such Unitholder may be subject to a $50 penalty
imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, backup withholding at  the
rate  of 31% may be imposed upon the gross proceeds resulting from the Offer. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.
 
    Exempt Unitholders (including,  among others, all  corporations and  certain
foreign  individuals) are not subject to  these backup withholding and reporting
requirements. To  prevent  possible  erroneous  backup  withholding,  an  exempt
Unitholder  must enter its correct  TIN in Part 1  of Substitute Form W-9, write
"Exempt" in Part 2 of  such form, and sign and  date the form. See the  enclosed
Guidelines  for Certification  of Taxpayer  Identification Number  on Substitute
Form W-9 (the  "W-9 Guidelines")  for additional  instructions. In  order for  a
nonresident  alien  or foreign  entity to  qualify as  exempt, such  person must
submit a completed Form W-8, "Certificate of Foreign Status." Such forms may  be
obtained from the Depositary.
<PAGE>
    If  the Units are held in  more than one name or are  not in the name of the
actual owner, consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report.
 
    If you do not  have a TIN,  consult the W-9  Guidelines for instructions  on
applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9, and sign
and  date the form.  If the box  in Part 2  is checked, the  Unitholder or other
payee must also  complete the  Certificate of  Awaiting Taxpayer  Identification
Number  below. If you provide  your TIN to the Depositary  within 60 days of the
date the Depositary receives such form, any amounts withheld during such  60-day
period will be refunded to you by the Depositary. NOTE: CHECKING THE BOX IN PART
2  ON THE FORM MEANS THAT YOU HAVE ALREADY  APPLIED FOR A TIN OR THAT YOU INTEND
TO APPLY FOR ONE IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
 
    9.  NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT.  Federal income tax law generally requires that in
the case of any disposition of a United States real property interest, including
the Units, by a foreign person, the purchaser is required to deduct and withhold
a tax equal to  10% of the  total amount realized on  the disposition. To  avoid
this  withholding,  each Unitholder  must  provide the  Depositary  a Nonforeign
Affidavit, signed  by  the Unitholder  under  penalty of  perjury,  stating  the
Unitholder's  TIN and  that the  Unitholder is not  a foreign  person. A foreign
person is generally defined as any person  other than (a) a citizen or  resident
of  the United States, (b) a partnership  or corporation created or organized in
the United States or under the law of the United States or of any State, or  (c)
any  estate or  trust whose  income, from sources  within or  without the United
States, is taxable in the United States.  If the Unitholder is a foreign  person
or  does not execute and complete the Nonforeign Affidavit, any amounts withheld
will be credited against the amount of income tax incurred by the Unitholder  on
the  sale of his  or her Units when  the Unitholder files his  or her income tax
return for the period including the year of the sale.
 
    Unitholders should complete and execute the attached Nonforeign Affidavit to
avoid this withholding. In the case  of Unitholders other than individuals,  the
Nonforeign  Affidavit must be completed and  signed by an authorized officer, in
the case of a corporation, by a  general partner, in the case of a  partnership,
by  a manager or  member, in the  case of a  limited liability company  and by a
trustee, executor or equivalent fiduciary  in the case of  a trust or estate.  A
foreign  corporation that has made a valid  election under Section 897(i) of the
Internal Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended, to  be  treated  as  a  domestic
corporation  for purposes of such section may provide a Nonforeign Affidavit but
must attach to  the Nonforeign  Affidavit a copy  of the  acknowledgment of  the
election provided to the foreign corporation by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    10.   NOTICE OF TRANSFER  TO PARTNERSHIP.  A  Unitholder's execution of this
Letter of  Transmittal  and  delivery  to the  Depositary  will  be  treated  as
providing  the necessary notice  of transfer to the  Partnership for purposes of
Code Section 6050K.
 
    IMPORTANT: THIS  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL, TOGETHER  WITH ALL  OTHER  REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS,  MUST BE  RECEIVED BY THE  DEPOSITARY ON  OR PRIOR TO  JULY 31, 1996,
UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
THE DEPOSITARY:                         THE INFORMATION AGENT:
GEMISYS CORPORATION                     D.F. KING & CO., INC.
7103 S. REVERE PARKWAY                  77 WATER STREET
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112               NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
1-800-955-2235                          (212) 269-5550 (CALL COLLECT)
                                        OR
                                        1-800-207-2872
 
                  TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING UNITHOLDERS
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 8.)
 
                       PAYER'S NAME:  GEMISYS CORPORATION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                                  <C>
                                  Part 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN                   TIN
                                  IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY       Social Security Number or
SUBSTITUTE                        SIGNING AND DATING BELOW               Employer Identification Number
                                                                       Part 2
Form W-9                                                               Awaiting TIN  / /
 
                                  CERTIFICATION -- UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT (1) the
                                  number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number
                                  (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), (2) I am not subject
                                  to backup withholding either because I have not been notified by the
                                  Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to backup
                                  withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
                                  dividends or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to
Department of the Treasury        backup withholding, and (3) any other information provided on this form
Internal Revenue Service          is true and correct.
 
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER      SIGNATURE
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)       DATE
AND CERTIFICATION
                                  You must cross out item (2) of the above Certification if you have been
                                  notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because
                                  of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return and you have
                                  not been notified by the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup
                                  withholding.
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
NOTE:  FAILURE TO COMPLETE  AND RETURN  THIS FORM MAY  IN CERTAIN  CIRCUMSTANCES
       RESULT  IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT
       TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION  OF
       TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER ON  SUBSTITUTE  FORM W-9  FOR ADDITIONAL
       DETAILS.
             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
    I certify under penalties of  perjury that a taxpayer identification  number
has  not  been issued  to  me, and  either  (1) I  have  mailed or  delivered an
application to  receive  a taxpayer  identification  number to  the  appropriate
Internal  Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (2)
I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that
if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 31%
of such payment of the purchase price will be withheld.
 
Signature __________________________________________  Date _____________________

<PAGE>

Release Number: 96-4

CONTACTS:
Jennifer R. Wall                          DeLise Keim
David B. Frank                            Harrell Beck
D.F. King & Co., Inc.                     Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
212/269-5550                              206/624-8100

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
- ---------------------

              SHURGARD SIGNS AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE THREE AFFILIATED
                 SELF STORAGE REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

PARTNERSHIPS COLLECTIVELY OWN INTERESTS IN 37 SELF STORAGE FACILITIES IN NINE
STATES

     SEATTLE, WASHINGTON, JULY 2, 1996 . . . Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. 
("Shurgard") (NYSE:SHU), IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. ("IDS1"), 
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II ("IDS2") and IDS/Shurgard Income 
Growth Partners L.P. III ("IDS3") today jointly announced that they have 
signed an agreement (the "Agreement") providing for the acquisition by 
Shurgard of IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 (the "Partnerships") for an aggregate 
consideration of approximately $107 million in cash and shares of Shurgard's 
Class A Common Stock. Each acquisition will be made by means of an offer (the 
"Offer") by Shurgard to the limited partners of each of the Partnerships to 
purchase for cash the units of limited partnership interest ("Units") held by 
them, followed by a merger of each of the Partnerships into Shurgard (the 
"Mergers"). The price per unit in the Offer and the Merger for IDS1, IDS2 and 
IDS3 is $257, $222 and $308, respectively. The Offer prices and Merger prices 
are based upon the net asset values of the respective Partnerships. 
Consummation of each Merger is subject to the satisfaction of various 
conditions, including the approval of the respective Mergers by the IDS1, 
IDS2 and IDS3 limited partners. Acquisition of a Partnership is not 
conditioned upon the acquisition of any other Partnership.

     The agreement provides that Shurgard will offer to purchase for cash up 
to 43.9% of the Units in IDS1, up to 42.6% of the Units in IDS2 and up to 
43.6% of the Units in IDS3. The Offers will not be conditioned upon a minimum 
number of Units being tendered. Shurgard intends to commence the Offers 
today, but, in any event, no later than July 9, 1996, and will finance the 
purchases of Units made pursuant to the Offers through borrowings under its 
existing credit facilities.


                                     (MORE...)

<PAGE>

Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
July 2, 1996
Page 2


     Following completion of the Offers, IDS1, IDS2 AND IDS3 will hold 
meetings of limited partners to vote upon approval of the Mergers. If a 
Partnership's Merger is approved by the requisite vote of the Unitholders 
under the Partnership agreement, that Partnership will, if other conditions 
to the Merger are satisfied or waived, merge with and into Shurgard, and each 
outstanding Unit of the Partnership (other than those owned by Shurgard) will 
be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Class A Common 
Stock of Shurgard determined in the manner provided in the Agreement.

     It is currently anticipated that notice of the meetings of limited 
partners of the Partnerships to be held to consider the Mergers will be 
mailed to limited partners in August and that the meetings will be held in 
October. The timing of the notice and the meetings, however, will be subject, 
among other things, to the timing of the effectiveness of a registration 
statement to be filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission covering the 
Shurgard Class A Common Stock proposed to be issued in the Mergers. The offer 
of the Class A Common Stock to be issued in the Mergers will be made only by 
means of a prospectus that complies with the applicable provisions of law.

                                   *  *  *

     Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., is a fully integrated, 
self-administered, self-managed real estate investment trust (REIT) 
headquartered in Seattle, Washington, specializing in all aspects of the self 
storage industry. Shurgard operates a network of more than 265 storage 
centers located throughout the United States and in Europe. Of these 
properties, the Company owns directly, or through joint venture interests, 
approximately two-thirds of the portfolio. The remaining properties are owned 
by affiliated and unaffiliated parties, including the 37 properties owned by 
IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3.


<PAGE>
 [LOGO]
                        1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101
 
IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS OFFER OR IF YOU NEED HELP IN COMPLETING THE
LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL, PLEASE CALL THE INFORMATION AGENT, D.F. KING& CO., INC.,
AT (800) 207-2872
 
                                  July2, 1996
 
    Re:  Cash Tender Offer for up to 52,000 Units of
       IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
 
Dear Unitholder:
 
    Shurgard Storage Centers,Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"),  is
offering  to purchase  (the "Offer") up  to 52,000 units  of limited partnership
interest (the  "Units")  in IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth Partners  L.P.  III,  a
Washington limited partnership (the "Partnership"), at a net cash price per Unit
of  $308 (the "Offer Price"). The Offer is not conditioned upon a minimum number
of Units being  tendered. If more  than 52,000 Units  are validly tendered,  the
Purchaser  will accept only 52,000 Units  and will purchase Units from tendering
Unitholders on a pro  rata basis. You  will not have to  pay any commissions  or
fees  associated with the sale. The Offer presents a current opportunity to sell
your Units if you desire immediate liquidity.
 
    The Partnership and the Purchaser have entered into an Acquisition Agreement
which provides  for  the merger  (the  "Merger")  of the  Partnership  into  the
Purchaser  after completion of  the Purchaser's purchase of  Units in the Offer.
The Merger is subject to the approval of holders of a majority of the Units at a
special meeting of Unitholders to  be held after the  Offer has expired. If  the
Merger  is  approved by  the  requisite vote  of  Unitholders and  certain other
conditions to the  Merger are  satisfied, the  Partnership will  merge into  the
Purchaser  and  cease  to exist  as  a  separate legal  entity.  Unitholders who
participate in the Merger will receive  shares of Common Stock of the  Purchaser
in exchange for their Units.
 
    THE GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP HAS APPROVED THE OFFER AND THE MERGER
AND  HAS DETERMINED  THAT THE  TERMS OF  THE OFFER  AND THE  MERGER ARE  FAIR TO
UNITHOLDERS. THE GENERAL  PARTNER RECOMMENDS THAT  THOSE UNITHOLDERS WHO  DESIRE
IMMEDIATE  LIQUIDITY  TENDER  THEIR  UNITS  IN  THE  OFFER  AND  THAT  ALL OTHER
UNITHOLDERS RETAIN  THEIR UNITS  AND, INSTEAD,  PARTICIPATE IN  THE MERGER.  THE
MERGER  WILL ONLY OCCUR IF IT IS  APPROVED BY THE REQUISITE VOTE OF UNITHOLDERS.
THE GENERAL  PARTNER  IS AN  AFFILIATE  OF  THE PURCHASER  AND  HAS  SIGNIFICANT
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THE OFFER AND THE MERGER.
 
    The  Purchaser has enclosed  an Offer to Purchase  and Letter of Transmittal
which together describe  the terms of  the Offer and  the Merger. The  Purchaser
urges  you to  read both  the Offer  to Purchase  and the  Letter of Transmittal
carefully. If you wish to sell your Units  and receive a net cash price of  $308
per  Unit, please complete the  enclosed Letter of Transmittal  and return it to
the address set forth on the back cover of the Offer to Purchase. The Offer will
expire on Wednesday, July31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    We thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                                 [SIGNATURE]
 
                                          Charles K. Barbo
                                          CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.

<PAGE>


             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER.
Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens, i.e. 000-00-
0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one
hyphen, i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give
the payer.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Give the
For this type of account:                   SOCIAL SECURITY
                                            number of:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  An individual's account                 The individual

2.  Two or more individuals                 The actual owner of the
    (joint account)                         the account or, if combined
                                            funds, any one of the individuals(1)

3.  Husband and wife (joint account)        The actual owner of the account
                                            or, if joint funds, either
                                            person(1)

4.  Custodian account of a minor            The minor(2)
    (uniform Gift to Minors Act)

5.  Adult and minor (joint account)         The adult or, if the minor
                                            is the only contributor,
                                            the minor(1)

6.  Account in the name of guardian or      The ward, minor, or
    committee for a designated ward,        incompetent person(3)
    minor, or incompetent person

7.  a.  The usual revocable savings         The grantor-trustee(1)
        trust account (grantor is
        also trustee)
    b.  So-called trust account that
        is not a legal or valid trust
        under state law.

8.  Sole proprietorship account             The owner(4)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Give the EMPLOYER
For this type of account                    IDENTIFICATION
                                            number
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.  A valid trust, estate, or               The legal entity (Do not
    pension trust                           furnish the identifying
                                            number of the personal
                                            representative or trustee
                                            unless the legal entity
                                            itself is not designated
                                            in the account title)(5)

10. Corporate account                       The corporation

11. Religious, charitable, or               The organization
    educational organization
    account

12. Partnership account held in             The partnership
    the name of the business

13. Association, club, or other             The organization
    tax-exempt organization

14. A broker or registered nominee          The broker or nominee

15. Account with the Department of          The public entity
    Agriculture in the name of a
    public entity (such as a State
    or local government, school
    district, or prison) that receives
    agricultural program payments

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2)  Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number
(3)  Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such
     person's social security number.
(4)  Show the name of the owner.
(5)  List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension
     trust.

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be
      considered to be that of the first name listed.

<PAGE>



             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                     PAGE 2

OBTAINING A NUMBER
If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your
number, obtain Form 55-5. Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form
55-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the
Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a
number.

PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the
following:
     -    A corporation.
     -    A financial institution.
     -    An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual
          retirement plan.
     -    The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
     -    A State the District of Columbia, a possession of the United 
          States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof
     -    A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government,
          or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
     -    An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality
          thereof.
     -    A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the
          U.S. or a possession of the U.S.
     -    A real estate investment trust.
     -    A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)
     -    An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described
          in section 4947(a)(1).
     -    An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of
          1940.
     -    A foreign central bank of issue.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup
withholding include the following:

     -    Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section
          1441.
     -    Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the
          U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.
     -    Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid
          in money.
     -    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding including the
following:

     -    Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You
          may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $500 or more
          and is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you
          have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the
          payer.
     -    Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends
          under section 52).
     -    Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
     -    Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
     -    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Exempt payers described above must still complete the Substitute Form W-5
enclosed herewith to avoid possible erroneous. backup withholding. FILE
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 WITH THE PAYER. REMEMBERING TO CERTIFY YOUR TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON THE FORM AND WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM.

     Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends,
that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup
withholding. For details, use the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a),
6045, and 6050A.

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE.--Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend,
interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers
who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification
purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are
required to file tax returns. Beginning January 1, 1993, payers must generally
withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a
payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain
penalties may also apply.

PENALTIES

(1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. If you fail
to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a
penalty of 550 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable
cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) FAILURE TO REPORT CERTAIN DIVIDEND AND INTEREST PAYMENTS. If you fail to
include any portion of an includible payment for interest, dividends, or
patronage dividends in gross income and such failure is due to negligence, a
penalty of 20% is imposed on any portion of an under-payment attributable to
that failure.

(3) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. If you make
a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of
backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(4) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. Falsifying certifications or
affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or
imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE
SERVICE.

<PAGE>
 [LOGO]
                        1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101
 
July 2, 1996
 
RE: Offer  to Purchase by Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. ("Purchaser") for Units
    of IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners  L.P., IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
    Partners  L.P. II,  and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners L.P.  III (the
    "Partnerships")
 
Dear Financial Advisor:
 
    Enclosed for your information and use  are materials relating to the  Offers
to   Purchase  of  up  to  65,000  units  of  limited  partnership  interest  in
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,  up  to  49,000  units  of  limited
partnership  interest in IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners L.P. II, and up to
52,000 units  of  limited partnership  interest  in IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P. III by Shurgard Storage Centers,  Inc. The Offers to Purchase and
Letters of Transmittal are also  being mailed to your  clients, a list of  which
has been enclosed for your convenience.
 
    Please  note that following the completion of the purchase of units pursuant
to these Offers,  notification of a  special meeting to  consider and vote  upon
approval  of the merger of each of  the Partnerships with and into the Purchaser
(the "Merger") will be  sent to unitholders.  If the Merger  is approved by  the
requisite  vote of unitholders of each  Partnership and certain other conditions
are satisfied or  waived, that  Partnership will  merge into  the Purchaser  and
cease  to exist  as a  separate legal  entity. Unitholders  participating in the
Merger will receive  shares of  common stock of  the Purchaser  in exchange  for
their units.
 
    After  you  have  reviewed  and  considered  the  content  of  the  enclosed
materials, we urge that  you contact your  clients to discuss  what is in  their
best  interests. Please note  that the tender  deadline is 11:59  p.m., New York
City time, on July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    Questions and requests for additional  copies of the enclosed materials  may
be directed to our Information Agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., at 1-800-207-2872.
 
Sincerely,
 
       [SIGNATURE]
 
Charles K. Barbo
Chairman & CEO
of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission